Posted by: adonis49 on: September 24, 2008
Chapter 2: The storm gathering strength (1357-1364)
Childhood of Antoun
About 11 of age Antoun desired to ride a horse after watching a squadron of cavalry crossing the town square. Youssef felt embarrassed when he was asked point blank by his kid: “Cannot we afford to buy a horse?” He replied: “Suppose you are riding a fine horse and your neighbor friend Amin decided to emulate you and bought an even finer horse then how would you feel?” Antoun said: “I’ll buy the best horse that money can buy.” His father retorted: “Thank God we are forbidden to buy horses; otherwise your mother would turn your pink body blue in no time.” Antoun stuttered in astonishment: “Who dares forbid us from owning a horse?” His dad patiently said: “The Emir and his noble class of relatives and associates do not authorize the plain citizens to look at them as equals and they decided that owning and riding horses should be of their prerogatives.” Antoun glared at his dad and after a few seconds said: “How different are these noble people from us? Are they richer or stronger than us?” Bou Antoun inhaled deeply and said: “They are somehow richer in lands that they never work with their own hands, but mainly the Viceroy of Tripoli supports them with his army and security men; any recrimination from the people is considered stepping outside the law and order they agreed on among themselves. Anyway, you’ll have to deal with your mother for expanding your ambitions.” Antoun got persistent and said: “I like horses and want to raise horses. Can’t we raise horses like we have cows, goats and chickens?” His dad replied: “No! We are not allowed to raise horses as owning a horse is out of the question and not because of financial affordability. We are not a noble class and this privilege is denied us. Now go a play.” Antoun said: “I will own my horse one day and nobody is going to withhold from me what I feel is good.” His father suddenly burst out and said: “God have mercy on me! Your granddad is going to haunt me for the rest of my life.” Antoun questioned his dad: “What did my grand father do that was so awful?” His father flushed and uttered: “It is none of your business. Suffice you to know that since he was permitted to ride horses as the Emir’s cavalry guard he turned to hell the lives of many inhabitants and got in countless troubles. So, I order you to desist in this unlawful project.” Antoun’s reaction was out of place and banged his right hand on the floor screaming: “I want a horse!” The next second his father hit him for the first time, then Bou Antoun turned his back and stepped out quickly of the house to hide his wet eyes.
In the following week, Bou Antoun tediously managed to convince Jamila to let her son tend the Emir’s stable in the Capital Mtein during the next winter season. The initial excitements were displaced by the actual tasks that the job entailed, and Antoun grudgingly went about the menial dirty tasks of cleaning the stables, carrying feed and whatever that takes to fill a twelve-hour day’s work without having the right to even lead a horse; but Antoun still loved horses and badly wanted to ride horses. His tough job cured him though from day dreaming about horses.
Christmas Eve that year was different for Antoun who spent it at the house of a distant relative by the name Abboud, a renowned carpenter. A couple of days earlier, a passing makareh (man transporting goods and messages from village to village on a mule or a donkey) delivered to Antoun a well wrapped bundle containing dried raisins, walnuts, molasses, honey, a few apples, a pair of winter galoshes, a headdress and a gift to the Abboud’s family. It was an evening that many average families celebrated around a covered burning “mankal” filled with charcoal and stacked with crackling roasting chestnuts. Every now and then, an unconscious kid would forget to peel the head of a chestnut, occasioning a detonation that scattered burning red dust. The whole family was sitting along the walls on pillows nibbling on mezze, everyone dipping their bread and hands in the varied sizes of dishes. The kids would immediately make a savage run on the bzourat (a mixture of assorted nuts) with side orders of dried figs and raisins to the great sadness of Abboud who could not enjoy his traditional protracted and leisurely dinner.
A game of card called seven and a half was in full swing and already children were crying and sobbing for the loss of a few wagered dried figs, beans, or round playing stones. Adults and older kids would go to midnight mass and the rest would sleep in heaps on Jeddo Milad’s (Santa Claus) steadfast promises to bring them gifts by early morning. It was a very warm and cozy room and a happy night for Antoun who did share the honor of sloshing through the fresh snow with the family for midnight mass; he sauntered into church wearing his new galoshes and headdress like a grown up peacock.
The first ten minutes of mass were exquisite in novelties but Antoun fell asleep shortly after the liturgy droned on and kept up its monotonous pace and intonation. He woke up the next day in an unfamiliar perched up bed and then found under his pillow a little black polished wooden horse wrapped in a cloth bundle stuffed with sweets and candies. He never knew the real offerer of that precious horse which he kept amid his belonging wherever he traveled, though he suspected someone.
At fourteen, Antoun had to leave schooling, as was very common at that period, but his mother encouraged him to buy and borrow books to further his knowledge and made him read aloud in the evening gatherings because she noticed that his bright mind could further the status of the family. The young Antoun turned out to be well built and tall for his time of about 180 cm in stature. His jaws were strong and square and his cheekbones high; he had large shoulders, long dark hair, large front, big black and spread out eyes, elevated large size ears, a rather long and aquiline nose and long shank legs. Antoun never lacked an audience when he was ready to show off his talents.
The hard facts
At last Antoun learned the hard facts; although he was not to expect owning a horse he could nevertheless own simple carriages lead by mules or donkeys. After a bitter period of subdued anger he practiced some carpentry and reverted into tinkering with mending carriages in his barn on his free time from the field. He enlisted Latifa to help him paint, upholster the interior and embellish the carriages. Antoun worked hard cultivating the land but with no real pleasure and his father suffered for the unhappiness of his son. However, Bou Antoun discovered a sharp mercantile mind in his son: he never missed a religious event honoring a saint in the vicinity that he did not set up a booth to sell sweets and varied stuff that children craved instead of wasting his time like the other kids of his age. By fifteen years of age Antoun was allowed to drive the business carriage, going house to house selling produce, butter, yogurt and cheese and anything that was in demand.
Finally, at sixteen his father negotiated a deal with a nobleman specializing in breaking and training horses for stage coaches and fancy carriages in the coastal town of Antelias. He learned how to get acquainted with a horse, talking nonsense to him to get the horse used to his voice, slapping and pushing him around gently so that the horse knew he was not going to be hurt, then he would throw an old harness on him and yank it off several times till the horse accepted the harness without flicking a muscle. Then, teaming with an experienced horse breaker, Antoun would fit the horse with reins or walk in front with the lead rope, speak loud when the horse disobeyed or speak gently when the horse learned the task and then offering him a carrot. Hitching and pairing a horse to a coach was the hardest part in breaking a horse until the novice horse learned to do his share of the pulling in the team and together to step along smoothly.
Posted by: adonis49 on: September 24, 2008
First love
Generally, males found Antoun imposing and handsome and females could not resist the confidence and manhood radiating from his presence. If the first impression was not enough to capture an audience then his grave, clear and articulate voice could mesmerize the refractors into taking notice. Antoun was sought after by many families who desired to wed him with their daughters but, as usual, he had eyes only on a special girl called Zeina the daughter of an upper hierarchical social status father.
Barhoum Bey, Zeina’s father, would never allow this lower level gentleman to woo any of his girls. Consequently, when he was in his hometown during the extended holidays and the winter period, Antoun made it a duty to assiduously attend church on Sundays and every religious event so that he could steal a glimpse of Zeina wearing a new tunic on every occasion as if her mother was compensating for her inner coquettish temperament.
Antoun even suffered the pain of Jesus during Great Friday kneeling for hours at each stage of Christ’s march to crucifixion; he was happiest the morning of Great Friday when all families swamped the hills and valleys very early in order to gather flowers in bundles and bring them to the alter so that the bundles could be sanctified and retaken on the next Sunday when Christ would be resurrected, every year on that Holy Day. On Thursday before Great Friday he would visit 12 churches with a group of friends and follow the same route as Zeina and her group and have his feet washed by the priest as Jesus had done to his 12 disciples.
Cranky old ladies spread sarcastic tales of Antoun’s new found devotion which reached the ears of Barhoum’s wife, Set Shams. Fearing that his standing in the community might be jeopardized, Barhoum Bey grudgingly debased his pride and indirectly sent word by one of his attendants to the lanky cock to stop his sickly machinations toward his daughter or he would confront his father. Thus, Antoun was spurned from his plan of eternal love and happiness; consequently, his devotion for Jesus, Mary, the Holy Ghost and the Saints waned drastically for a time.
It was about this period that Antoun experienced his first serious bout of anger and desolation. For weeks sleep was anathema to his troubled and muddled mind and chaos ruled supreme in his previously contended spirit. Politics was starting to mean something tangible to him: redress in justice and equal opportunities to a decent life for all residents were excellent starting stands. Until now, Antoun spent his free time with a bunch of solid and healthy males, going hunting, fishing, and physically competing during the religious events in the church square such as ringing the heavy bell, lifting a roller stone, dancing and singing.
There were many rumors and stories in town and the environ about serious breaches to fair play such as humiliation inflicted on families, brides being defoliated by feudal lords before the wedding ceremonies, small girls sold out for small favors, little boys working as slaves from sun up to sun down for a dish of food but Antoun didn’t believe or care to attend to these rumors. After his disastrous state of affairs Antoun had all the time in the world to listen carefully, question, and query and eventually to have firm opinions on many of these unjust happenings. Rebellion swept away every cautious tendency in Antoun who decided to deliver love verses to Zeina in the old time tradition of rhetorical gathering and ceremonies. Antoun’s love verses were repeated by the listeners to other groups and so his beloved girl was hastily wed to a Lebanese nobleman from the entourage of the Viceroy of Tripoli a month after this jocose adventure.
Posted by: adonis49 on: September 24, 2008
Chapter 3: Contraband episode (1364-1371)
So far, Antonios Luca Fares was just exercising an innate right of accumulating information and freely expressing his thoughts. He did not realize that communicating his ideas was a purely political action and that it might have the power to be considered very dangerous to the stability of the status quo and could be a major incentive to diligently apprehending the perpetrator. The local feudal lord transmitted to his superior the gathered information on Antoun’s discussions, with a noticeable twist, that implicated the superior directly. As tradition required, Youssef, instead of Antoun, was summoned to the local lord because his son was still unmarried and living with his parents and was duly reprobated for his son’s innuendos. The father was taken aback by these developments and promised to have a serious conversation with his son. Antoun was extremely upset that his father was reprimanded publicly and ordered to get involved in matters that were personal in nature. A respectful conversation between father and son took place the same evening but Antoun showed a new determination for independence and accepted full responsibility for the unfortunate consequences. The father had to let go of his son and offered him a little sum of money in order to disappear for some time until the storm died down.
Antoun descended to Beirut, a quaint little sea port with gardens and red brick roofs that was not within the Emir’s province. The first day, he saw more horses than his entire life and that pleased him. He saw more carriages and a few exquisite ones that he could imagine existed. He saw more people in the bazaar that his tiny town contained and such a variety of attires and races. A few days later he strolled toward the seashore and questioned many mariners on their jobs and listened to the exotic stories of the sea and foreign ports and different civilization and felt enchanted with this change in view and way of living. This constant visits to the sea and ports made it possible for the exiled mountain youth to meet Gregorios Bahri who was one of the port’s popular traders.
Gregorios was in his fifties but looked to be in the mid seventies because of the horrors and hard times he had spent on the sea as a Venetian merchant Captain in the service of the Dojo. The Mediterranean Sea was much safer in that century, unlike two centuries later after the Ottoman Empire had captured Constantinople and vast maritime wars spread across the sea for domination of the merchant traffic.
Posted by: adonis49 on: September 25, 2008
Adventures in Beirut
Gregorios, nicknamed The Awful, had a face ravaged by small pox and his upper lips was decorated by well maintained large moustaches that he was wont to twirl upward. His small and narrow dark eyes were piercing and emanating intelligence and good judgment of character. He hired Antonios for loading and unloading cargos and then, when he learned that his new hand could read and write he switched his assignments from dockhand to inspecting the merchandize and performing some accounting tasks. A couple of months later, Antonios was accompanying small caravans on night trips to locations in the mountains and then promoted foreman of the employees and supervisor for dubious jobs. Antonios had been exposed to the contraband traffic business of wine, salted pork meat, sugar reserved for armies, tea and expensive silk cloths among other products. These contraband cargoes arrived at night on small boats from different large ports to the little town of Beirut.
The latent leadership skills of Antonios bloomed; his wrath and initial target was to punish and humiliate his local lord who thwarted his plans for a better and stable life; thus, his determination to put up a resistance to the local lord gelled into a preliminary plan for organizing a few deserters and outlaws whom he met and negotiated with in his dangerous routine night trips. Within six months, Antonios reached a decision to create an organizational structure for his activities; he first associated himself with lawful groups in the cities who gathered information on the social injustices and who came to the rescue of the little people by writing for them petitions to redress injustice peacefully, and according to the law. His group was also constituted of a separate band of outlaws; the mission of the outlawed gangs in the mountains was to sidetrack the authorities into various problems and distract their vigilance over the real insurrection taking place in their midst.
Posted by: adonis49 on: September 25, 2008
The mountain outlaws
The majority of the outlaws in the mountains were not just civil criminals by the modern standards but simple village people who did not conform to the norms of society or were reduced to be incensed by the behavior of the many branches of authority such as the clergy, the town chiefs or the noblemen of the district. The outspoken character of many of the outlawed villagers could irk the influential persons and, usually, their families very often suffered maltreatment or retribution if the person was not chased away.
Individuals who were declared by the priest or local clergy as crazy and inhabited by Satan were incarcerated in caves adjacent to monasteries, chained by the legs all the time and treated like dogs. If these testified satanic crazies imprisoned in caves did not behave properly in front of the cross or dirtied the place they were whipped harshly to exorcise their souls. The mildly crazies who could survive on their own were released to the mountains of the outlaws. In early spring many prisons were emptied and the incarcerated were driven in convoys of caravans to be released at the outskirts of the designated outlaws’ domains. Many who were forced out of their towns opted for the mountains because the coastal shores were inhabited mostly by Moslems’ communities with different customs and beliefs and had many mythical taboos attached to them.
Generally, communications of families with their outlawed relatives were not interrupted or officially forbidden as they could meet them on designated areas; produce and gifts were interchanged through the convoys of caravans laden on the backs of donkeys and mules. The authorities did not make much fuss over these fleeting rendezvous as long as the unwanted persons kept their distances from the town masses. In fact, many towns and villages relied on the trading with the outlaws who reverted to contraband activities and supplied the essential ingredients at the beginning of each season because of the closer vicinity of the outlaws with the Bekaa Valley than most other caravan traders and merchants.
Elias Hataab was an example of the common sort of outlaws. His trade in the village was to cut wood and produce charcoal before he was excommunicated by the Bishop and forced by the village to flee. There were a couple charcoal makers in the vicinity who were popular and gathered villagers around their fires during the long nights drinking locally distilled arak, barbecuing meat, roasting chestnuts and singing the night away but Elias kept aloof ruminating his loneliness. Elias was twenty six when he traveled to one of the outlawed villages called Baskenta at the base of the Sannine Mountain. Elias had lost his mother at the age of four and he was twelve years of age when his grandmother who had raised him died. His father turned to be a reckless, uncaring and alcoholic man and Elias was glad to live the independent life and spend his days and most of the nights in the woods. The name Hattab was a nickname that his great grandfather acquired from the town’s people when he became famous for a timely and dubiously effective advice; a rather large tortoise was spreading havoc to everything that looked green and fresh in the town’s gardens and nobody dared take an individual action to terminate this pet animal until Elias’ great grandfather recommended fencing in the tortoise with heaps of firewood and grilling the oversized herbivore alive.
This isolated life imbued Elias’ mind with the spirit of righteousness and he somehow became a pariah among the villagers. One Good Friday the Bishop paid a visit to town and delivered his sermon. He was telling the atoned worshipers that Jesus was their shepherd as he was himself the designated shepherd for this community. The silent church was suddenly disturbed by a loud voice claiming: “Our shepherd? Look around the sheep in this church and tell us how many are wearing gold, dressed as warmly as you are and in such a good health? What connection do you have with our Savior who associated himself with the poor and downtrodden instead of eating and gallivanting with the noblemen?” Two days later Elias was excommunicated and nobody would dare talk to him or buy his charcoal. In the mountains of the outlaws Elias was seen murmuring to himself and carrying on hard conversations with his scarred soul. He kept an incandescent hatred for the Bishop which eventually spanned to include the clergy as a general rule. Elias barely smiled or fraternized with anyone and was given the nickname of Hardan.
Mariam Al Najjar, a 20 year old orphan when Antoun met her, was one of the early members of the mountain group. She was medium sized for a female, robust, a lightly freckled face and her hair had a reddish shade. Mariam was six years old when she fled famine with her parents in a small caravan toward Zahle in the Bekaa Valley. Her parents died from a mysterious disease and she was discovered by a couple of outlaws and adopted as their daughter. Her adoptive father went by the name of Hanna Al Najjar and was a carpenter by trade who had sold all his properties to follow his young banned son to the outlawed areas. Unfortunately, Hanna’s son was too wild and unstable to outlive his twenties.
Hanna was a born leader and an excellent administrator who allowed Mariam at the age of fifteen to share responsibilities in managing a section of the outlawed areas. Mariam enjoyed the love, support and dedication of her adoptive parents and eventually convinced the community of outlaws to construct a few facilities for sheltering and raising the found children and thus took the responsibility of educating and caring for the disinherited little kids and assembling them in facilities. Daily programs of educational lectures to read and write as well as survival training skills for scouring the mountains for edible food provided by nature were instituted. Life in outlawed areas was being regulated and normal patterns for governance taking shape slowly but steadily.
The little kids were very fond of Mariam and did not mind her tough manners, sensing instinctively that her heart was all dedicated to teaching them how to survive in joy and friendship amidst the loneliness and wilderness of the area. Little Samar was a skinny and beautiful girl and was especially jealous of the love that the other kids proffered and extended Mariam and would never miss an occasion to raise hell when Mariam shared in the play with the kids, laughed and cajoled a few of them. Samar would stop eating, shout, ruin games, raise tantrums, claiming that she was on the edge of a nervous breakdown; and after spreading havoc she then would start crying loudly in heart wrenching fashion. It was her tactics to keep Mariam’s attention riveted to her and she was smart to frequently show Mariam her particular affections in gestures and words so that Mariam was ready to consider her as her adoptive kid.
Mariam was one of the very few who patiently listened to the lucubration of Elias. She respected his courage and non conforming opinions and trusted him; she recognized his pleasure when meeting toddlers when his face would shine with benevolence and became very meek like a baby. Mariam decided to allow him to take care of the kids during winter and early spring and allocated a room for him and his beloved donkey, nicknamed Hardani by the outlaws. During winter, Mariam had plenty of opportunity to encourage Elias to release his anger in endless discussions and hopefully exorcise his troubled soul.
Posted by: adonis49 on: September 30, 2008
Chapter 4: Planning for the insurrection (1371-1375)
In Beirut, two trusted friends of Antoun were popular and well positioned to gather rumors and information concerning the state of the population humor. Gergis, nicknamed Al Ustaz (the teacher) because he could read and write in three languages, was a 26 year old bachelor of an unknown origin. He installed himself in a ramshackle booth in the main trading street or souk where people would approach him to read letters for them and translate papers or write petitions for small fees. The other close friend was Noura Nabatat, nicknamed Al Shafiate (the one who can cure from physical diseases) or Shafiate for short, was a practitioner of herbal remedies. She was 23 years of age and learned this trade from her father who attended to the health of rich landlords. Noura moved to Beirut after her father’s death and visited her mother and younger sister Salsabeel once a month in the mountain village of Beit Chaar, a day voyage on a mule.
Noura earned her living reasonably well because she was in great demand from elder people who frequently recovered quickly from their illnesses at the sight of her lovely face and serene demeanor. Unfortunately, many men exaggerated their sickness in order to see her more often and lingered in bed longer than required which brought the wrath of their wives on Noura. But the best customers of Noura were the children and young girls who preferred her to those crackly faced and blood letting medicine persons who mostly drove their clients mad with fear from their loud incantations and suffocating the household with fumes.
Gergis and Noura were acquainted with two notable Jewish merchants in the souk. Ephraim Al Jasheh (The Greedy) was in the trade of jewelry, gold and silver artifacts and lending money. Haim Al Khayat (The tailor) was in the clothing trade and a renowned tailor. His shop was a labyrinth of corridors and nooks filled with every imaginable clothing article from buttons to second hand garments of all social status. Anyone could come in and exit a different man vested in the class status he desired provided the price was right. These two Jews were intrinsically familiar with contraband merchandize and on excellent terms with both the rich nobles and thieves. In this period, Jews avoided the Christian strongholds, not only because business was less fruitful there but also because the Moslems were more tolerant with them.
This tolerance was a reality because, in general, the Moslems did not give a hoot that the Jews were responsible for crucifying Jesus and because they believed that they descended from the same prophet and Patriarch Abraham. The Christian noble houses never admitted Jews to step inside their residences and trade was performed through Christian middle men; Gergis was always ready to be part in a financial transaction either for trading jewelry or cloth.
Antoun, Noura and Gergis became an inseparable trio with a shared passion for reading books that were not related to religions; not that they were atheists or unreligious but because they needed to enlarge their knowledge in matters that might enhance their practice in earning their livelihood. This trio freely shared what they had been learning in knowledge, information, and intelligence about the state of affairs in their county. Swapping books among themselves was a common practice every time they met in their favorite hangouts for eating or evening gatherings. Noura and Antoun became fairly conversant in law and politics thanks to their association with Gergis who advised clients on the legal procedures and, occasionally, implicitly litigated cases; Antoun and Gergis acquired the rudiments in herbal medicine, family behaviors and traditions among the down trodden thanks to their relationship with Noura. Gergis and Noura became fairly well versed in the business of contraband and the articles that are most sought after among the rich class and they acquired the basics of the values of products traded in the souk. Their friendship was strengthened on the basis of their good taste for poetry and exotic cuisines and the uninhibited atmosphere that reigned in their neighborhoods.
This nucleus of friends generated circles of acquaintances through referrals for business and trades from which a group of close friends, who shared good humors and a serious outlook to their conditions, gelled into a well established small association that met frequently and at appointed places. A need for secrecy and a low profile existence soon overshadowed their youthful zeal when well founded rumors spread that the authorities were getting interested in their meeting patterns. The nucleus of the three original members decided to form three separate groups and then the three of them meeting clandestinely, mostly off shore fishing, to devise strategies for their business transactions and enlarge their network of referrals.
These meetings acquired political overtones whenever serious events occurred that hampered the way of life of the companions. Social purposes for agitating and rallying masses to specific causes enriched their actions in subtlety and cunning. Divergences in political views and maneuvering were opportunities for lengthy and fructuous discussions that provided Antoun an incentive for sorting out his muddled mind and encouraged him to get organized on a larger scale and on solid ground.
It dawned on Antoun that he could lead separate groups of partisans with different interests though sharing a few basic discontent views on the political status. The landlord system was considered a heavy burden on the peasants, artisans, and working class along with the inequities emanating from the non contribution of the landlords in the expenses for maintaining the Emirs’ life style and the fickle military expeditions. It was commonly recognized that there was an established imbalance in the delivering of justice among the classes and the heavy punishments of the judges on the disinherited were spreading havoc in the spirit of the citizens. Consequently, Antoun decided that he would lead 3 groups of partisans, one in the cities, another one among the outlaws in the remote mountains and a third among the pirates of the seas.
The nagging problem was what political organization to replace the hated old one? Alternative political systems could not be conceived due the enduring feudal, confessional, and representatives of God’s Sultans inherited from divine ancestors for centuries with different names of religions, casts, honors and titles. Any inherited political format had to be divinely inspired or descending from a prophet’s genealogical tree.
For the outlaws it really did not matter much as long as their status as outlaws is rescinded and their past sins forgiven so that they could return home unmolested with the accumulated loots. The city partisans’ views were complicated and varied. The majority could not conceive of a different system but a fairer one where the rotten noblemen and judges are deposed, exiled or incarcerated. This mind set was not based only on tradition but because the religious authorities have always supported the old system and people never considered questioning the fallibility of their clergymen when their proclamations were supported by excerpts from religious Books, mostly taken out of context. A minority contemplated some kind of balance in power with say of the citizens in the taxation laws but had no idea what could be done to bring balance in the power of authority so that responsibilities could be accounted for and remedies enacted.
A tiny educated nucleus wanted to emulate the Greek form of democracy where the people elect their leaders for the executive and for the members of the legislative House, though they had not the slightest idea of how to proceed and implement these utopian tendencies. Gergis alone was deeply involved in writing down a rudimentary form of a Constitution with guidelines to a set of laws that should govern the citizens but failed to communicate his endeavor because his work was in the tentative stages and he lacked the necessary information of the Roman codes of law and how they governed their vast multiracial Empire and he knew of no one to translate Latin for him. Besides, he was not sure any member was educated enough to contribute in his research and rationally discuss his thoughts.
The sources of these confusions on an important matter as how to be governed was not solely attributable to a widespread illiteracy and ignorance on how they were actually governed but also because Antoun did not yet expand his purposes beyond the Metn County. Since most of the partisans were Christians, and the big majority from the Christian Orthodox denomination, the arguments of the partisans were superficial and lacked inclusion of other religious sects and races in their planning and discussions. There were however many Moslem Sunni renegades in the mountains that fled from sentences of imprisonment, or tracked down for fraudulent mandates against them; they constituted communities of their own and cooperated with the Christian outlaws in moments of danger; and vice versa, many Christian renegades lived in the coastal cities of majority Moslem communities but did not mingle as openly as city life offered in variety of opinions and customs.
It was obvious to any sensible partisan that Antoun was and wanted to remain the leader for as long as he could hold on without the need for a formal election and he was willing to accept any political system that would ensure his prime authority. So the implicit attitude was to wait until the insurrection succeeded; thus any discussion was basically cut short on the political system to agree on. Nevertheless, Antoun had a pretty good idea on the taxation reforms that needed to be implemented and the inkling to allowing the townships to elect their own leaders and council members in order to check any resurgence of the old influential landlords.
Separately, Mariam in the mountain outlaws gang and Noura in the city group were outspoken and relentlessly brought forth the topic of what are the purposes for fomenting a call for an insurgency. They realized that the major burden in any calamity would ultimately rest on the females’ shoulders and that they would have to cater for the children, elderly people and the wounded. They insisted that if a definite action had to be decided then they had the right to discuss openly and at length the requisite changes that need to be enacted and the alternative duties and responsibilities of each committee.
The fact is both Mariam and Noura made Antoun realize that not much explicit serious discussion had been exchanged within the partisans because, mainly, the males were not that talkative and refrained from bringing topics that would be interpreted as cowardice or ignorance on their part. Antoun knew that the Emir had infiltrated the outlaws but decided that, by taking judicious precautions, open dialogues among his partisans were necessary to generating the kind of feedback for clarifying the main objectives and problems facing the unity and steadfastness of the insurgents.
Mariam, Noura and Antoun discussed and devised a rudimentary conversational method to encourage open dialogue among the partisans and would interchange roles when necessary for prompting the partisans into speaking their minds as equals in the decision process. In the practice of open dialogue Antoun learned a different kind of patience, basically how to listen carefully to opinions and refrain from interposing or delivering his own opinion before all information was proposed, classified and summarized. A series of questions were laid out to be asked and responses expounded upon. Antoun noted down a set of questions that he recapitulated on the many gatherings he had with his partisans such as: “What it is that we want?”, “What is it that we wish to do?”, “What is the most important objective for us all?”, “What is the final big thing we all are decided to fight and die for?”, “What is to be done if we agreed on that objective?”, “How are we to proceed if we win power?”, “What is the most important decision we must implement immediately after we take control?”, “Who is planning to resume his normal life after victory”?, “Who is willing to continue his services as a civil servant?”, “What committee are you willing and capable of serving in?”, “Who is ready to continue the fight and suffer additional hardships in the event things turned badly?”, “What comes first, family security or the achievement of the main objective?”, “Who is willing to learn reading and writing if teaching is provided?”.
Being essentially a business man who got dragged into politics Antoun enjoyed discussing with his down to earth partisans whom proved to be very meticulous to details when prompted to expand on their opinions; however, as the night dragged on a few partisans in the gathering, and in the spirit of companionship, would become sentimental and would divulge profound personal secrets that would throw Antoun into confusion. One of the partisans declared in a passionate tirade: “I am ready to spell by blood for the movement because you are all my friends, but in case I die during the insurgency then I do not see who will benefit from my sacrifice since I have no relatives left in this world” Instead of replying with abstract notions or rebuking a well founded and deeply rooted life needs for continuity, Antoun would get busy finding a wife for his distraught partisan and engaging the community into resolving this unhappiness. The empathy routines were left to his more talented female companions.
The arguments that rattled Antoun into despair and sudden frenzy, and which were numerous at the start of initiating the gathering sessions, were related to religious affiliations. Many partisans with limited knowledge felt the urge to show off and could not find any argument in their arsenal but to express the acquired discrimination attitudes toward the Moslems or other Christian denominations and made it a point of honor to display their ignorance and their isolation. A few partisans went as far as accusing Antoun to cohere with the Jews and Moslem infidels and, not just trading on a grand scale but socializing, eating and drinking with them. They blamed him to bringing a few of the Moslems to the mountains as associates to him and rub it in their noses by inviting them to the meetings. These sessions that dwelt on the sectarian issues were the most trying and delicate to contain and Antoun proved his leadership at these crucial moments, albeit not in a constructive manner.
The leader was habitually respectful with the clergies, especially those close to the people, but had comprehended that religion could be used as a lethal weapon in politics and, more often, to disrupt the fabric of harmony in society for local petty interests. Antoun had taken stock of the discredit that the movement would suffer if he played in the hands of the extreme confessionals and decided to respond clearly and categorically to any deviation from unity of all the partisans regardless of sect, or religion, or place of birth. In the beginning the partisans tried hard to deviate from the problems at hand by steering the discussion to the familiar ground of base discriminating aspects in this confined society but Antoun learned to be firm in directing the discussion and keeping it on the target. He encouraged confronting the discrimination tendencies and steered the discussion toward fruitful dialogues and thus winning the mind of the vast majority of moderates. Soon the word spread that the quickest way to be cast away from the movement is to indulge in unsubstantiated recriminations based on religious discrimination; consequently, blunt references were transformed into innuendoes or wrapped in benign joking bouts that finally did more harm to the cohesion of the movement than opting for direct confrontation and patient enlightenment.
With the exception of confessional opinions the trio learned never to preempt any position or offer an opinion until everyone had answered the question, extracted clarifications and then offered a summary of the exposed opinions. The kind of answers that the trio would respond to in order to ward off taking definite positions was as follow: “It is not for me to say what should be your position”, or “It is for all of us to agree at the end”, or “We will do what we agreed upon”, or “We need much honesty among ourselves and we will eventually trust to respect each others opinions”, or “We need much information on our enemy”, or “Whoever can provide us with reliable sources it is his duty to strengthen our knowledge”, or “We need much thought; sharing knowledge, information and intelligence will enhance our confidence in victory”, or “I am one of you who also lack much knowledge and information and would not impose any position before you share with me facts and vision”, or “Until everyone feels secure to share with everyone else his difficulties, limitations and capabilities it would be an untenable situation for our struggle which will be plagued with inefficiency and shortcomings”.
Before starting on his trip to the mountains Antoun would send a messenger to inform Mariam of the time and place of his visit and then would huddle with her for hours in secret, and occasionally with Mustafa when he accompanied him, rehashing the topics and the role playing mechanism before the general gathering with the outlawed gangs. Mariam insisted on Elias joining her in the general meetings because she felt that his outspoken character would enrich the conversation with hard topics that should be dealt with ultimately. After three months of frequent meetings, which used on occasions to take the best part of the nights, a short list of positions and desires were condensed. The renegades of the mountains expressed the following inkling:
The mountain renegades preferred a peaceful and secure life in their own towns.
They demanded compensation be paid for their participation after victory so that they could rehabilitate their shattered business and way of life.
They abhorred any kind of taxes but would eventually share in the expenses of running a government if fair taxes were levied on all citizens and if the city civil officers did not enjoy social or economic privileges.
They adamantly refused forced military recruiting and only voluntary participation with fair wages could be contemplated.
They expressed their staunch right to elect their village chief as well as the enforcers of the laws.
Donations in money or lands to monasteries or to the bishops should be taxed heavily and after the agreement of the community.
Profits generated from pro bono works by the peasants to monasteries and bishops should be taxed and the proceeds invested in schools or anything beneficial to the communities.
The coastal city group expressed different priorities in a mercantile spirit but with the same candor, reflecting a variation in their way of life such as:
The right of every city dweller to own properties in any section of town without any class or religious discrimination but price affordability.
Everyone could rent a shop in any ’souk’ regardless of religious beliefs or artisanal profession.
Any religious denomination should have the right to erect its own center of worship.
Fair taxes should be levied on every profitable business with no exception.
Trade union should be allowed to organize and send petitions for legal demands.
Entrance fees to other coastal towns and cities should be eliminated.
Goods and services should be exchanged freely among towns and cities within the same county and export taxes eliminated to encourage trade and commerce.
The essential advantage of these meetings was that everyone believed that later important decisions would be discussed openly and freely. This feeling that everyone’s ideas and opinions were important was a new discovery and trends of empowerment were enhanced within the insurgents.
Initially, the coastal city group and the outlaws’ partisans in the mountains were totally separated in the organization and had no communication with each other except through Antoun and one of his close fearless associates called Mustafa Baltaji in the contraband business. Mustafa, a 26 year old Sunni Moslem, was a de facto right hand man of Antoun and was an eloquent and conversant negotiator. Mustafa infiltrated many garrisons and linked excellent communications with greedy officers and sergeants who enjoyed unavailable goods at reasonable prices.
The armed group of outlaws and deserters were supplied by contraband military hardware and organized formally into specialized units and indoctrinated to an upcoming uprising with promises of substantial loot and occasional revenge. Coordination and cohesion among the various gangs were established and trained through small and many tactical attacks that generated loot and high morale among the infant army.
Gregorios Bahri knew that Antoun was behind some of the looting adventures and he received a sizable share in the looting of the hated and useless noblemen but was kept in the dark from the secret political schemes of Antoun. In order to safeguard his prosperous contraband business from reprisals Gregorious made a deal with Antoun to publicly go his separate way but keeping secretly close contraband operations for specific items and products. Consequently, Antoun had legally set up a trading center, paid his dues and was recognized as a gentleman among the merchants of the souk. As an honorable citizen, Antoun had to search for a wife.
Posted by: adonis49 on: October 3, 2008
A Gentleman (1375-1378)
Antoun met Yasmine on an April of Palm Sunday (Chaanine) accompanied by Noura as her chaperon. Yasmine was 17 years old, pretty, shy and introverted. She talked little and Antoun barely heard what she was saying and did not pay much attention to her during the procession. Noura later told him that she was the official health provider for Yasmine’s family. The family members were suffering not so much of any major physical illnesses but mainly from a kind of depression, sadness and isolation.
Boulos Bakhour, the father of Yasmine, was in earlier times a prosperous merchant who had wide connections with the merchants of the city of Venice. Boulos exported incense and spices to Venice and imported finished woolen cloth (usually imported by the Venice merchants from England through the port of Antwerp in Holland), stone marble, navigation accessories and mechanical wooden toys. Two of his sons had died; one from a ship wreck and another from the plague that devastated Italy on one of his trips. Boulos business went under shortly after and he had to sell his trading facilities at a loss.
Yasmine was highly educated in matters that were considered totally useless, especially for females: She could write in Latin, speak fluent French and play an exotic musical instrument which resembled a clavecin. She also tried her hand at small aquarelle paintings of landscapes and flowers and had reserved a room for that hobby.
Yasmine could not believe Noura when she assured her that Antoun could procure her an updated clavecin, more Latin books and especially those exquisitely varnished mechanical wooden toys if she could afford the price. This information inflamed Yasmine and set her on a journey of conniving for Antoun’s heart and soul.
Noura became frantic and alarmed at Yasmine’s excitement; she was not thrilled with the development shaping out under her watch; her imprudence and pride prevented her from disrupting the unfolding intimate relationships between Yasmine and Antoun. Noura was reduced to reason logically that, if they indeed might wed, which eventuality should not be a done deal, this wedding might provide a perfect cover up for Antoun’s dangerous activities. The old merchant Boulos knew about the illegal trading business of Antoun but hard times and the newly discovered excitement of Yasmine for life were irresistible.
Most often, love has devious ways of punishing the inattentive to its subtle signals, so that Noura reaped a few lame satisfactions imagining Antoun spending his spare time listening to the harpsichord, attending to Latin poem recitations and entertaining a stuffy entourage in endless boring parties. Four months of studious courting resulted in Yasmine and Antoun getting married; his eldest sister Latifa represented the Fares family because his father could not make the trip while Antoun’s official situation with the Emir of the Metn was still unresolved. The honeymoon was spent in Cyprus at the request of Yasmine who had never traveled overseas, a request that suited Antoun’s business transactions too.
The first act of change in class status was for Antoun to buy himself a black pure blood Arabian stallion and a fancy coach hitched to two long legged bays to take Yasmine on tours of the city and for official invitations. New rich silk outfits for the couple were remarked with appreciation in town and many households had a hard time imitating the expenditure of the newly wealthy couple. Yasmine nagged Antoun for clinging to his flat turban and assiduously urged him to change to a Venetian headdress and tight thigh molding pantaloons. Antoun went along with Yasmine’s extravagances for a month until his closest friends started to shun him in the streets and then uncalled for innuendos flooded the neighborhood.
Three months in his new social status confirmed to Antoun that marriage is anathema to his cherished liberty and freedom but rather a very useful formal social contract to establish credibility as a reliable man and setting valid ground to acquire stable status among the prosperous merchant families. Antoun expanded his business by building carriages and subcontracted the mismanaged postal service in and around Beirut and later on to the Metn region. The regular postal carriages were served by on board scribes who offered their services of reading delivered letters to the illiterate clients and immediately replying to the returned correspondences. Abundant intelligence information was accumulated via that service along with immense prestige attached to a client friendly enterprise rarely emulated.
The first born son was named Adhal (muscle) but, to the chagrin of many, Yasmine could only manage the sound of Adl (justice); and thus Antoun’s close friends and associates attributed to him the pseudonym of Abu Adl (father of justice), a name that he grew to like because he thought matched his temperament. Yasmine hated the name Adhal and screamed recriminations and shed hysterical cries for she hoped her first son would have a French name of Augustin or Christoph as an alternate.
Gergis became a constant fixture at Yasmine study room; he hired her services under the pretense of learning Latin so that she would translate for him passages from the Roman codes of law and books that described how the Romans governed their vast multiracial Empire. Somehow, Yasmine felt that Gergis made her repeat passages that were connected to Sicily.
Antoun had different code names among the civilian and the armed groups. His code name for the civilian association was Abu Adl (father of justice) and for the armed group Abu Ghadab (father of anger). A propitious event offered Antoun the opportunity to expand and affirm his leadership. The Emirs of the regions were summoned by the Viceroy of Damascus to raise their small private armies and advance to face a renegade Emir from the north around Aleppo. Antoun was frustrated with the heavy demands levied on his business and the mass forced recruitment of the youth and able bodies. He started by helping the young males from the Metn who refused to be enlisted in the army to flee into the outlawed areas and he prepared to resist any onslaught of the mercenaries of the Emir of Beirut
Neighborhood night watch groups were organized to forewarn against any sudden descend of the Emir’s troops. The sea was opened to evacuate distressed families. Many widowed women and orphans joined the insurgents for food and shelter because foodstuffs were seized and the black market prices were exorbitant. Gergis was spared the draft because he was deemed a valuable middleman to the rich Christian class.
At this junction, Antoun had no choice but to join the resistance movement hiding in the mountains. He took his son Adhal with him to visit his grandparents in the mountains. Yasmine, who was pregnant for the second time, stayed home in Beirut with her parents. The married gentleman Antoun was tolerated again in his hometown which was located at a cross road between the Capital Mtein and Zahle in the Bekaa Valley. He had bought a small cottage in the village of Mrouj, very close to his hometown, where his eldest sister Latifa was caretaker.
Posted by: adonis49 on: October 4, 2008
Latifa
Latifa was a looker and an impressive lady that discouraged the weaker hearted eligible men from courting her. By the time Antoun came to riches she could not avail herself to woo gentlemen whom she considered beneath her potentials. Latifa was in her late twenties and by the standard of the time was considered too old to marry, so that to preserve her dignity she circulated a rumor that she had taken a vow of celibacy. Her status increased among the town people and was given the nickname of Sit Al Forsan (Lady of the knights) and carried herself accordingly.
Latifa was in with the secrets of Antoun, or at least what he directly wanted her to know because he made sure not to connect her with his important partners, and she gradually suspected his intentions from her frequent visits to him in Beirut but was unaware of the timing, the seriousness, or the magnitude of the insurrection. Actually, Latifa became his eyes and ears in the mountain region where she received many visitors and received inputs from her benevolent activities in the neighboring villages.
Jamila started sending her eldest daughter frequently to Beirut after he was exiled to stay with her brother for a week, about once every three months in the first two years, to cater for his household needs in keeping his place neat and well maintained, cooking for him a few of his favorite meals, supplying him with whatever her mother knitted for him; but, basically, she was her parents’ reporter on Antoun’s well being. As Antoun’s status and wealth increased and thus did not need as much attention, Latifa’s visits to Beirut dwindled to about twice a year, mainly to do some shopping for herself and her family and to forward her mother’s good business advices and recommendations. The third year of his exile and after learning that Antoun has purchased a house in Beirut, his mother and two daughters descended to Beirut and stayed five whole weeks after a noisy argument with Youssef. The latter propagated the drastic excuse that this extended trip was related to an unusual health case that Antoun succumb to.
Once, Antoun decided to build for his father a luxury carriage but the idea was deemed too outlandish and dangerous in local politics. Instead, his father, at the instigation of his wife, accepted liquid money to buy more lands, expand the family business in the countryside and fulfill Youssef’s promises to his wife Jamila to remodel her residence with new amenities, furniture, and additional rooms that boosted an atmosphere of a higher social standing. The remodeled house was outlandish within the walls but the exterior was kept as simple as possible and blending harmoniously with the neighboring dwellings.
Before the final preparations for the insurgency attack Antoun commuted for two weeks between his house in Mrouj and his parents’ taking care of family business and being social. Then he vanished with Adhal, supposedly to return to Beirut. Antoun headed instead to Baskenta to direct the insurgency activities. Adhal was delivered to the care of Mariam and her team of volunteers because his son had to learn life from a different perspective, in the fresh mountain air and link friendship with a different kind of kids.
Before the general order to advance at the capital Mtein, the leaders of the insurgent groups met to decide on the list of noblemen that have to be rounded up and the locations of their incarceration. It was relevant that a number of important noblemen became summer lords because they had residency in the coastal towns and villages at lower altitude and outside the Metn jurisdiction; they rarely visited their properties in the mountain but to collect their rent twice a year. It was decided that a group would be in charge of locating these summer noblemen and surreptitiously transferring them to the incarceration areas in the outlawed areas, immediately after the Capital fell in the hands of the insurgents. The coastal guards were bribed to retain men traveling by sea until the group of insurgents could identify them before boarding. A most important decision was to refrain from executing or unduly torturing any prisoner until due legal process was carried out individually. It was apparent that Antoun had a vested interest in knowing first hand each noblemen and deciding on his worth for helping him tighten his grasp on power.
During the war with the Emir of Aleppo, the insurgents infiltrated the rear guard of the army with a few agents to keep updated on the evolution of the war outcome. Antoun got his insurgent army ready for a decisive attack as soon as news of a defeat was imminent. Indeed, the armies of the Viceroy of Damascus were badly reduced and, while the remnants of the army was retreating in disorder, Antoun attacked from two fronts and aimed directly at the Capital Mtein where most of the remaining Emir’s strongmen where located.
The attack
The night before the attack on the Capital Mtein Antoun sensed the anxiety overwhelming his comrades and ordered to set up five bonfires and distributed the leaders to gather with the insurgents around the fires. He refrained from meeting with his leaders in close quarters and repeated his address to the five encampments separately saying:
“The time is approaching to execute our decision for a better life, a life based on fairness in the laws as worthy equals in our society. It is time to start erecting a society with the right to elect a government of the people and for the people; a government that understand the wishes and dreams of its people and has experienced the sufferings and injustices of the peasants and working people under the despotic and unfair feudal system. It is natural to feel scared; otherwise I wouldn’t trust your courage and determination if you didn’t feel apprehensive tonight. Our project is the life or death of our destiny tailored to our big heart. Our project is the dream and wish of many citizens in the towns and villages whom have been keeping these dreams burning deep in their compassionate hearts. We know each other; we are friends and we will take care of one another as we had done for many years. We have planned together our revolution to the minute details, as intelligent and responsible leaders of people should do, to succeed and win against the heartless and irresponsible feudal Cheiks, Beys and Emirs”.
“You all know by now that I don’t dwell much on abstract notions such as freedom, liberty and self-determination; we have discussed the meanings of these concepts so that we don’t abuse and short hand the intelligence of our citizens. Opening and creating opportunities for learning and working go hand in hand with empowering the individual citizens to take bold decisions, fortified by laws that prohibit discrimination on the basis of gender, religion and social status. That is how we give sense to liberty and self–determination and that is what our citizens should demand from us.”
He went on saying: “In a few hours we march boldly toward the Capital of the loathed executioners of our rights; who denied us the joy of life commensurate to our labor, sweat and blood. Obey the orders and directives of your elected leaders and be steadfast in your fight. I can see our flags fluttering in the morning wind at the top of the Castle. Victory is whispering sweet songs and the shout of Long Live the Revolution is already deafening my ears. I can see hundreds of peasants gathering around you in the Capital’ Square and shouting in unison ‘Long Live the Revolution’! Is Victory singing to you too? I cannot hear you! Long Live the Revolution! Louder! Louder!”
The insurgent detachment headed by Antoun descended from Baskenta toward Mrouj with 150 fighters while Mustafa and Hanna accompanied by Elias headed for Falougha, in currently the Chouf County, with 200 insurgents. They were advancing at the pace of caravans and looking very much like trading caravans with a few women prominently exhibited and some well know caravan regular leaders perched on their ornamented mules. As soon as the two groups reached their first destinations they would descend on Mtein at sun down helped by the moon light. They were to wait for the combined attack at 5 o’clock in the morning after the peasants had left their homes for the fields. Supporters in the Capital were ready to guide the insurgents to the residencies of the strongmen and powerful landlords in and around the town. The insurgents were successful in capturing the targeted noblemen and entered Mtein with no major resistance.
At the same time, two dozen fighters were guarding the entrances to the Bishop Atanasios’ residence, waiting for the fire signal to elevate over the highest hill to enter the residence and have the Bishop and his monks under house arrest. At every entrance and exit passageway a handful of guards with an officer disguised as a monk regulated the traffic of civilians and clergy. People coming in to pay a visit to the Bishop were discouraged to resume their trip because of a special conclave for the clergy and the impossibility of meeting anyone for a couple of days. The peasants working the land of the monastery or traders were allowed in and retained there. Gergis was leading this group of partisans with the mission of striking a deal with the Bishop after Antoun’s insurgents enter Mtein. Elias was behind the project of this necessary house arrest coup but was instead assigned another task because he was still officially excommunicated and for fear that his zeal might foil this important mission.
Gergis’ task was to convince the Bishop and his associates in the clergy that the takeover of power was not the work of ruffians and outlaws but of learned gentlemen, citizens concerned with the status of lawlessness and injustices which was fueling a feeling of restlessness among the population of believers. To convince the clergy that this revolt sought the approval and leadership of their Patriarch Gergis promised that they will receive the proper documents very shortly. Gergis insisted that he was ready to deal fairly and squarely on behalf of the leaders of this popular movement of believers.
In the mean time, Bishop Atanasios agreed to say mass in the Capital Mtein next Sunday with all the official ceremonies befalling a highly important personality. The two parties were not duped in their respective intentions but they implicitly agreed that this negotiation was the business of politicians awaiting better circumstances. The Bishop was convinced that this movement, like other previous revolts, would not survive long, and that life as usual would return under the full control of the clergy and the feudal old political structure.
The official mass was to be held at nine o’clock and the leader was outside by eight accepting the congratulations and respect of the town people and dignitaries while anxiously keeping an eye on the horizon waiting for the Bishop to be sighted. At twenty to nine a small group of pedestrians wearing black cloaks and following a person perched on a mule was sighted, plodding at an average pace. Antoun who had become mainly a city man and, relatively removed from the customs of the mountains and the declining economic status of the clergy, did not pay this group much attention and was scrutinizing the horizon for dust generated by a cavalry accompanying the Bishop in pageant procession. When the black clad group, many bare feet in dirty cloaks, was thirty meters away Elias nudged Antoun and shouted: “The bastard has come”.
The leader briskly faced Elias and waited for an explanation to his rude comment when someone raised his voice saying: “Let peace be upon you, Antoun my son “. The Bishop was directly confronting him from the top of his mule with a thin smile across his lips and hard eyes piercing toward the inattentive leader of the peasants. Antoun was taken aback in total surprise and fumbled down his mount, helped the Bishop to dismount and then kissed the proffered hand. Elias was beside himself and was ready to wriggle the neck of the Bishop as well as Antoun’s for his vile humility toward this despicable high placed clergy and shouted to the Bishop: “Atanathios, remember me? I am waiting for you to publicly recant your excommunication to me and everyone in the Metn.” The cunning Bishop seeing an opportunity to reclaim his power replied: “Son Elias, I am glad to admit you back into the flock. You have already suffered enough and the church is forgiving to human weaknesses”. Elias was about to retort but was taken away by a gesture of impatience from Antoun.
The new leader was received as the avenging hero who will strengthen the force of order and prevent violence, injustice, and anarchy. He could deliver his promises since the outlaw men and deserters were part and parcel of his well organized army.
Posted by: adonis49 on: October 4, 2008
Chapter 5: The new regime (1375-1381)
A week after the success of the insurgency, Antoun gathered his warriors for a day meeting in order to discuss the implementation of agreements and the pact they signed on together. Legal, land, security and political committees were formed to recommend adjustment to grievances, recovering of lost properties and the right of return to the outlaws who wished to come back to their hometown or monetary reward to those preferring to remain in the mountains. It was also decided that the initial core of leaders and committee members would meet weekly as de facto government members for the first three months.
The most critical danger was the constant pressure on Antoun from the insurgents demanding to demobilize the current force of law and order of the ancient regime; the leader begged to differ and regarded the dismantlement of this internal security institution an appeal to chaos and a preparation from the disillusioned citizens to bloodshed. The committee for security headed by Hanna Al Najjar maintained the former security force in place, raised the allowances of those who served with dedication and brought to court a few of those who committed grievous blemishes and blatant uncivil behavior.
Hanna established security centers in many corners of the county with duties to rescue the helpless, downtrodden and remotely isolated citizens. His forces toured the streets at night in formal dresses and rushed at appeals of distress or warning dangers; order was to be installed and all citizens, nobles or poor, had to refrain from the use of physical force throughout the land.
Concentration villages
The temporary government hurriedly gathered the toppled Emirs and powerful landlords into two concentration villages far from the Capital Mtein and within the outlaws’ regions: all the Emirs and first level feudal lords were gathered in one tiny remote town under development in the high altitude, the second class of feudal lords and relatives of Emirs in another camping ground a mile to the main security garrison. These special towns were in reality detention camps with few accesses, closely guarded, and had very limited communication with the outside world. The two communities were allotted enough lands to cultivate and survive without much intervention from the outside and were allowed to govern themselves.
Antoun believed that he was familiar with the basic psychology of the so-called noblemen and the differences among the first class and second class feudal nobles; he knew that the Emirs will not attempt to flee the town where they were incarcerated and will wait until they are freed with due honors as long as enough food are provided within a comfort level. As for the second class nobles he directed the officer of the security garrison to perform routine visits to the camp and harshly punish any disobedience to regulations and even to put to public trials the most virulent elements among them; in fact, two feudal noblemen with minor influence were decapitated and peace was restored for a long time in that camp.
Antoun’s decision not to execute any of his former nemesis was founded mainly on the realization that the balance of power might require judicious use of a few of these former lords in order to maintain his grip on power; he also chiefly wished to relying on the internal feuds that these close quarters might generate among their honorable inhabitants. The main reason he offered for the leaders of the insurgency not to physically harm their captives were that “our mountain counties are not familiar with internal massacres which might upset the inhabitants and hinder their cooperation, especially that they represented important families in major towns.” Indeed, Antoun looked favorably, in the first three months, on the requests of a few traders, dignitaries, and personalities to pay short visits to the sequestered noblemen in order to allay their fears and confirm his assurances for their safety and security. Barhoum Bey was not spared confinement but was treated equally as honorably as his inferior colleagues in ranks.
Undercover agents were sent to these concentration camps and Noura was one of them with the avowed purpose to cure and care for the sick. She paid them biweekly visits carrying her meager load of different herbs on an old mule and stayed overnight in each encampment. Noura empathized with the camp conditions of the less fortunate landlords who were reduced to practical slavery by the more influential Emirs through moral obligations by the old order. These discontented noble men were a boon to Noura who gathered all the intelligence she needed on the social conditions and political upheaval emerging among these closed communities.
Another undercover agent was Gergis the middleman; he was a fixture in these confined communities given that he was granted the sole permit to organizing caravans for selling and trading goods and information. This exclusive business grant offered Gergis the break for riches with the cooperation of Haim and a restricted select, now legitimate, contraband leaders associated with Antoun’s past activities.
Posted by: adonis49 on: October 6, 2008
Chapter 6
The organization of a voluntary army
One of the first tasks for the new government was the organization of a national, united and centralized army. Since the number of the population was small it was decided to invest on a quality army from the people with attractive incentives for land shares at the end of the commission. Once the insurrection consolidated its hold on power Antoun decreed that every citizen could own and raise horses. At the time, he was responding to the trend set by many families who could afford buying a horse, regardless of their class status, which reminded him of his adolescent passion and years of frustration. This decree which satisfied the implicit dreams of his people for riding horses was returning the favor for the peasants’ support to his regime and it never occurred to him that this decision was the key factor to forming a viable cavalry regiment by permitting society to offering its potentials.
To face these immediate armed hostilities Antoun Fares organized his army in phalanxes. A phalanx was composed of 36 infantrymen of 4 columns and 9 rows. All the infantry men carried small swords. The main weapon for the first 3 rows in the phalanx was a long and heavy kind of ram, ending with a wide semi circular flat scythe shaped head and a large shield with many holes to see through affixed to it; thus, three soldiers in each column carried and handled the ram with the first soldier in charge of directing the attack. This weapon called the “ram” was designed not to penetrate and pierce a body but to slash, or overturn or scatter enemy lines and be removed easily from the wounded enemy if cut badly; this new weapon was carried by three soldiers on their shoulders in order to ram harder on enemy lines and to stand cavalry attack if necessary. The fourth row of soldiers was trained to replace the felled members in the teams of rammers; the fifth row was to defend the rear of the phalanx and the last four rows were to protect the flanks of the ramming columns on each side when the attack was in progress. All the infantrymen with the exception of the rammers were equipped with small shields so that when engaged a phalanx would front eight columns if necessary.
The final scheme of four ramming columns was adopted after several test training exercises demonstrated that this formation was best at keeping cohesion among the columns, preventing splitting it in two which would leave the rammers defenseless and also because it allowed the supporting columns in the phalanx to better control and exterminate the enemies in narrower space sections. Every phalanx was supported by eight archers to scatter enemy infantry compact advance or cavalry interference. In the battle field the unit of the army was the “core” of three phalanxes and its supporting cavalry and small catapult units and headed by a Captain. Twenty one cavalry men armed with light long spears to drive back any enemy trying to infiltrate and disturb cohesion were attached to a “core”, 9 horsemen in the rear and teams of 6 at each side outflanked the “core” to prevent encirclement in quick maneuvers and allowing time for reinforcement to come to the rescue. Three small catapults manned by four soldiers each were part of a “core”. The small catapult had 70 meters range and spread 50 gravel sized stones per shot at a rate of three shots per minute to raise enough dust and confuse the enemy line; they were efficiently activated on flat chars for opening routes in enemy lines ahead of the “core” thrust. The total number of a “core” was thus of 170 soldiers, including the cavalry, archers, Captain and Lieutenants.
At 35 meters behind each “core” stood a phalanx without ramming columns and 9 cavalrymen to envelop, support and stop any retreat. Depending on the battle tactics a second line of cores could be deployed 150 meters behind to relieve the first line or to prepare for a defensive position if a temporary retreat was sounded.
A battalion was constituted of three “cores” and headed by a Major and strong of its main and separate cavalry unit of 48 knights trained to archery effective within 40 meters before engaging the body of enemy cavalry. A unit of heavier caliber catapults of 250 meters range was part of the cavalry unit and took position on higher grounds between the infantry and cavalry. Whenever a higher ground was not available the army would install ready made platforms that could be assembled within two hours or dismantled in a shorter time for these heavy catapults; the Major of the battalion would have a deeper view of the war maneuvers from these elevated platforms and could command about 600 soldiers. Nine cavalrymen and a ramless phalanx were assigned to help and protect the heavy catapults redoubts.
This formation of the Army was barely modified for 9 years so that a Colonel commanded three battalions called a division and a General would head two divisions of about 4000 soldiers called a “corps” among them an additional special 300 cavalry unit. With the exception of the small artillery units and cavalry attached to “cores” to preserve their cohesion the highest ranking commander in the battle field could combine and maneuver all the cavalry units and heavy artillery under his possession according to his plan of attack.
The Metn managed to raise a cohesive and well trained army of 2 corps within three years and invested freely on small catapults for Antoun knew how to concentrate their power on the most dangerous divisions of his enemies and gain critical leverage in any battle. At its inception, the army was to be of learned soldiers educated to reading and writing in at least the national Arabic language. Antoun invested dear time in selecting the officers who enjoyed reading and believed in educating their subordinates by scheduling hours for learning the language within the daily routine; he met individually with the officers and encouraged them to submit to him an education program to eradicate illiteracy in the armed forces and to solicit their subordinates to evening reading sessions within a family environment and form a library with input from the whole phalanxes and cores of the army.
The military research center was immediately enacted; professional soldiers and war specialists were hired with substantial enticements. The purpose of this center was to design equipment and garments that fit the capabilities and limitations of the local soldiers. The main criterion was to enhance mobility by reducing the mass that need to be carried by a soldier and procuring comfortable and adequate clothing for the two major seasons. Metal vests were replaced by vests made out of reed one centimeter thick and lined with cotton fabric, allowing a venting space between the body and the vests. Closing garments were to be worn over the vest. This newly designed vest allowed full flexibility for the arms and was very adequate for both cold and hot seasons: it trapped body heat in winter and permitted the skin to be kept dry much longer in warm seasons. In addition, the vest proved to prevent 80% of fatal injuries and was as effective as the inconvenient metal vests. Special care was taken for designing foot wear which are the most essential element for infantry men, a fact which was understood but never acted upon previously in order to maintain cast differences among the army units. On the inauguration of the first special center for research and development Antoun delivered in front of the high ranking officers this succinct speech:
“My brothers and sisters officers of our young Metn army; the wind of change is being heard around us; our revolution could not have succeeded if our people were not ready to seek a transition, from a long tradition of injustice, slavery and semi-slavery and the entrenchment of a privileged class of fortunate feudalists at the expense of the hard earned labor of our peasants for subsistence, into a fair society where every citizen feels a natural right to live in security and enjoy life within law and order. Many neighboring powerful and young nations are waking up and organizing themselves into unified societies and our lot could not maintain its cherished freedom and liberty in our own way of life if we fail to unite as a vigorous nation.”
“This center for military research is meant to provide our soldiers with the means to win in battle fields when the time of reckoning demands from all of us to respond to the call of preserving freedom and liberty. This center is created to learn to survive as a steadfast people, to sustain the hardship of training, long marches, physical privation and mental resistance to emotional pressures with minimum damage, injuries and suffering. When you graduate as officers of the Levantine army you must retain the motto of our military force: “Power is courage in dignity until it is used recklessly, then its purpose is wasted”. I urge you to remember that when military force is engaged against our citizens then the dignity of this government is tarnished and it is a sign of our failure in our duty and responsibilities to maintaining law, order and justice.”
“Power is meant never to have to be demonstrated unless it is directed toward evil purposes targeting the rights of our people to live in peace and prosperity. Every time an officer uses force against his own citizens then all the training and money invested in forming a capable army are then lost because they were invested to the wrong goal. We are forming an army of the people, from the people and to the benefit of the people and any other deviation from the high moral grounds are tantamount to generating a bunch of murderers trained to kill and abuse the innocents and consequently, the severest punishments will befall the officers who deviate from the purpose of the army.”
“Your strength is in your disciple and organization as an educated and trained group for the well being of our people. All officers have to understand that the army is the nucleus of our society and represents its best elements: Therefore, every soldier has to learn to read and write and be able to present to the citizens the values and image that the army is trying to convey.”
“Officers of the Levantine Army, you have to transmit to our citizens that education is the cornerstone to our survival and they should strive to acquire what is needed to overcome our weaknesses and the poor state of our economy and social development. Any time a community rises against the local leaders then you must assume that their claims for justice have strong basis and remedies must be provided. As officers of the people you are to refrain from attacking your people until fair negotiations are conducted and a majority of the hearts is won to the cause. Your disciplined presence should be only a deterrent force against those ready to use force after refusing fruitful negotiations.”
“Officers of the Metn army; you are responsible for helping the people, serve justice and consolidate the dignity of the power lent to you. It is a huge responsibility that you are shouldering and your duty is to constantly prove your own worth and value toward the people you are serving.”
Posted by: adonis49 on: October 8, 2008
Chapter 7: Consolidation of the kingdom
Antoun had a few rudimentary ideas concerning the organization of the social fabric but he lacked reprieves for consolidating his hold on power. Fortunately, the new leader had good qualities of listening carefully to suggestions and delegating authorities to matters considered not to affect directly his hold on power.
Mariam Najjar was an excellent counselor and was motivated to enlarge her knowledge and participate in the decision units. She suggested that one priority was to establish elementary schools in every town and argued that without a learned youth the future of the regime would be totally dependent on foreign experts who would deplete the treasury. She advanced the concept that relying on the know-how of other nations was the main reason why so many dynasties had died out or been replaced by dynasties elevated from mercenaries who did not care for the well being and stability of the societies they governed. However, there was the realization, experienced by most families living in high altitude of over 1000 meters above sea level, of the high mortality rate in extended families during the winter season that lasted five months. Many died from suffocation, pulmonary diseases, and contagious illnesses and psychological disorders leading to brutal physical behaviors from close contact in unfit environmental conditions. At the time and for long afterwards, homes were but one room with the door as the only opening to fresh air and around ten people on average living in that cloistered unique room for a duration. As was the custom, large families usually dedicated their second or third sons to the clergy’s institutions to become priests and a few daughters to turning nuns and thus avoiding feeding extra mouths and making more space for the other members of the family; many kids were lent to work for free in return for shelter and food and some education during the harsh season.
To return the favor for the outlawed citizens it was decided that intern or boarding schools be erected for girls and boys separately where children of ages ranging from nine to thirteen would dwell in for 5 months from mid November to mid April.
Boarding schools
The first intern or boarding school was established in Baskinta and demonstrated in its first year that mortality was drastically reduced in winter when the number of family members was cut in half within their reduced dwellings. Consequently, this facility provided during the winter season education and healthier quarters for children and lent longevity to the extended family members. Nuns and monks would run these schools in the beginning until a new generation of trained and learned lay administrators and educators took over gradually. The teaching was traditional the first two years until tighter administration and teaching procedures were enacted; a single instructor perched on a cushioned stone faced half circles of students sitting on the ground and was responsible for all the beginners in the reading class regardless of the students’ age and gender. The master’s long reaching stick would not discriminate inattentive heads and heavy physical punishments were the lot of free spirits who dared stand for their rights or argued boldly. A few families would even worry if their kids were not physically disciplined as signs of careless and apathetic behavior on the instructor’s part in guiding their kids’ progress in learning.
Families would rather go and visit their children at school on Christmas vacation and stay with them for a couple of days benefiting from warmer lodging in barns and healthier food varieties. Christmas was a happy period for everyone in the school where children would get busy building mock up houses, trees, animals and figurines for Jesus, Mary, and Joseph, the shepherds and the Magi kings and presenting homemade gifts to their parents in return for assorted delicacies.
A typical day at intern schools started at 6 a.m. followed by house cleaning, chicken feeding, cow milking, kitchen food preparation, and carrying necessary supplies for the day; then at 7:30 mass and breakfast. Classes for reading and writing in both Arabic an Aramaic languages and basic arithmetic would begin at 8:30 and end at 12:30 for lunch. A short recess then off to working in the artisan shops of carpentry, pottery, glass painting, iron forging, cloth making, glass blowing and farm tending until 4 p.m. The children would then head to the supervised study lounge until dusk, followed by diner and Vesper prayer. By seven everybody was already in bed in order to save on candles and oil consumption. Children less than eleven years of age would sleep ten in a room on hay stacks with spreads of goat skin; the older ones seven in a room. It was not the sleeping quarters that mattered for the kids but a larger freedom to move around and be outside during the day with three fulfilling meals. Meat was scarce but the kids were frequently fed “kebbe nayyeh” for Sunday’s lunch and eggs with “kaorma” for Saturday’ breakfast and tabbouli or mjadara on Fridays. The usual staples were cereals, beans, crushed wheat, lentils, onions, tomatoes, cabbage, soup and plenty of breads. Fruits were a delicacy especially apples which could be stored with sometimes apricot and blueberry jams and more often molasses and “rahat el halkoum”.
Most of the toys and game equipment were homemade. They used to fabricate rectangular flat wood plates, mark a number of 3 decimals on it and a string to attach around the forehead. They divided themselves in two groups and scattered in the woods hiding their numbers on tree trunks. If the enemy guessed the hidden number attached to the front head then the opposite member was out of the game until everyone of one team was guessed out. With time, many of these masks would become marked one way or another and the unfortunate wearers soon found themselves guessed out immediately no matter how tightly they hid their front head closely to a tree trunk. They also made rudimentary balls and divided themselves into two teams: the member hit by the thrown ball was ‘killed’ and transferred to the opposite line unless he caught the ball and then the thrower was considered eliminated. They fabricated backgammon, tric trac, and tic tac toe gismos and the like. The most rewarding type of equipment were sling shots, wooden swords and arches and the kids would go out hunting rabbits and squirrels within a sort range because wild beasts were commonly found such as hyenas, wild boars and wild dogs.
This system of schooling was expanded to towns at lower altitude for a shorter winter season of only 4 months. Somehow, a few of these schools constructed annexes around their grounds with the help of the military garrisons close by and were transformed into major production centers for army supplies and exported objects. In the winter season skilled families of the interned children would manufacture goods and help in the maintenance of the institution while the remaining of the year the school and its annexes would be invaded by skilled workers occupying the living quarters for 6 months.
There were cases of greedy administrators in tandem with local officials abusing children as slave workers and delaying the release of the able and skilled children until families got wind of these awful practices and stricter monitoring procedures of these institutions were established. Families were encouraged to resume sending their children to the nearest parochial schools for a couple of hours during the busy seasons in return for preferential winter work facilities at the boarding schools. These boarding schools became popular and families from afar trekked their children to Baskinta until new boarding schools were available and mushroomed to every district in Mount Lebanon.
This system of boarding schools developed into more professional institutions whereas overseas parents inscribed their children for a substantial sum of money in return for lengthier educational periods and better accommodations for housing different age groups of students. In the newer more professional boarding schools with diverse ethnic and religious affiliations there occurred a few religious frictions among the adult students without any repercussions to the children who found happiness and joy in being together, energetic and secure in their daydreams. Like most institutions in the Levant the boarding schools experienced traumatic and feverish times but never took roots to grow and then suffered sudden death.
After lengthy discussions Antoun agreed with Mariam that it would be an excellent decision to offer incentives to municipalities for arranging educational facilities. Instead of villages constructing more churches, the central government offered to incur half the expenses for constructing schools, the wages of the instructors and lunch for all the students. In return for free education for a 4 year period the graduates would refund part of the expenses after securing better employment. This edict would be formalized so that no State investment would be contemplated without local and regional investments and participation. The rational was that if investments were shared by the well to do inhabitants who tend to mind a return on investments then proper and timely execution of projects were more secured since founded on individual interest.
Within a year Antoun appointed Mariam Najjar as his education counselor. Mariam encouraged many visiting scholars to settle in Mount Lebanon and more opportunities for various disciplines sprouted in education that required specialized higher educational institutions.
Posted by: adonis49 on: October 8, 2008
Health counselor
Noura Nabatat, another early coastal city insurgent, had extensive practice in herbal remedies and acquired medical knowledge from her father who was the prime health attendant to a powerful warlord. She counseled Antoun to have hospitals installed in the mansions and great houses of the former Emirs and powerful landlords of the defunct feudal system with the double intentions of precluding any recovery of these properties because of the taboos attached to sick people staying in their homes and also as a grand symbol that the best in the kingdom were for the sick, the poor and down trodden.
Noura managed by this achievement to circumvent the tendency of the new insurgency leaders who contemplated to get installed in comfortable dwellings recuperated from the noblemen. She was apprehensive that any requisition of expensive properties for personal use might have raised many eye brows from the citizens; this decision prevented the spread of rumors that status of lordships had been traded and replaced by others less worthy traditionally for leadership and confidence.
To each major official hospital was attached a reserved spacious room or salon for receiving the families of the sick persons coming from distant places to be near their loved ones and several small dwelling rooms for overnight stay. The spacious room could be transformed into a wake facility on demand for receiving condolences when a dear one had died. These civil annexes replaced the inadequate homes of the bereaved families for receiving condolences and thus, only the very rich residencies could match or outdo these large, well maintained and clean annexes
Noura set in motion the idea of dispatching teams of two medicine men accompanied by three soldiers for their safety to visit districts and hold meetings for the neighboring health practitioners. These meetings could last three days with the objectives of collecting data on the recurrence of certain diseases and sharing procedures and cures among their colleagues. It is doubtful that the rate of mortality decreased substantially but the stubbornness of Noura to proceed with her idea and her initiative to closely monitor the results eventually led to the institution of the first medical school established in the town of Beit-Chabab about 15 kilometers from the seashore. Although Noura was an herbalist she had extensive knowledge in Arabic medicine and surgical instruments; she brought medical books from renowned Arabic scholars, collected, bought, and transferred from libraries dispersed in the Arab World what was useful. In the town of Beit-Chabab she instituted an ophthalmology center that attracted people from as far as the Arabic Peninsula, Iran and Egypt. One of her medical achievement was to secure the Levant with the capability to fabricate state of the art surgical instruments which drawings were mined from ancient manuscripts because the Arabs were the leading surgeons and could perform almost any precision surgery that did not require the use of microscopes not yet invented.
These gatherings of medical men resulted in a list of well qualified professionals who shouldered many administrative duties in the ministry of health. Within seven years, there were about three well managed and funded medical institutions which attracted medical students from all corners of the Arabic world and many visitors came to Mount Lebanon for medical cure, especially the rich and noblemen who turned to be valuable assets in promoting the policies and spirit emanating from this new kingdom.
Noura and Mariam quickly became role models for the new generation of girls because of their successes that exceeded expectation. The new spirit that grew in the new generations of women engendered many tribulations in society that resulted in gradually offering the female group greater equality with men in matters of rights and opportunities. Needless to say that the female counselors suffered immensely from the animosity of their fellow male counselors and from the ruling class and had to fight their ways courageously. This hard fight against a patriarchal tradition could not but promote many educated females to come to the rescue and support the projects of Mariam and Noura. The administrations in the ministries of education and health experienced a high rate of female employees compared to the other ministries.
Census
Not by intention but necessity Antoun formed a reduced cabinet of six official counselors: ministers for defense, internal security, foreign affairs, agriculture and construction, education, and health and social services. A census of the kingdom’s resources in manpower and treasures was of paramount importance and scores of educated people who could write were dispatched to communities to collect the necessary data and information. A preliminary census that was not exhaustive by any stretch of the imagination provided a rough estimate of the population. The county was subdivided into 8 rough districts and census committees were dispatched to meet with the notables of the towns and villages and collect information from available records and recollection on the number of families and average sizes of families and main resources for subsistence. There were in the Metn County ten thousand families in the average of six persons per family, four major towns of more than 3,000 inhabitants, ten towns of more than 1,500 inhabitants. The concentration was heavier below the altitude of 700 meters with agriculture, cattle, goat and poultry raising and textile the main sources of wealth.
Posted by: adonis49 on: October 9, 2008
Part 2: Noura’s period (1381-1386)
Chapter 8: Preliminary reforms
The first year was very hectic and a learning period for Antoun to behave as Lord of the Metn. A restless person by nature he avoided staying for any length of time in his castle and kept on the road canvassing his County and listening to the demands and needs of his residents. Gergis was given an annex to the castle where he visited Antoun for four days a month. Since Gergis was very secretive about his origin and a coastal native it was inappropriate for Antoun to offer him publicly an official responsibility; but Gergis was indeed his legal counselor and would study the legal cases and submit his recommendations, especially those cases with a heavy political overtone. Consequently, Antoun would preside for two days a month at the justice council for the serious and highly public cases and on Saturday afternoons, when in town, he would be judge for the common claimants.
Hanna Al Najjar was named his administrator of the previously outlawed areas and Mariam was recalled to stay at the Capital for non divulged responsibilities. Mustafa was named general manager for Antoun’s prosperous business in Beirut and channeled the necessary military hardware and professional military trainers to Metn.
Meanwhile, Latifa had established herself in charge of the administration of the castle and the residents referred to her as Sit Al Qasr (the Lady of the Castle). Thus, Antoun felt secure about the good running of the castle and the well being of his frail and yet inefficient wife as per the political life.
Antoun was inundated by the land claims of the multitude of landlords and was urged to perform a few necessary agrarian reforms as a priority. This agrarian reform was contemplated in phases in order not to anger the powerful landlords. The first task was to create a cadastre for the land. Expert surveyors called “geometers” were hired and attracted from as far as Egypt to measure accurately the kingdom’s land properties not yet owned by the citizens and to assist in property litigations.
Agrarian and tax reforms
The next phase was to redistributed cultivable lands from the most powerful landlords to those who worked the lands by subdividing large parcels that belonged to Emirs and princes, especially those lands that were practically stolen to the less fortunate peasants. Legal framework for recuperating properties was enacted; for example, the sizes of parcels of land were proportionate to the size of a family and the duration the family worked the land; females were allotted the same rights as men in land inheritance provided that they resided on and worked the property and widowed families received larger sizes of lands in order to gradually diminish the prevalent taboos in favor of brighter opportunities.
Tax reforms were made more equitable and less burdensome. Feudal tradition taxed only those who owned lands with the exception of feudal lords. The merchants, clergymen and the class of nobility did not share in financing war efforts or entertaining the institutions and the royalty.
This fundamental theological tax logic that only small land owners should supplement to the expenses of the ruling class was seriously questioned. Revenues were thus revised to be taxed regardless of the business of production and expanded to merchants and skilled artisans. Lands that were not cultivated were also taxed in order for the proprietors to sell or rent these unproductive lands. The lands distributed to peasants were taxed higher that those legitimately acquired but for an exceptional duration not to exceed 7 years.
Properties were taxed not only according to size but also to the number of hired manpower who kept the property running and who offered an image of high status to the landlords: the rational for this edict was to encourage landlords to diminish the level of luxury of their old life style and understand the necessity of equality in form and eventually to save for the hard times to come and participate in the investment of small industrial projects.
The tandem of Yasmine and Noura
Noura was the best friend of Yasmine, not on her own volition but because Yasmine insisted that this is fact and wished it so. The combination of Yasmine and Noura was too present and insidious in Antoun’s ears so that many resolutions previously taken without input from the female subjects were modified and amended to secure the rights and benefits of women. One important tax, although negligible to the total fund collected but that would relieve the pressures off Antoun’s chest, was levied on the dowries of married couples within rich families. This duo reminded Antoun of the old feudal system which forbade him to marry Zena, the girl that he thought he was in love with in his youth. This dowry tax encouraged families to marry from lesser endowed families and contributed gradually to the elimination of the concept of dowry as a prerequisite to marriages. In fact, many couples from outside the region took advantage of this climate of tolerance to marry in the Metn Emirate.
The clergy were adamantly warned not to interfere with the decision of the couples to get married: No specific guidelines were yet promulgated on the range of interferences but, since everyone knew about Antoun’s sensitivity about marriage obstacles, the clergy opted to err on the side of tolerance than face his wrath. The duty of the marrying clergy was to submit the marriage certificate to the mayor of the town who was to send a monthly list of the marriage certificates to the central ministry of the interior.
Posted by: adonis49 on: October 11, 2008
Chapter 10: A concept for a unified nation
In this period of unstable centralized powers, the further away from Cairo the weaker, along with the ever present ghost of a recurrence of the Tatar threat, Antoun decided that the new political reality entitled him to give his State a name and a political recognition. All the chiefs of villages and towns throughout the newly expanded Nation were convoked in mid May to a conclave that would last a week if necessary. The chiefs brought along their families and assistants while makeshift tents were erected in the Capital Mtein instead of Baldat El Mir to honor the anniversary of the new regime and remind the citizens of the real center of popular power. The agenda for this gathering was first, to devise a legislature House of Representatives with its responsibilities and the processes for implementing this proposal; second to elect the first leader of this self administered nation and third to discuss the proposal of taxing donations in money and lands to monasteries and other religious domains so that no strata in society would enjoy undue privileges.
A confessional group under the implicit backing of Latifa and the Christian clergy was outspoken and canvassed diligently to secure a much higher share in representative members than their proportion entitled them under the rationale that the core partisans for the victorious insurrection were Christians and that it was the only nation with a sizable Christian denomination and surrounded by Moslem Empires; this group also held firm on excluding Jews from the House because they were the persecutors of Jesus and they crucified him between two convicted criminals.
Antoun understood the ancient apprehension of his compatriots and their quest for a stable political framework that may secure confidence and animate the enterprising spirit in Mount Lebanon to open up to wider markets. He worked out a tacit verbal agreement with the Moslems’ counterparts to accept a temporary tradeoff until the next election to allay the Christians’ fears of this novel form of participation. This agreement was laden with many restrictions from both parties toward any form of female representation and excluding them from military obligations. Antoun reluctantly had to bend to the power of tradition until more women prove themselves able to manage in the administration and learn to associate among themselves and voice their concerns politically; however he vehemently insisted on a limited female representations in municipality councils, appointing female and Jewish counselors and female civil servants in the government administrations and on keeping the female military formations already in service. Under this tacit agreement the Christians would be represented by 65% of the House versus 35% for the Moslems.
On the last day of the assembly Antoun was elected to ten years as First Emir of the Levant Emirate with no restrictions to a potential renewal for leadership. The First Emir was tempted to call himself Sultan of the Levant as traditions of the time required but he realized that this title would generate more trouble from the dissenting neighboring Emirs and open the eyes of larger kingdoms to his future schemes of expansion.
Initial Parliamentary election
There was a need for a representative body of all the regions based on an electoral system. No unanimous electoral system could be agreed upon that was satisfactory and thus a transitory and consensual one for the first election was enacted. This first electoral system was flawed in many respects of religious proportion, gender discrimination and status levels of the representatives. Women not only were forbidden to be candidates but also single women were not allowed to vote. The clergy of all religious sects were not to register as candidates but could cast their ballot. Anyone who did not own a house or a sizable piece of land could not be a candidate. However, it was decided that the fairness of the application of the system was to be strictly monitored and the lists of voters and candidates printed out in advance.
The clergy of various religious sects was surprised to learn that the chiefs of villages agreed to tax some of their riches and also that they were cast out from representation. These news shed a shadow of realization that changes in society were in the offing and proclamations to boycott the election were announced in churches and mosques. The government decided not to rescind the donation tax law but agreed to proceed with negotiations.
Mustafa’s position was that it was fair that the clergy should have the same rights as any citizen especially that they were the most learned section in society. For example, he said, “we certainly would have a hard time implementing any election if the clergy decided to boycott and refrain from helping the citizens in reading the procedures and writing petitions concerning discrepancies and unfair dealings during elections”. Gergis pronounced that, “the clergy has already adopted a kind of democratic election within their hierarchy and has experience in running legislative conventions and would be an asset in enhancing the learning process of the next House of Representatives”.
A satisfactory deal was struck with the clergy where first, the rate of taxation on donations was reduced to 10% for the first two years and then increased to 15% subsequently and second, that the clergy of all denominations were called upon to select two representatives for each sect to the next House of Representatives but would be prohibited to cast a vote for the lay candidates and were urged to support the election process and monitor its fairness and accuracy.
Yasmine dies
In that year Yasmine died of birth complications and Antoun’s grief was devastating: Yasmine had been lately feeling happier in her new castle so close to Beirut with mild weather throughout the year. Most importantly, she had been heading the hectic furnishing and interior design task force with renewed enthusiasm for life. The First Emir was the father of two boys Adal and Asaad and a baby girl Wujdan. Adal was only seven years old and Wujdan barely two years and their bereavement was unbearable. Only Noura could take matters in her expert hands and Antoun ordered her to relocate her quarters to his castle and raise his children as her own.
For two weeks Antoun kept roaming the galleries where Yasmine’s aquarelles were displayed. This behavior sent pangs of sadness in Noura’s heart until Antoun started copying in aquarelle Yasmine’s originals. Noura understood then that her defeat was inevitable and her nights lost the shimmers of hope. Yes, Noura would not have minded that Antoun took up carpentry and imitated the wooden mechanical gismos because they were imported products and did not represent the soul of Yasmine.
Very soon, the officials realized that Noura was firmly holding the real power and was considered the sole person with access to the ears and mind of the First Emir. She invested her energy with a vengeance and reigned unchallenged for 14 months the time for Antoun to recover from his shock and exhibit a renewed zest for life.
Noura’s achievements
In the fourteen months of her administrative power Noura managed great feats in the consolidation of the State and kept chaos from the neighboring States at bay. She restructured the yearly budget to allocate more fund to her ministry of Health and Social Affairs at the expense of the ministry of Defense, passed new programs and expanded the scope of established programs. The ministry of Foreign Affairs under Gergis Al Ustaz took on new missions and its budget was increased accordingly. New economic and diplomatic missions were dispatched to Andalusia in Southern Spain which was still under Arabic and Moorish hands, to Venice and Florence in Italy, to Cyprus in Crusaders hands, to Morocco and France. Consulates were opened in Venice and Florence and diplomatic interchanges were routinely undertaken.
Since society was organized on sectarian foundation and the whole structure in political administration and power sharing was basically related to religion Noura understood that any drastic changes in that structure will destabilize society and allow chaos to spread. The first cultural task was to expose the myths among the various sects toward the other sects which were unfounded but originating in a society isolated and ignorant due to lack of appropriate schools and communication and difficulty of traveling. The problem was not simply negative myths but plainly unfounded and erroneous knowledge that exposed the country to dislocation at the first malicious rumors. In order to remedy the power of obscurantism and attempt to unify the kingdom on firmer grounds Noura and her counselors laid out a two phase plan.
The first edict was to reconstruct and rehabilitate the two Roman amphitheaters in Tyr and Baalbek and then to build 3 new amphitheaters one in the Capital Mtein, one in the port of Beirut and the third in the coastal port of Byblos. These public gatherings were to encourage the population to meet, exercise and attend plays; public bathing facilities were constructed adjacent to the amphitheaters. The regular communication among the people regardless of their social status or religious affiliations was a political act that attracted the population and provided a legitimate environment for discussing social matters and entertaining healthy business deals and encouraging dialogue.
The previous isolated social structure that prevented strong interconnections among the various strata was replaced by free expression and easy communication that prepared the ground for open dialogue of what Noura expressed as, “who we are and what we need for the generations to come”. Sport and cultural teams from the four corners of the kingdom were welcomed to compete in sports and artistic achievements in the amphitheaters. The population began to set aside leisure time to travel and encourage their local teams and discover new locations and the opportunities available in bigger cities and towns.
The positive side effect of having two main events that extended for two weeks in the spring and fall greatly encouraged tourism from the neighboring kingdoms including as far as Egypt, Iraq and Turkey. The ministry of Education was assigned the new essential responsibility of propagating and communicating the new political and social system. Leaflets that contained the program of the events were extended with additional pages that provided news and edicts; these were highly targeted and at a reduced price. The tourism activities offered opportunities to hire skilled personnel from other countries and a variety of industries were created to cater to the demands of this new business.
In addition to the larger gathering grounds, the government enacted plans to establish local gathering spaces to cater to the traveling troops of actresses and actors, to wedding ceremonies and to get together festivities and attractions. Some of these gathering spaces were extensions of the church and mosque squares but many were not directly linked to any religious affiliation.
Orientalists, those European scholars and adventurers who wanted to pay a visit to the Levant, were clandestinely entering Lebanon with the knowledge and help of the Levant government. Temporary passes were issued to them as traders and merchants and they were closely monitored in their travels: the government was taking a calculated risk because the Mameluks viewed these European foreigners as a threat to the stability of their regime. The Mameluks’ apprehension was understandable because the last Crusaders’ waves of invasion to the Levant in the previous century were still fresh in the society’s psyches. However, the short term memory of the Levant’s Christian population of the atrocities they suffered from the Crusaders was wiped out after the fresher tyrannical restrictions imposed by the Mameluks on Mount Lebanon. Consequently, the mercantile mentality of the government of the Levant was not as squeamish as the Moslem’s Mameluks in welcoming the rich Europeans. The embittered German, French and English were not that nostalgic to returning to the Levant any time soon but the Italian and Spanish who did not participate heavily in the Crusaders’ campaigns needed to validate first hand the various tales they had overheard from the returning Crusaders. It could be conjectured that the Italian and Spanish scholars and adventurers who had accumulated some riches from a period of peace were experiencing the dawn of a Renaissance and a new found vigor.
Along with the Portuguese, Italians and Spaniards the Gypsies tagged along with their ambulatory circuses which were unfamiliar to the Levantine for a century. The artisans got busy fabricating big top of tents, wooden terraces and typical trailers for the family circus companies. The big tops did not expand more than fourteen meters in diameter but since it was not necessary to invest in chairs there was allowed plenty of space and besides they were so brightly colorful! Soon after, the couple of circuses expanded their programs to include wild animals that terrified the Levantine; the few lions and brown bears that still existed in the higher altitudes were captured to be trained and to entertain the populace while even elephants made their way through seas from India. The itineraries of the circuses were confined to the sea coast chiefly because the access to the mountains was not feasible for the carriages hauling large animals but eventually a few rudimental programs of clowning and Italian burlesque shows were making their appearances in remote towns.
Many Levantine had new opportunities to learn various skills, talents and trades; old feats demonstrating raw strength and agilities were channeled and reshaped on different instruments and maneuvers. The Gypsy trade was closely monitored because the First Emir had good understanding of their behavior during his contraband period and the circuses emplacement and activities were somewhat controlled.
One Sunday, Mariam and her adoptive daughter Samar attended a matinee of one of the circuses in Beirut; by the end of the program they were both awestruck and conquered. Samar kept harassing her mother that she wanted to accompany the circus, reverberating the same longing in Mariam; both of them never slept a wink that night and by morning Gergis received the visit of Mariam asking for suggestions on the process of purchasing and maintaining a circus. Gergis arranged a deal with a minor circus owned by three brothers and two sisters of the Italian family Gambali which was not burdened by wild animals in its programs; Mariam was to be part associate as a sixth owner along with the family with a say in setting new programs and directly collecting her share from the daily receipts. Within two years Mariam, with the judicious financial acumen of Gergis, managed to buy out 50% of the business every time plans for expansion were contemplated. The circus traveled the mountain regions for six months from early March to the end of October with Samar as a paid helper, actor, and translator which allowed her to learn the skills of the trade. Gradually, Mariam won over the two Gambali sisters and the younger brother to her new ingenious program; it included dramatic stories acted in serial parts to be continued for two or three days according to the population density of the emplacements. Ladies who attended the first part would tell and spread the first part of the story and the whole village would flock the next day to listen to the end of the story. Disgusted and shocked by this drastic change in the tradition of circus programming and the treachery within the family, the two elder Gambadi brothers sold their share to Mariam and hastily left Lebanon, never to return.
The flocking of the European orientalists inspired Noura to initiate the construction of a scientific center in Baldat El Mir in response to the demands from the enlightened Italian Princes for translated Arabic manuscripts. Many Arabs from Andalusia and Egypt, who were bilingual in Latin or Spanish in addition to Arabic, were attracted and contracted out to settle a few years in the Levant. Arabic mathematical manuscripts in the fields of algebra, algorithms and geometry and scientific manuscripts in physics, chemistry, optics, medicine and astronomy were translated to Spanish and Latin and sold at premium prices. Later on, maritime sciences and the fabrication of navigation equipment and instruments took priority for investment when the Levantine navy asserted its utility in trade and commerce. The Levantine artists and merchants discovered a huge demand by the European tourists for sketches and paintings of the Levant’s landscapes and social customs and soon the souks were flooded with products satisfying the avidity of select buyers.
An army from the people and for the people
The other part of the plan to eliminate or reduce the masses of unfounded myths among religious sects was the use of the army as an educational forum to allow the population to mingle and befriend with one another. In these times there were no centrally organized armies. In war time, the warlords and prince of the provinces joined the army with their quota of men, arms and supplies. Since all drafting policies had proven to fail miserably, the government started instituting voluntary contracts for two years. The terms of the contract were to pay directly the family of the soldier two thirds of his wages and a guarantee to train the soldier in technical skills for some job and teach him reading and writing in his mother language. Strict adherence to the contract by the army encouraged many families to enlist many of their boys in the army.
There was one hitch to that plan: Many well to do families and sects with specific doctrines that prohibited armed confrontations refrained to participate in this national army. After five years of the voluntary enlistment policy a systematic national draft program was instituted with minor revolts or resentment. A voluntary contract for enlistment of girls and women was promoted with good success since many single women had no viable alternatives for livelihood. The regiments for women, after their basic army training, had specific and very specialized tasks in the war efforts: mainly for espionage assignments in and outside the kingdom, administering the supply, tending to the military camp hospitals and the rehabilitation of the injured.
Noura’s Exile
. By this time, Noura was three months pregnant from Antoun out of wedlock and the political maneuvering to displace Noura from the center of power increased. The main argument of the detractors was that the First Emir should now seek a politically beneficial marriage to a powerful Emir that would offer higher recognition to the new kingdom and stronger legitimacy. At first, the First Emir barely paid any attention to these innuendoes but with converging circumstances and regained zest to holding on to power the repeated suggestions for remarrying reached a critical appeal to the First Emir.
Gergis agreed to handle this diplomatic mission on condition that the First Emir, his longtime friend, would acknowledge publicly Noura’s child as his own. A d iplomatic search for a wife was in full activity and trying to circumventing Noura’s intelligence sources as much as possible. Eventually, no secret could be kept for long in this intricate and small community. Noura loved Antoun since she knew him in his youth in Beirut but discovered that this love was not returned in the same strength and dedication. She was a fighter and would have done what ever was necessary but realized that her lover would never be content with what his power had already brought him.
Salvaging the remaining of her pride Noura faced Antoun with an ultimatum: either he wed her legitimately or she would rather go into exile away from the Levant. Gergis realized that his endeavor would be much facilitated if he could receive Noura’s backing in his searching task. For the benefit of the stability of the Nation they struck an agreement that all dealings would be shared with her in secrecy, a condition that at least satisfied her pride for virtually sharing in the search selection. In the meantime, she staunchly canvassed to have her initiated programs funded for the next yearly budget.
Three criteria for the search of a wife were set by Antoun: that the Emir’s province be rich, that his military preparedness be inferior to his kingdom and that the two States share no common borders. Basmat, the daughter of the Emir of Aleppo from one of his Christian concubines, was at the top of the contenders. The province of the Emir Aziz of Aleppo stretched from the port of Lattakieh to the region of Jazyra eastward and the area of Diar Bakr in the North. It shared a long border South with the Viceroy of Damascus who got very perturbed and immediately arranged for his son to marry one of Aziz’s other daughters.
Noura ended up in Florence, Italy, and never married for the duration of her exile. Noura gave birth to a son named Jacob after her father’s and toured all the States of Italy for four years, from Naples to Milan to Venice. Gergis was frequently in contact with her and used to assign her to difficult trade missions. There came a time when Noura needed the action and motivation that she was used to having and requested a formal diplomatic appointment from Gergis who secured the duties of Plenipotentiary Ambassador of the Levant to the European courts. Noura opened a linguistic center in Florence to train the immigrant Levantines and enjoyed her job greatly and kept traveling to France, Spain and Holland, supporting the consuls and Lebanese merchants in their trades and commerce.
Posted by: adonis49 on: October 12, 2008
Part 3: Gergis’ period (1384-1394)
Chapter 11: A navy in the making
The traders got wind of the wishes of the First Emir to purchase a few vessels and scoured the neighboring ports for potential ships for sale. Two old navy ships were ordered at scrape cost and refurbished for transport of people and produce. The first refurbished ship was done in the port of Tripoli and did not venture deep in the sea and was restricted to hug the coastal line and trade with the neighboring towns and villages; it was basically used for training and propaganda purposes. The renovation of the second ship was contracted out in Beirut with a more elaborate work and designed to test its potential for trading with Cyprus and further away to the southern coastal part of Turkey.
The creation of a navy was foreseen to acquire paramount importance in later conflicts among the Levant neighboring foes, so Antoun fortified his coastal towns of deep water and prepared them to receive medium size embarkation boats; the port of Beirut was readied for large merchant and cargo ships. The next phase was to build construction sites for minor ship repairs and learning of the trade. As better craftsmen were hired medium sized boats were built, more like flat boats meant to carry 40 navy men or a catapult for throwing rocks or an engine for launching multiple long range arrows. Antoun already was planning to tow these flat boats and drop them behind enemy lines because most of the invasions were done along the coastal route. This far sighted decision was based on cost/benefit calculation too.
In the previous wars the Levant army had to adopt the retreat strategy to better defensible positions. In that strategy, the army had to deploy many specialized regiments to evacuate the willing population behind manageable lines of defense. In these cases, the operation was time consuming and very expensive when the war dragged on for months. A nastier responsibility was how to manage a disgruntled people who had been evacuated and were restless to go back to their homes.
Building a navy offered many more alternatives to waging successful and less expensive wars and reduced the constraining time for the evacuees because the invaders had to disperse their forces in order to confront attacking forces from the sea and thus reduced the necessity for large scale evacuations. Another valuable advantage for a navy was the reduction of the size of the standing army: any means of transport that offered variety and speed for moving regiments to areas that needed quickly a concentration of power was a critical edge over the enemy.
Many trained ship builders flocked to Beirut when they perceived that the First Emir had plans for continuous job outlets in that industry and consequently, the presence and availability of skilled sea craftsmen encouraged Antoun to negotiate with sea merchants and traders to be partners in bolder investments. This ship building industry rejuvenated many dying industries that were reopened to supply and support the varied necessary demands. Navy soldiers were trained and regimented as a separate fighting force.
Second expansion
In 1388, the new Sultan of Egypt dispatched a General of his guard as appointed Viceroy of Damascus. The Viceroy Rustom Bey arrived in command of 1,500 fresh cavalrymen with specific instructions from his master: he had to affirm the hold of the Mameluks’ dynasty throughout Syria and increase the tribute levied on the population who were growing more prosperous and more enterprising, especially with the dangerous free trade and intricate communication means between the Levantine Republic and the surrounding “Wilayats”. Within a week, and after the grandiose celebrations in Damascus welcoming the new chief and his army, the Viceroy decreed an increase of 10% tax on the agricultural produce and 5% on the manufactured textile products in addition to having a monopoly to import cotton from Egypt.
Rustom Bey canceled agreements negotiated with the previous Viceroy of Damascus and reclaimed his rights in the Bekaa Valley. He appointed new tax collectors from his protégés who were accompanied by ruthless cavalrymen enjoying a percentage of the money collected as their dues. The cavalry detachment that accompanied Rustom Bey were mostly Cherkessk and from Sunni tribes from nowadays Turkmenistan, Azerbaijan, and the Caucasus and they were whipped to frenzy for loots and lots of battle actions. At first, the population was ready to pay the difference in taxes but the behavior of the Viceroy’s army sent alarms throughout Syria and the Bekaa Valley. Skirmishes got widespread and armed bands of frustrated citizens took to the hills and harassed the Mameluks’ mercenaries.
The Viceroy accused Antoun of fomenting troubles and unrest in the Bekaa and threatened the Levant with military punitive attacks if peace was not restored. A campaign of economic harassment was launched in order to embarrass the leaders of Mount Lebanon into recognition of the new shift in power and then into direct negotiations. An embargo of agricultural goods from the Bekaa Valley and Syria to Mount Lebanon was ruthlessly enforced in all the main entry points and caravans were searched exhaustively. Gergis was dispatched to Damascus to negotiate an amicable relationship with the new hot headed Viceroy and returned with a gloomy report that the authority in Damascus was intent on a show of force no matter what.
The Levant had already raised a standing army of 150 phalanxes and 1500 cavalrymen with an equal number of standby trained soldiers on call in emergency situations.
Antoun feared that the neighboring Viceroys might support the Viceroy of Damascus more forcefully in putting the squeeze on his economy if he delayed any decisive actions and, most probably, would have no choice but to join forces with the Viceroy of Damascus if an open armed conflict was declared. Since the Viceroy of Damascus would not attempt a military campaign into the Mountain soon enough then war was to take place inside the Viceroy’s territories in the Bekaa.
A month before the Levantine government forces crossed the chains of mountain into southern Bekaa it had already dispatched four special cores of the army trained to guerilla warfare in order to circumvent the paths that would be taken by the enemy army. Two cores would harass the rear guard division and supply lines while diverting it furthers North and the other two cores were to steer the advanced division further south to a battle field prepared by the Levantine army. The Viceroy of Damascus was overjoyed that Antoun finally concurred to his scheme for an open battle which would respond to the oath he gave to his cavalry detachment, and thus failed to ask for any military support from the neighboring Viceroys of Safad and Hama. The two armies met in a plain between Anjar and Machgara.
Battle of Anjar
The sun was peeping from the Eastern Mountain chains and quickly blinding the Levantine army with its glorious shine. The First Emir galvanized his infantry with a short speech: “Soldiers of the proud and united Mount Lebanon; I will not denigrate the daring Mameluks’ cavalry; it is brave, well trained and it outnumbers our young cavalry two to one. As we all know, our present enemy relies on its cavalry to win battles because, unlike our infantry, theirs are mainly mercenaries and little paid compared with a professional army such as ours. Their infantry is mainly of our own people recruited in Syria and Palestine; they certainly have courage but are not trained properly and are not fighting for a just cause as we are. We have got to win this battle clear and neat because the stakes are high for the independence of our young nation. The enemy has to acknowledge our complete reluctance to be subjugated every time a new Sultan comes to power and decides to exercise his new found power through the humiliation of our people as vassals and not worth negotiating with as equals.”
“I am asking you to stand your ground until two o’clock and by night fall I will guarantee you that Rustum Bey will be our prisoner and his cavalry will disperse chased by the strength of the wind of vengeance generated by your courage and your fierceness in holding on to your values and liberty. Soldiers of the people of Mount Lebanon; your fathers and forefathers have longed for generations to send the emancipating message of their right to freedom to their successive persecutors; now is your chance to let their spirit rest at ease and to bless you as the sons they raised to serve their country and families with honor and bravery. Long live the people of Mount Lebanon! Long live its valiant professional army!”
The cavalry of the Viceroy army was larger than the Levant cavalry and its infantry, although more numerous, were not as dedicated or well-trained for sustained frontal attacks. Outnumbered, the First Emir decided on psychological warfare to neutralize his enemy’s advantages in cavalry. Unconventionally, he placed his cavalry behind the infantry instead of on the flanks so that the enemy would conjecture that the Levantine army was not sure of the loyalty of its infantry to hold its ground. This arrangement was also meant to hide a long and wide trench dug out for defensive purposes while the small and long range catapults were located behind the trench.
The infantry of Rustom Bey advanced at a brisk pace and the cavalry of the Levantine army started to retreat behind the trench across makeshift bridges. Thinking that a general retreat was in progress, the cavalry of Rustom Bey rushed in ahead of the infantry to secure a quick and easy victory. The Levantine catapults came into action to allow an ordered retreat of the Levantine infantry across the trench.
The Mameluk’s cavalry was decimated trying to cross a blind ditch guarded by long spikes and archers and they had to retreat to regroup. Meanwhile, special regiments of archers and light small catapult operators maneuvered closer to the heavy catapult position of the Mameluk’s army and engaged in the destruction of the enemy heavy catapult strongholds. The Levantine army had adopted the tactical guideline of focusing first on the enemy catapult regiments before seriously engaging the enemy in a decisive battle; Special Forces were trained and equipped to accomplish such hazardous and primordial tasks.
The Levantine heavy catapult regiment was minor and was used as target baits for the enemy shelling in order to permit the regiments of small catapult and archers to maneuver, guarded by what it takes of phalanxes and cavalry to protect the operation within an adequate range of the enemy’s long range artillery positions. The task of the archer and small catapult regiments was not merely constrained to the initial phase of the battle but used thoroughly as long as the battle is engaged and were supplied with abundance of ammunition. High shields were planted in front of the archers and catapult operators not so much for protection but purposely to obstruct the view of the battlefield from them; the chief sergeants were the maestros for the targeting activities in tempo and orientation of the projectiles and the operators were solely reliant on the orders and coding gestures of their chief sergeants. Once the enemy catapult positions are out of operation the regiments of archery and small catapult would redeploy and target the thick of the enemy infantry and cavalry concentrations.
An untrained observer of the battlefield would not notice much change in the enemy’s concentration even after half an hour of shelling but the retreat from the center toward the rear would happen suddenly. The soldiers in the center would gradually recognize vacuums around them and after some hesitations opt to retreat instead of advancing toward the much farther front lines. Once most of the enemy center is emptied the Levantine army would sound a temporary disengagement order, the time for the enemy front lines to look around and realize the precariousness of their position as thin shells with no substantial backing. Then the Levantine artillery would concentrate their targeting in the middle to split the half circle in order to clear a wide swath for the cavalry to swiftly enter and encircle the two halves of the enemy lines.
Besides reducing the enemy artillery capabilities, the next critical moment was the timing for splitting the enemy lines to capitalize on the psychological feeling of abandonment among the enemy front lines infantrymen. During most of the engagement the Levantine infantrymen were trained and ordered never to venture deeply into enemy ranks no matter great were the temptations to do so and to hold and fight on the perimeters. The cavalry was an intrinsic part of the infantry and its two main jobs were to ensure the containment of the enemy main force and to engage any outflanking attacks from the enemy cavalry.
The Levantine army repulsed two other charges to cross the defensive lines and by the time the sun was facing the Mameluk’s army the Levantine infantry re-crossed the trench in ordered fashion and engaged valiantly an enemy in disarray. The Levantine cavalry had outflanked the enemy army in a vise that did not leave much room for the maneuvering of the Mameluk’s cavalry.
By nightfall, the Viceroy was made prisoner and the remnant of his cavalry was retreating in disorder. The Levantine army had suffered heavy casualties: three hundred cavalrymen and 1000 infantrymen perished and twice this number were wounded or injured. Most of these casualties were suffered during the offensive attack on the heavy artillery positions of the enemy as a necessary phase to insure victory. For a small nation with scares resources this was a crushing toll to sustain but it secured peace for many years to come. The Viceroy was spared execution in order not to provide the Sultan of Egypt any additional excuses to organize another military campaign. For two weeks, the First Emir set up his quarters in the battle field welcoming the populace with their grievances and ordering reparations and executions of the enemy’s perpetrators of crimes and thefts during their tax collection campaigns.
The Viceroy and all his cavalrymen prisoners were forced to share in the burying efforts of the fallen soldiers of both armies and taking care of the injured; they participated in washing the bodies of the dead, the digging of graves, the burial of the corpses in the ditches and even feeding the injured and cleaning out the makeshift hospital. The Viceroy then paid war retribution and offered the Levantine government the responsibility of collecting taxes from the Bekaa Valley all the way to the southern end of the Litany River and then was let free to return to Damascus. The majority of the Syrian prisoners remained behind for another 6 months for war reparation and indoctrination on the new values of the Republic. The Bekaa Valley was thus the responsibility of the Levant authority although not officially attached to it and not completely within its jurisdiction.
Posted by: adonis49 on: October 13, 2008
Wall Street Multinationals milking the cows (October 11, 2008)
Note: The talking heads in host shows would like you to believe that by explaining the mechanism of the crash of Wall Street then that should be an excellent alternative to avoiding telling their version of main cause of the crush; or at best, they expect you to draw your own conclusion so that the main cause becomes essentially an individual deductive prowess. The three following articles are meant to stating simply the main cause of the financial crash of the century and then to offering a well tested resolution that add real values to the economy.
The American multinationals and many in Europe affiliated to them saw the financial crash coming in the speed of a bullet train since before September 11, 2001. Do you remember that in 1999 the US government and Congress passed a revised law of 1933 (that was meant to regulate the stock market after the crush of 1929) that allowed commercial banks to switch to investment banking with much looser accounting and regulatory rules? Well, many multinational commercial banks jumped to the opportunity that suited their pleasures according to the development of the markets worldwide under the code name “Free Trade Agreement”. It is then that the US multinationals, in tandem with the US Administration, knew that in order to conquer the world financially they would ultimately pay a price but it won’t be that expensive financially to the US treasury since all the stock markets would be linked and sharing in the risks; though the multinationals opted not to analyze seriously or didn’t pay much attention to the angry political backlash and an eventual change in the capitalist system.
The multinationals foresaw the catastrophe but they wanted first to milk the cows in the Asian markets and the petrodollar sovereign funds of the oil producing countries. They figured that, in due time, when the free non-regulated financial system fails then the other developed and rich States would participate in the bail out. Fundamentally, if you do the math then you will discover that the swindled profit that the multinationals generated during a decade correspond to the long term bail out funds that Europe, Asia and the petrodollars countries would pay from their citizens tax money to bail out their failing institution in order to stabilize the markets that should take quite a long time. I suggest that you start adding all the money shelled out by the world States and also include what the US government contributed since 1999 and you would get the general figure of the astronomical super highway robbery of the century.
It is this vast pool of middle class investors worldwide in stock markets that accounts for the biggest financial loss. If you are not in the board of directors for at least one multinational company then you should not play Russian roulette with stock market. Casual, naïve and smart ass investors in stocks remind me of a story involving chimpanzees. A white colonizer paid $10 for every chimpanzee caught; the natives were glad and worked hard to satisfy the demand of the purchaser. By and by as the number of chimpanzees dwindled and the commercial minds on both sides settled for a higher price of say $40 per chimpanzee then the manager of the colonizer convinced the natives to buy back the whole lot of chimpanzees for $30 apiece on the ground that when his boss returns then the natives would resell the chimpanzees to him for $50 apiece. The natives shared their funds and did the deal. The trick is that the white boss never returned!
Congress passed a monstrous bailout package where the white bosses are not to be prosecuted! Everyone is a sucker once in his life but in capitalist America the odds of repeat “suckered ness” is very high and the plain American citizen is the most prone to fall frequently in these easy to play games of stock gimmicks. Well, all you need is a computer hooked to internet and plenty of happy satisfied greed stories propagated in all the media! If you have noticed that the most recurring remedy of the talking heads is to regain “trust” in the financial market system! Yes, trusting multinational professional embezzlers is a sure way to stabilize your life saving balance to zero dollars.
Now the US government wants the world citizens of tax payers to share in the resolution of world financial stability! Why? Is it so that the few hundreds of billionaires and the select classes of capitalists around the world may maintain their high life style? Have we reached a new phase of world class capitalism versus the other hard working nationals?
Posted by: adonis49 on: October 13, 2008
Note: this is the second article of three targeted to simplify the causes, not the mechanism, of the crash of Wall Street and an alternative resolution.
The American Manifesto of the 21st century (October 6, 2008)
We all know by now that the September 11, 2001 attack on the Twin Towers and its consequences in Iraq, Afghanistan and the Moslem World in general were the events of the decade. We do feel deep in our guts that the fall of Wall Street and its results would be the events of the century. The fall of the last bastion of unbridled capitalism is shaking the World economy and sending strong Tsunami waves to the global finance and investment institutions all around. The US Federal government is nationalizing the major failing commercial banks and a few investment banks which are the foundation and symbol of greedy capitalism. For the time being the Federal government has bailed out AIG and then nationalized Goldman & Sacks and G.P. Morgan who would have the task of purchasing the remaining failing financial institutions. Since when you could conceive the two relatively puny institutions of G&S and G.P. Morgan to purchase Washington Mutual and other giants for a nickel? What organizations are behind Goldman & Sacks and G.P. Morgan to obtain formal nomination of the US Federal government for the nationalization process?
It is well documented that minor cataclysms generate abundance of investigation and then public coverage but the coverage of seismic cataclysms that are financial in nature are relegated to professional manuscripts that the general public would not touch with a long pole. Did anyone read any serious coverage of the financial repercussions of the September 11 nightmare or the bankruptcy of the energy giant ENRON? If anyone, so far, comprehend the causes of the fall of Wall Street then please disseminate your knowledge profusely and immediately. One hint though; follows the money trails and you will catch the head criminals. Astute Warren Buffet has already invested 5 billions in Goldman & Sacks or 10% of the shares; thus, this is a strong lead to follow. The most direct way for grabbing significant threads is by investigating Vice President Cheney and his inner circle; they were fundamentally following orders of the malefic financial giant organizations that are behind the turmoil of this decade.
I wonder though why the fall of Wall Street happened when the last bastions of communism (China) definitely shifted gears to participate in the new world economic order! The fall of Wall Street should have taken place shortly after September 11, 2001. The invasion of poor Afghanistan was not credible to infuse over 3 trillion dollars into the already failing financial institutions in the USA through fraud and the scapegoat of a major war against “terrorism”. The Bush Administration and the behind the scene nefarious financial organizations needed to invade rich Iraq and blackmail the neighboring tiny Arab Emirate States to redirect the swindle on the largest scale through front re-construction companies such as Bechtel and Halliburton and others private security companies. The Iraqi war could not cost that much money and certainly the Iraqi people didn’t notice any beneficial change in their daily lives for six years and they are much worse everyday.
This gimmick of infusing another 700 billion dollars from the US citizens taxes is basically one of the last payments of the Federal government to the financial mega mafias. For a year, those malefic financial mafias might lay low to ride off the anger of the US people and then the same cohabitation and capitalist schemes will resume under laws riddled with loopholes as large as elephants.
They say that everything is politics; not in capitalist systems where political structures are fundamentally legal front for the mega financial mafias to bleed dry the citizens. I urge the US citizens not to wait and see! If you do not do your homework now and before the 700 billions are issued and then actively revisit the US political structures then the same cycle would recur at a nastier magnitude.
Posted by: adonis49 on: October 13, 2008
Note: this is the third article on the causes of the crash of Wall Street.
What resolutions in the aftermath of the crash of Wall Street?! (October 7, 2008)
Many contradictory economics school of sciences that earned Nobel Prices such as the School of Chicago, the School of Vienna and even Amartya Sen tried to interpret a few of Adam Smith’s economic principles and his metaphor of the invisible hand guiding prosperous Nations’ economies. Capitalists have usurped Adam Smith’s economic principles as their system guideline to cheat out their countrymen of their life savings.
Let us revisit briefly Adam Smith who published in 1776 “Investigation on the nature and causes of the wealth of Nations”. He stated that individuals have the tendencies to invest whatever capital they own within the areas of their residence so that they could have better control over their business because they know the people they can trust and the environment that can use their skills and products and the functioning of the legal system. This process of increasing the added value of their businesses in the local commerce or inner commerce is like “an invisible hand” at work for increasing the wealth of the whole economy. When the State risks to orient or guide an individual or moms and pops family businesses in the manner of investing his capital it is meddling in pointless exercises since the investor is better positioned to know the kinds of activities he is fit to undertake. Smith relied heavily on the liberal scientific economic principles of the French School of the Physiocrates; then three economic revolutions carried his manuscript as their Bible: mainly, the French Revolution in the political debates, the industrial revolution seeking justifications for their capitalist system and lastly the scientific revolution. Smith warned against freight commerce where the capital of an investor is divided among foreign countries and never under his control (does the stock market correspond to freight commerce?). Thus, a businessman prefers to deal within the inner commerce over external commerce and by far over freight commerce. How Smith’s explanations for a strong economy could ever be matched with the principles of these mega businesses that nobody even know the behind the scene power manipulators?
In order to keep in the spirit of Adam Smith the commercial banks and even the investment banks under stricter regulations and accounting should get to know the businesses they are lending to, the people, the environment and the legal system of the States they are doing business in. Hiring just banking and finance graduates would not cut it: knowing the businesses that add values requires various experts on the field. For example, it is not specific enough for a bank to be specialized in the agriculture domain; it has to state in which products it is specialized in. Knowing the business unit of a borrower in and out is the main guide to adding value to national economies. The smaller, more localized and specialized the commercial banks the more secure are the investments. This free world finance investment scheme is caput and makes no sense; it needed only a decade to prove its embezzlement objectives.
Maybe the immediate problems of climatic changes would usurp the primordial rank of the fall of Wall Street for dire consequences in the next decade; and maybe the next US Administration might decides to lead the environmental remedies in a political gimmick to redirecting the attention of its public away from this major handicap. The focus on the environment might generate the necessary good will for behavioral change and away from this “stupid consumerism growth” ideology. Are you hopeful that the temporary fall of greedy capitalism might enhance a revival for the environment? Don’t count on it. Only a serious movement to restructure the actual US political system with serious independent institutions invested with the authorities to control and monitor and investigate the so-called check and balance porous institutions might offer a glimpse to the light at the end of the tunnel. Once this mass movement is on the march then the rest of the world will back it with all its might to save this one Earth and its 8 billions inhabitants.
I sincerely expect the Chinese people to revisit their economic policies and the untenable export growth trend. I expect the huge continents of India, Brazil, Russia and the European Union to get the message of the pitfalls of an uncontrolled capitalist system and sever the cozy relations between their political structure and financial institutions.
Posted by: adonis49 on: October 16, 2008
Expansion toward Palestine
The Viceroy of Safad in Palestine was feeling the heat and the approaching demise of his reign; he could no longer expect any fresh reinforcement from the Sultan or any financial support because he was by tradition next to be replaced when a new Sultan would come to power. Thus, the Viceroy of Safad engaged in diplomatic negotiations with the Levant government for a tradeoff; an infusion of direct financial aid to him personally in return for the right of the Levant government to collect taxes in the coastal region extending from Beirut south to Acre. The Viceroy of Safad expected the same deal as ratified with the Viceroy of Tripoli five years ago but finally had to settle for 15% of the previous year’s collection. The Sultan of Egypt recognized that peace and stability to his reign would best be served by a strong and honest leader in the Levant who never shirked on his deals and paid the tribute on time; he figured that consecrating Antoun as the official Viceroy of Safad would strengthen his hold on the Levant by direct communications and obedience.
It would have been more natural to obtain the Viceroy ship of Tripoli because Mount Lebanon was within the jurisdiction of Tripoli but high politics was never the art of creating manageable responsibilities. Consequently, in addition of the Viceroy ship of Safad of Northern Palestine the Levant was also unofficially enjoying an implicit hegemony on the domains of both the Viceroys of Damascus and Tripoli.
Chapter 12
Administration of an intricate Nation
In the ten years since the success of the insurgency movement the new nation of the Levant expanded from Homs and Tartus (North West part of current Syria) down to Galilee and Acre (North of Palestine) in the coastal southwestern shore. The Eastern mountain range of the Bekaa Valley formed the eastern border of the new nation. The Bekaa Valley was the fertile land and the bread basket for the whole region. The nation had about 400 kilometers of coastal shoreline with an average depth of 100 kilometers. The superficies of the nation expanded more than 50 times immediately after the insurrection to about 40,000 square kilometers. The mountainous eastern borders were defensible and the northern borders could be defended in many areas where the mountains were very close to the main seashore highway.
The only moot borders were in the south and the government exercised policies of the most favored kingdoms with in the southern kingdoms and Egypt. In order to alley any sense of fear from the Egyptian Monarch, policies of commercial and economic cooperation and steady diplomatic relations were established.
Actually, the populations under the formal authority of the government of the Levant were enjoying complete self determination and extended from Betroun to Tyr and to the Eastern mountain chain for just a total superficies of 7,000 square miles. The rest of the territory required the rubber stamp of the Viceroys in either Damascus or Tripoli for official documents and the indirect payment of the tributes to Cairo after being collected by the Levant government. The Viceroy of Tripoli was still officially attached to and appointed by Cairo but his authority was restricted to the city limit proper of Tripoli and could not raise an army or dispatch his guards outside the city limits. Any Viceroy would have been glad to rule over a well delimited territory but Mount Lebanon was like a magnate pulling over the population from the three neighboring Viceroys’ territories.
The government of the Levant had to respond accordingly and assume very intricate internal policies and continual time consuming negotiations with the official sovereigns. In order to administer this Swiss cheese like amalgam of territories the Levant had to set up four administrative divisions in the finance ministry where tax collected would be disbursed either directly to Cairo or indirectly through the other two Viceroys in Tripoli and Damascus; these endeavors were much trouble and sometimes intractable, but controlling the collection and disbursement of money was the critical mean against raising substantial armies by the neighboring Viceroys without the direct funding from the Sultans of Egypt or Turkey. Since the Sultan of Egypt required a certain amount of tribute according to the traditional system, the remaining tax collected from the newer tax system reverted to the Levant Treasury.
Antoun learned quickly that in order to enhance the economy of one his provinces he would have to lower the tax break in that province so that capital and investment would flock to it at the detriment of the higher tax break provinces. He learned that the changing of tax breaks had to be done slowly allowing long periods of stability and assimilation and also that this financial tool had to be adopted moderately and judiciously so that no suspicion of punishment might be conjectured.
The internal security had three administrative divisions, one for the coastal cities, one for Mount Lebanon and the third for the territories not directly under the jurisprudence of Mount Lebanon proper. Even the department of defense had two separate divisions, one for Mount Lebanon with a standing army not to interfere outside its borders and the other division for the auxiliary army in the territory not formally part of Mount Lebanon; the auxiliary army was responsible in assisting the internal security outside Mount Lebanon.
First, the First Emir decided that no visible army concentrations would be placed within 10 kilometers of the city limit proper of Tripoli, Damascus or Safad. The soldiers of the auxiliary army would wear the same attire as the internal security forces outside Mount Lebanon as a face saving scheme to the respective Viceroys; the smaller but numerous army centers in the auxiliary territories were a mixture of army and internal security forces with the implicit main task of gathering intelligence and pacifying the populace with prompt interventions in securing security and justice. For the southern region neighboring Egypt a unified center for coordinating intelligence services between the army and the internal security forces was decreed, firmly consolidated and established in Tyr. Basically, every ministry had separate budgets for Mount Lebanon and the auxiliary territories which were self administered but centrally controlled.
Posted by: adonis49 on: October 16, 2008
Intelligence Gathering Centers
It was at this period that Gergis proved his organizational genius and far sighted comprehension of the real functions of Foreign Affairs responsibility. Previously, Gergis’ understanding of his functions were limited to encouraging commerce and trade in foreign countries and this limited grasp of his responsibilities was mainly due to being assigned the counsellorship of economic development, a task that overshadowed his other responsibilities and prevented him from allocating enough time to diplomatic activities. It was through trials and errors that the grand picture took shape under the urgency of securing the southern borders with Egypt.
Gergis had a good working relationship with Mariam, the education counselor, and they together undertook to establish two centers for training Foreign Service personnel in the languages and customs of foreign countries. Basically, Spanish and Latin were the main formal languages taught at the centers but quickly more languages were offered such as Farsi and French and the slang of many Arabic speaking people.
The main task for Gergis was to gather timely intelligence on the political, economic and social problems facing the Sultan of Egypt. Excellent intelligence would allow the Republic to preempt any reckless decisions from the Sultan and plan for the appropriate communication timely delivered before any fateful scheming policies could be officially under way. It was to be well understood that in these trying times the best approach for powerful Sultans to solve internal problems was to call for military actions with the hope of easy plunder of neighboring kingdoms and paying off their disgruntled mercenaries with the plunders.
Gergis set up a higher qualitative organization for his Egyptian diplomatic missions that brought its fruit in stability and prosperous trade. The main station was in Alexandria, a major port with heavy trading, and it was the first stop for all Foreign Service personnel assigned to Egypt. The newly assigned staffs would work part time after being trained to be coach drivers, gardeners, or craftsmen in accordance with the demands with the noblemen and for the remaining time of the day they received advanced training in the local language, customs, protocol and Foreign Service clerical duties.
Many of these recruits, after graduating, were transferred to work as hired and trained people for the noblemen and high officials in Cairo and major cities in Egypt for the purpose of gathering intelligence. Then, after becoming proficient in the language and necessary skills, the freshly trained diplomats were assigned to major cities and in the countryside where problems were looming. Six out of ten of the officer corps were offered the rudiments of the local language and customs from one of the two linguistic centers in the Levant, Beirut and Sidon, before being transferred abroad.
Formal training for their missions and an understanding of the political and administrative structure of the countries they were assigned to were provided by the Foreign Service Institute in Beirut. When servicemen returned for vacations they had to write about their experience, lecture and share their knowledge in the training centers and get training for their next assignment.
The servicemen and their families were to serve 5 years in one country and their private residences were to be of the same standard as those of the average locals. Only the professional serviceman skilled in a trade, proficient in the local language, and well trained in the various diplomatic tasks were assigned to remote regions so that they could be self sufficient as to their livelihood and be an asset to the locality and an honorable example of the citizens of the Republic of the Levant.
Overseas Holding Company
An ingenious plan to supplement the budget of the Foreign Affairs department was proposed to the governing council. Gergis suggested the institution of a holding company for investment overseas and targeted the countries where pressing intelligence activities were needed. The ministers and rich merchants would initially buy shares in this holding company so that artisans and merchants could be set up in partnership with local counterparts abroad. This scheme allowed the infiltration of many Levantine agents into the economic and social fabric of Egypt and part of the profits in these partnerships reverted back to the holding company. An annual budget was allocated to the Foreign Service department taking into account the profits generated from investments overseas. Initially, this company was to be for non profit in the first three years and then afterwards 20% of the profit would be retained for the shareholders. The government had already some experience with complex financial institutions but necessary modifications to the organizational structure of the overseas holding company had to be installed in order to strengthen its sensitive and secret policies. The board of directors was reduced to five members of the 3 most powerful traders, the minister of Foreign Affairs and Haim the minister of Finance.
In the second year of the formation of the Overseas Holding Company, Gergis announced a yearly gathering lasting for three days of the members of the Company, the Foreign Service personnel and members of the government. This assembly was to be held starting on a Monday in the third week of December. The assembly was seated on lush cushions on a floor spread with an intricate Persian carpet. Gregis delivered an opening speech sitting on an elevated sofa behind a small rosewood table. He spoke thus:
“Honorable ministers, members of the Overseas Holding Company, my compatriots and colleagues in the Foreign Service; this year is memorable by the achievements of the Nation and the Foreign Affairs ministry. This Nation can now claim to have secured solid diplomatic recognition by most of the neighboring kingdoms and crossed with a steady step the major obstacles that were erected to thwart its stability and progress as a self-administered and autonomous Nation. The Foreign Affairs Ministry is practically self sufficient for its routine expenses but might rely for two more years on the public funds to expand into key kingdoms and establish critical Embassies and trading consulates.
We have already founded important supporting institutes like the Institute of Foreign Languages and the Center of Foreign Studies which are both fully functional and have already graduated capable and learned public servants. We are already firmly settled in Egypt and Cyprus and our trade is varied and increasing at a fast pace with many other countries as well. This year’s gathering will be devoted to lectures on the economic demands and business variances of a few emerging societies, private experience overseas, open sessions for criticism on internal performance and feedback on the prospects for future development, and closed sessions for deciding on your propositions and working out a budget for next year. Today and tomorrow, between 4 and 6 o’clock, the executive members of the Overseas Holding Company and the higher ranking personnel in the Foreign Affairs will hold working sessions to generate new ideas for fresh investments and to open dialogues for the application process in joining the Foreign Service”.
“On Wednesday late afternoon we will have a grand bash party, and God permiting, the First Emir will share with us in the festivities to offer gifts to every one so that our families enjoy the Christmas and New Years Holidays and share with us in this hard earned and thriving year. Long Live our First Emir and Long Live our Levant Nation. May peace be upon you and brotherhood and prosperity spread over the land.”
. For effective results, appreciable gifts were discreetly offered in critical circumstances to the powerful men in office in Egypt and in timely manner in exchange for advantageous business laws and critical referrals and connections. In times of political deterioration many Levantine immigrants settled down in their new countries of adoption and profits to the holding company dwindled because the State administration was lax or insufficiently organized to attend to the interests of the State. It is to be noted that the wave of immigration to Egypt in the mid n19th century, mostly from the Levant intelligencia and professionals found a well settled ground that permitted them to be the forerunners in establishing daily newspapers, movie producers, mass agricultural enterprises, bankers and disseminating theaters and all kinds of cultural endeavors.
The State department contemplated serious diplomatic missions in Cyprus to track down the master plans of the European countries’ interest in the Levant with another one in the coastal city of Antioch (in present day Turkey) to monitor the political changes of its Sultan and a third one in Mossul (in present northern Iraq) so that the Tatar military campaigns reactivation be studied and analyzed.
Economic development
An important by-product of this period of frantic trade with Egypt was the acquisition of the minting skills imported from Egypt. The Fatimide bullion currency was adopted and copied in size, weight and gold purity; one face carried the inscription of “There is one God and only one” (La Ilah ella Lah) and the other face had the cedar tree with the inscription around it stating “The Republic of the Levant” and the year the currency was minted. This identical worth in value of the Egyptian and Levantine currency made it possible for it to be interchangeably accepted throughout the Middle East kingdoms. Large shipments of raw gold mineral were arriving from Turkey and Egypt to the Levant foundries, most of the time clandestinely.
Another sector was developed due to the heavy demands on the Egyptian market for silk cloth. The government of the Republic encouraged the importation of silk worms and the mass plantation of blackberry trees throughout Mount Lebanon. Every large town made it its business to hire whole families to acquire spindles for working silk cocoon into threads in homes. This business flourished till the first quarter of the 20th century when the First World War calamity befell Mount Lebanon and famine decimated its population into starvation and immigration. Shipments of silk to Egypt returned with raw cotton for the manufacturing establishment of cotton garments in the Levant.
The new Republic could have easily annexed Jerusalem but the First Emir resolved that, as long as the siege of the Caliphate was in Cairo, it would be advisable to nominally leave it under the Mameluk monarch. This decision was beneficial to both parties because it strengthened the Arab resolve against the Tartar’s constant threats if they finally sifted through their internal troubles for leadership and also because it avoided the new Republic any internal strife on sectarian basis. The Mameluk monarch agreed, after lengthy diplomatic wrangling, to have his garrison in Jerusalem reduced for the purpose of maintaining peace and order because the Levant was sensitive to closer military concentrations on its borders.
The new expanded nation enjoyed 8 potential maritime ports: Tarsus, Tripoli, Byblos, Beirut, Sidon, Tyr, Acre and Haifa. The population to be governed increased to 2 million: 40% Christians and 60% Moslems. The ratio of religious affiliations was now reversed. A higher level for the concept of a unified nation was to be seriously tackled based on a Constitution agreed on by all the citizens.
Once the military threats from the neighboring Emirs and princes were relatively under control because the balance of power forced the belligerent parties to calculate more precisely the onerous maneuvers, the First Emir went about unifying and reconstructing his extended kingdom within the varied religions and customs.
Posted by: adonis49 on: October 16, 2008
Chapter 13: An underground political Party
Gergis was aware of the new problems that this expansion would generate in the cohesion of the Nation and concentrated his energy and time on formulating a Constitution that would encompass the rights and duties of all the citizens regardless of religion, sect, gender or tribal origin. When he finished the first draft Gergis gathered Mustafa, Mariam and a few close associates for an urgent meeting and divulged to this initial founding group the content of his draft Constitution for comments and revision.
An attempt for a draft of the Constitution
The first draft Constitution was intended to organize the society and the political system on firm written commitments. The articles of this draft Constitution were as follows:
Article #1: All citizens are equal in the law regardless of religion, sect, gender, tribal origin or class wealth; justice will be delivered to all according to the laws of the land.
Article #2: The political system is based on three independent authorities with the purpose of checking any power extravagances from any authority. The executive, the legislative and the judicial powers will be created for the benefit of maintaining Liberty in choices, creating opportunities for economic development, assuring freedom of religious beliefs and encouraging the rights of all citizens to a decent and happy life.
Article #3: The President of the Republic is the head of the executive authority and is elected by the legislative House for a ten years term. The head of the Legislative House is elected by the members of the townships’ councils for a six-year term. The justice authority will be composed of a council of 7 members appointed by the President for a ten years term after approval by the Legislative House as to the status and professionalism of the justice members. The legal authority would have the power to rescind any law enacted by the legislature that is deemed contrary to the spirit of the Constitution.
Article #4: The president has the power to appoint the members of his council of ministers after approval by the Legislature. The President has the right to demote any council member at his own discretion after submitting a non binding request to the Parliament.
Article#5: The Council of ministers has to present the yearly budget for approval by the Legislature and every minister’s performance examined once a year during a regular legislative session that could be extended for three months. In this legislative session any minister could be demoted by a vote of confidence of 60% of the House members present.
Article #6: Ministers have the power to appoint their top aides after confirmation by the Legislature and they can demote their aides after approval of the President.
It was clear that this draft Constitution did not attempt to define this nation-society or venture into delineating its boundaries. Mustafa Baltaji listened carefully to the articles but projected a passive attitude. Mustafa’s rough life as a pirate since he was ten years old then as a contraband assistant to Antoun at seventeen ended up holding the ministry of defense through dedication and self learning. He could now read and write in two languages and had become a voracious reader. Mustafa enlarged his innate intelligence and eloquence and acquired vast knowledge on human behaviors and the cultural characteristics of the various tribal customs within the Levant and surrounding Nation-States. This draft Constitution left a lot to be desired in the soul of Mustafa by its static formality but surprisingly initiated the spark that ignited the deeply hidden vision he was hibernating within the fold of his ripe spirit. The anxious moments that Mustafa had endured, feeling helpless about the fast expansion resulting in quick absorption of new populations without the corresponding potential capabilities in education and organization to assimilate the new citizens, vanished instantly: He conceived the long term stability of the Nation in forming a political party from the ground up based on this draft Constitution and patient indoctrination of adherents into the new spirit and the need for strict discipline and cohesion that would withstand political upheavals.
Mustafa suggested to the attending members his idea of creating a political party as the best mechanism to communicating the new spirit and added new articles to the first draft which logically should be at the top of the list and were:
Article #1: The people of this State have basic commonality in culture and language and verified economic interdependence that forms a fabric that can be termed a complete society, and constituted an indivisible Nation.
Article #2: This Levant Nation is called the Aram Nation and its natural borders are the Mediterranean Sea in the West, the chain of mountains of the Zagros and Toros in the North and include the region of Alexandrite and Antioch, the Sinai desert in the South and include the El Arish and Gaza regions and finally the Euphrates River in the East and encompassing the Basra town and environ (in present Southern Iraq).
Article #3: The political and social organization that expresses these convictions is called the Aram National Party and its objective is to educate and organize the people so that they would safeguard the highest interests of all the Syrian people and insure its cohesion and unity against any invading force.
Article #4: The Aram National Party is the Nation’s party and will be organized as an integral political and social State with all the requisite administrative branches of governance.
Mustafa provided the rationale for naming this political party because throughout the history of the Near East the region was called Aram. In ancient time, the Middle Western coastal City-States were known as Phoenicia, the South Western coastal City-States of Palestine including El Arish, Gaza and Ashkelon.were known as Canaan, and to the East were the kingdoms of Akkad, Babylon and Ashur of current Iraq and to the North were the barbarian regions of current Turkey. During the Arab Empire, Aram was known as Al Sham because facing north this region was at the left of Mecca while the region on the right side was called Yemen; the northern parts of Turkey were under the Byzantine Empire.
A Constitution for the Aram National Party
This new formulation of the Constitution for the party galvanized the tiny founders’ group and opened up new vistas of political development and new wells of energies. They then agreed on the following steps: the articles of the first draft would be part and parcel of the revised draft and would be the foundation of the Party Constitution to be promoted and adopted as the basis for the Nation’s Constitution; Gergis would present the first draft of the Constitution, excluding Mustafa’s added articles for the time being, to the First Emir as a personal initiative for his feedback. Mariam suggested that the First Emir must not get wind of the creation of a political party organization at this stage in order to salvage his sensitivities and ego until the Party is underway. Gergis insisted that the creation of a political party should not take effect before the First Emir gives his consent, otherwise it would be considered an internal coup d’etat by the government. Mustafa agreed with the cautious approach of Gergis and offered that the legalization of political parties should take precedent to any organizational endeavors. Whereupon followed a heated discussion of how to proceed if the First Emir declined to legalize political parties or viewed a written Constitution as an attempt to undermine his power. It was evident that most of them were getting attached to their government appointments and privileges and lacked the courage to confront the First Emir and stimulating his wrath. Only Gergis was willing to take the heat because a written constitution was his pet project even during the preparation of the insurgency and because he instantly realized that the formation of a political party would be the achievement of his life which would endure regardless of the political changes in his Nation. They all agreed on the following procedure: first, Gergis will pave the ground for the legalization of political parties which will prompt the First Emir to explicitly start thinking of creating his own party and second, after wining this round, to propose the articles of the party and to convince the First Emir for the necessity of a written Constitution for the party itself which does not conflict with his power as head of the Nation. The diplomatic flexibility of Gergis was basically setting the milestones for eventually forcing a written Constitution for the Nation.
In any event, there was a tacit agreement that when the green light for creating a political party was obtained that Mustafa would be the first executive President of the Aram National Party, Miriam the head of the Legislative committee and Gergis the head of the Supreme Court of justices which has the power to strike down any laws that do not preserve the spirit of the Constitution and also to mitigate any civic differences among the adherents in order to preserve the unity and cohesion of this political body. Gergis was elected to be the prime organizer of the party for the first two years until a meeting of all adherents could take place for the official election of the officers and then Gergis would take a leave of absence from his duties as Foreign Affairs counselor as soon as the legalization of political parties takes effect.
Posted by: adonis49 on: October 17, 2008
Part 4: Mariam (1394-1399)
Chapter 15: The second revolution
The political system was relatively stable; order and the rule of law were functional; peace on the borders was lasting longer than in the previous decades; yearly budget for the various ministries were allocated and plans were carried out decently. A few worries were deeply disturbing the First Emir: the system was reverting to a declining cycle of feudal and religious polarization during municipal and parliamentary elections. The old guards were sleeping on their laurels and insidious machinations of grand thefts of the public funds were agitating the population to open criticisms of the validity of the regime. The First Emir suspected that foreign agitators were exploiting some of the valid arguments about the regime and he thought that the best strategy to adopt would be to take side with the population against the opportunists and unprofessional officer corps in the various departments.
While fear of instability was a common tendency in the Middle East the underground sectarian organizations were extremely secretive and disturbing. It was in these periods of anxiety that Sect-State behaviors would predominate the political landscape with two variants; the first variant being that a charismatic feudal Lord would take advantage of the particular structural and administrative traditions of his sect and appoint his spiritual leaders in order to further his hold on the temporal and spiritual power of his sect, like for example the Druze sect; the other variant being the supreme cleric usurping the temporal leadership in his sect and imposing the temporal leaders such as in some Shiaa sects. The second variant of Sect-State was usually the more dangerous for any central government than the first variant or the other secretive sectarian organizations.
The Levant government was not immune to these fears in the society and a few Sect-States and secretive sectarian organizations were on the rise and such behaviors were spreading among its public servant members. Nevertheless, rational scapegoats were needed to tame the growing restlessness among the populace so that a closer investigation to the criteria adopted for hiring and assigning government service men were carried out and rumors of fraudulent activities were acted upon. These decisive moves were well promoted and new recruits from disadvantaged families were interviewed and accepted to training facilities.
Besides, the First Emir, who was now in his late forties and was considered old by the standard of the time, had discovered new vocations in writing his memoirs and a hobby in aquarelle painting. Actually, the First Emir was suffering from backaches which made horse riding an excruciating exercise while his shortsightedness was an excellent excuse for discarding reading the accumulating documents. For some time, his zests in daily running of the nation and ruling a wily people was waning and he was seriously contemplating taking longer time offs for doing what he enjoyed most. The reality was that the First Emir was experiencing what is currently described as middle age crisis; he was becoming despondent because of subtle recognition that he had grown much older in physical and mental agility and endurance. He was experiencing the nervousness and uneasiness of some kind of chemical addictions which caused many official sessions to be cut short and the tendency to implicitly relegating some of his powers to close associates because he could not shoulder further pressures. The side effects were his harsher invectiveness toward his associates when they failed to adequately carry out the delegated power on specific projects and programs and tended to maliciously blame them on usurping his power and sometimes because he had forgotten his verbal commitments or delegated commissions.
The First Emir would disappear incognito for a couple of days with a reduced group of his personal guards, all attired as normal citizens as to blend easily with the common people, and leaving a short message stating that he has gone on inspection of his kingdom so that to keep everyone of his civil servants on their toes. Actually, a few of his closest and oldest friends knew that the journeys were taking their beloved Emir to locations of his youth that provided him with splendid recollections and relieved the stresses of his conflicting emotions. These short peregrinations were helpful mentally but left the First Emir in no better physical conditions on his returns; he was sick and depressed and used to confine himself in his private rooms claiming quality time to studying important and urgent plans. His oldest friends were worried but the second generation of civil servants was feeling comfortable and secure in its sinecures before political troubles challenged the First Emir into action.
Individually and on many occasions the trio of Mariam, Mustafa and Gergis confronted the First Emir with the state of affairs in the Nations. Mariam offered the First Emir facts on many political organizations already in action and most of them being financed by foreign powers and neighboring Viceroys and disseminating ideas based on religious beliefs to destabilize the State. Mustafa argued that it would be to the advantage of the State to acknowledge the existence of these organizations and allow them to function within the laws of free associations and freedom of speech instead of letting them work underground. At least, Mustafa argued that the State would then be in a better position to recognize these secretive organizations and understand their political positions and be prepared to counter their ideas. With his usual diplomatic tact Gergis hinted that the best alternative would be to organize a grass root political party that would carry the right message to the future generations and sidetrack most of these dubious confessional underground parties.
At length, the First Emir was well prepared by his counselors to listen to the principles of a political party that might be capable of rejuvenating the Nation. Gergis expounded on the principles and articles of the Aram National Party. For two weeks the First Emir felt restless and an ingenious plan of action was rehashed in his mind: start a new revolution from the grass roots beginning with new adherents of fresh and young officers and out best his earlier successes. It is very credible to assume that organizing from scratch was his best skill but it was more likely that it mould be an opportunity for the First Emir to reinvigorate his purposes to life though any potential successes were less convincing judging from the behaviors of his early decrepit conditions.
The First Emir reasoned from experience that reinventing the same political system would not establish a system that could secure the survival of a society for long. Consequently, he reasoned that the outcome of another revolution must rely on a new vision to guide the process for a stable society that would survive calamities and political upheavals. A new vision was needed but the First Emir could not pinpoint its characteristics and procedures but hinted out to Gergis to unofficially study the restructure of his administration.
In the meantime, Gergis sent Noura an urgent message to Florence summoning her to come back as soon as possible. The message hashed out his new responsibilities as leader of an underground political party and proclaimed that he would be unable to carry out his duties without her support and close proximity. Noura realized that the still bachelor Gergis had never married because she was his first and only love and decided that she would indeed grab this opportunity and join her best friend ever.
Posted by: adonis49 on: October 17, 2008
Organization of the Aram National Party
Noura and Gergis invested many hours to have a viable structure for the processes of administering and organizing a political party. They devised a system based on certification of eligibility to various levels in the organizational hierarchy. They wrote down 5 criteria based on disciplinary, civic, intellectual, strife, and political awareness achievements. The adherent who would attend meetings regularly and obey directions for a year was certified as a full member, then if he paid his taxes and did not have any civic blemish he was certified as a “worthy” member, then if he showed dedication to learning the foundations and the Party lines and confirmed his faith he was certified as a “graduate”, then if he accepted missions and was successful in his assignments he was given the titled of a “Chest” in the Party and was eligible for defense and military training positions, then if he pursued a profession and could earn a decent living out of his specialty he was awarded the title of “Cornerstone” and was eligible to executive positions, then if he kept up his cultural development and knowledge of the social and political status of the Nation along with valuable practices in any one of the party administration branches he was offered the title of “Trustee” and was automatically eligible to elect the legislative committee members and be eligible to any legislative and executive positions and be nominated to any committee membership. The most sought after membership was in the Highest Court of justice committee and required a thorough knowledge and practice in the legal profession.
This system of certification and potential eligibility to the hierarchical echelons was considered a satisfactory method for insuring professionalism and dedication to the cause of the Party and consequently the safeguard of the Nation interests and promotion of human rights in society. The township and district executive members would be basically appointed by the highest executive council but the major townships would elect supervising committees by the full members and higher titled members; the districts would elect their supporting and supervising committees by the “worthy” and higher level members. The highest court of justice committee would establish 4 headquarters in all the Nation territory so that timely justice is provided for all claimants in the Party whether it be civic differences or Party disciplinary problems.
Preparations for the second revolution
The First Emir summoned Gergis, Mariam and Mustafa to a secret enclave to discuss the current State of affairs and how to plan to counter the decadence invading society from the top down. Gergis rehashed on the principles, articles, and organization of the Aram National Party, and then discussions ensued:
Antoun said: “I have a serious problem with the article defining the borders of the Aram Nation. If this article is circulated in writing then the Mameluk Sultan will have material evidence that we are preparing for independence and I am not ready for this dangerous step”
Gergis said: “We can drop this article but if we are asked about the boundaries of the Nation, and we will be asked, then I propose that we verbally offer suggestions to that effect and analyze the reaction of the adherents”
Antoun replied: “Do your best to avoid responding to that question or at best generate responses instead of offering your own opinions. Now I have two more concerns; first, it seems to me that the hierarchical structure of the Party, although logical and well intentioned, will scare away good potential citizens from joining and participating as full members. I am under the impression that you are expecting already disciplined citizens to be attracted, especially the military officers.”
Mustafa said: “I guess that this structure is meant to encourage adherents to continue learning and improving on their potentials. I have some understanding of a few organizations that divulge the duties and responsibilities in stages when members have accomplished what were required of them previously and are ready to assume higher responsibilities. May be we could emulate their systems by keeping the requirements secrets until the time is ripe for the next stage in the hierarchy?”
Gergis replied: “I am aware of these secret structures and they worried me as to their consequences in forming ignorant zealots who are ready to commit unimaginable atrocities in the name of performing their duties and obeying orders. We cannot take this direction if our principles are clear and our purpose open and honest.”
Antoun said: “I understand the genuine attitude of Gergis and I would be ready to take my chance with transparent teachings upfront as evidence of our confidence in our people and his capabilities. We are in the business of enlightening the masses and not forming passive leaders waiting to be spoon fed at every stage of their organizational development; true leaders are ready to take initiatives and plan their political development as leaders should. I am under the impression that you guys are adopting the thinking and attitudes of the civil servants.”
The room was silent and heavy with accusations.
The face of Mustafa turned from pale to hot purple and intoned defensively:
“What are you trying to convey my Don?”
The First Emir smiled lightly and said: “At least we guys have worked hard for our living before we engaged into politics and we know the value of work that the people understand; but we have engendered a class of civil servants who is entertained by the hard work of our people and yet sincerely believes that they are doing them a favor. Our civil servants are into politics big time and have raised the motto that “everything in life is politics” so that they hide their indolence and refusal to try work that can add value to society. They want the government and the people to feed them throughout their retched life as a deserved right for their sacrifices to the well being of the working people. If we found a political party we are also creating another brand of civil servants living at the expense of the party members and still believing they are the best and chosen ones among them.”
Gergis replied: “I understand your concerns my First Emir and many times I have been recollecting the happy and good period of our youth but our job right now is much harder emotionally and I can barely have a good night sleep. I feel that you have a recommendation to suggest and I cannot provide a satisfactory answer of how to bypass the formation of a professional class of political administrators and managers.”
The First Emir voice started low and then its pitch grew in crescendo saying: “I abhor the idea that any sane civil servant is set for life remunerated by another group of people. I suggest that civil servants at the pay of the Party should not hold full time positions for more than two years; they should have an earning job before taking a political assignment and return to the real life of earning their bread after the assignment is over; new blood has to circulate continuously in the Party if it has to serve its purpose. I suggest that we include a separate article stating that members are not required to serve in administrative and political positions unless they feel the drive and have the talent to serve in a party position. Members have to understand that joining the Party is not a hindrance to continuing living the way they like but a school of life improvement if they have the drive for it. Back to my third concern…”
Mariam interrupted him saying: “Excellency, sorry to cut you in but I feel it important to expand on your second concern. As far as I can recollect, the status of civil servants was one of the hottest issues immediately after we won the insurrection and most of us felt uncomfortable holding government positions because we were unfamiliar with their demands, rules and procedures. We meant well to shorten government assignments but circumstances and lack of funding prevented us to hold on our commitments. According to our wishes exiting civil servants were to be compensated so that they could open their private trades but we found it more economical and more expedient to extend their appointments at the expense of our principles and the trend stuck with practically no incentives or courage to change our administrative structure. We need practical means not to revert to previous expedients in the Party hierarchy.”
The First Emir replied: “Yes, I do remember and several times I thought that we should hold fast to the commitments of our revolution and failed to communicate my worries in due time. I guess the Party has to consider business infrastructure to sustain its growth and not rely on the government fund or Party members’ dues. It is my position that any political party that cannot offer services to its members and their families over and above what the government is able or willing to offer then the party would become a serious liability to society. Imagine adherents fed on principles and emotions bottled up with no positive outlets for practical changes then I can foresee rash and irresponsible responses funneled through incompetent leaders. Now back to my third concern; I wonder why there is no mention of religions in these principles”.
Gergis answered: “It is a dangerous subject to approach and the best we could come with is freedom of beliefs which is what we have been practicing but still is a momentous milestone to be able to state it bluntly”.
Antoun replied: “Our society is founded on dozens of religious sects and hiding this fact under the carpet would not strengthen the unity of the Nation. I remember my lack of patience with the confessional elements during the preparation for the insurgency and I do recognize that we failed to approach this fundamental problem through rational discussions. I suggest that we openly study this problem emanating with each district identifying itself according to its religious affiliation first; this trend is extremely stubborn and is spreading havoc to our concept of a united Nation”.
Mustafa: “Do you suggest my Don that we should adopt a religion as the main one for the land so that we retain a distinctive identity?”
Antoun: “I think that you are attempting to be sarcastic. We never stated it formally but I believe our actions tended to distance State affairs from religious meddling. May be it is time to officially announce to the citizens that there should be a separation between State governance and religious beliefs.”
Mustafa: “To the best of my knowledge no citizen ever contemplated such a separation, not only because it has never been an issue but because they sincerely believe that governance is not possible without the blessing of religion. Besides, we have been doing fine without this announcement and any confrontation with the religious hierarchies at this junction might exacerbate the political climate.”
Gergis: “I believe that it would be a great idea to include the principle of separation between State affairs and religious beliefs in the Party’s articles. The application of this principle might turn out to be extremely delicate and requiring a lot of tact but it certainly might allay the fears of many minority sects which are the most virulent in time of scarcity and instability.”
Antoun: “Indeed, the future generations should be able to accept this necessary trend as most normal if it is adopted by the grass roots first and made an obvious statement as time goes on.”
Mariam: “I still cannot delineate the fine line where State affairs starts and where religion stops. Suppose that I believe 100% in one religious dogma then my faith in these doctrines should take precedence over anything else that is of this World. If we have to boldly approach this topic we might as well identify the basic issues that are harmful to the professional running of a government and how religion can be of support.”
Antoun said: “Religions should preach what is all about the after death and State affairs is about enjoying our life, running society in an ordered fashion, and what is needed to survive as a society in an independent Nation. I am not attempting to pin Reason against Faith but these concepts are the main delineations with the implicit understanding that Faith is in no way synonymous to Spirit”
Mariam: “With due respect Your Excellency, this is a pretty simple concept that is basically trying to sweep the problem under the carpet as you mentioned previously. The population is basically very religious and relying on reasoning will not cut it. For example, what if a citizen secretly belonging to a minority sect has cheated in his true religious affiliation and is elected to the highest position in the Nation, then would his election be valid on the basis of separation of religion and State affairs?”
Antoun: “You certainly are devious Mariam and I appoint you as the devil advocate to Gergis. I am inclined to reason that in this instance it is politics rather than cheating since it is none of our concerns his personal religious beliefs if we are sincerely secular as long as the candidate never offered to divulge his religious affiliations. I have been hearing rumors, which I am inclined to believe, that many Christian sects allow parallel pagan traditions among agrarian people. These peasants still worship Mother Earth for its bounty and do indeed offer human sacrifices to ward off calamities and dry years and they could not shake it off as far as I know. Now, no sect is going to confess or proclaim that these ancient rooted beliefs and traditions are part and parcel of its religious principles although it is a pagan religion anyway you consider it. Would you think Mariam that these pieces of information might complicate your example? All I can tell you is that I am not good with abstract notions. I do believe that anyone who reaches a stage in his growth to claim that his faith is total in the after death then he is a liar and not worth a dime anymore. I also believe that whoever claims that we are just dirt and nothing else is also a liar and not worth a dime. Even if I still have a tiny pride it would be impossible for me to accept that we are just reduced to dust and dirt after death. I am a good judge of character and the scoundrel is anyone who wholeheartedly believes that clinging to life is the best attitude to preserve and yet keeps preaching about the after life.”
Mustafa: “I think that I agree with your premises my Don though I am afraid that you will have the whole population against you if you proclaim that whoever claims has total faith is a liar.”
Antoun: “I guess you are in an ironic mood today and your attitude may be taking the edge off our heated discussion but hope that you will put a break to your behavior. What I mean is that as long as we have a whiff of energy left in us to struggle for survival then our faith is necessarily within the range of the two extreme positions. Once we reach an extreme point in our beliefs then we are reduced to either stones or carrying on irrational behavior.”
Mariam: “I still need to grasp the dividing line where we can bring to court a religious movement with a political position that we deem it out of its jurisdiction. I can offer several examples that are very pertinent; first, there are a couple of sects that prohibit carrying arms or using them against their fellow men and second many sects insist on reading verses from the Bible or the Koran before starting classes or even providing an answer or delivering a speech. Another issue is shouldn’t the full time religious clergy have the right to vote, and why the clergy has to appoint representatives as it is applied now instead of the people electing these representatives? It is time for the people to have a direct say on matters that impact their daily life and send a strong message to the clergy that more transparency is needed in their internal dealings and the community has to have a share in their financial discussions.”
Gergis: “Now we are talking business. Abstract notions have to be explained in procedural forms if justice is to be applicable in any governmental action. I can see the usefulness of not prohibiting the clergy from participating fully in elections though I can guess that the outcome of any election would be biased toward the clergy interest because they clearly have the power to easily impress and dissuade well intentioned voters.”
Antoun: “In response to the first example of Mariam I guess we were successful in enlisting many families in the army after they initially refused on moral grounds by increasing the pay and benefits of the soldiers. I believe that adequate incentives and direct and patient communications with the members of these peaceful sects can open acceptable alternatives. As to the second example I sincerely do not see it fitting within the framework of our concerns. I think the most serious difficulty is that the clergy would interfere one way or another in the implementation of State decisions and programs. For that reason we need to set higher standards for candidates otherwise the clergy representatives will dominate the floor and weaken any fair law. Also, our work is going to be much harder now because the clergy is on the offensive big time. We will have to analyze every proposal from different perspectives and test the people’s responses to the proposals first before submission.”
Mariam: “I can see that the struggle is going to be tough for decades and only dedicated and highly learned servicemen would be able to turn the tide. Stable nations had the vast majority of its citizens believing in our religion and a so-called secular government could be camouflaged under the implicit recognition that it is functioning within the nation’s religious beliefs. In our case with no overwhelming majority for a single religion we might be playing with fire attempting a distinct separation. I don’t think Mustafa was joking when he alluded to the need of adopting a religion for the Nation. This was the case with the exception of the Roman Empire though most societies then were pagans, similar in their practices and traditions and their Gods were not invisibles and all that encompassing in a single unifying God. It is my position that change would be won by secular schooling and eliminating any notion that requires the support of religious dogma in the reading materials. Let the mind guide the kids in school and let their parents decide on their religious education outside of school”
Gergis: “I am inclined to include in the principles of the Party that religious beliefs are intrinsically personal matters but once a person is given State responsibilities or given a civil service appointment then he should adopt reason as his guiding God and the articles of the Constitutions as his guiding principles.”
Antoun: “I think we are agreed, you and I, though I see Mariam fretting in her place and doubt that she is about to accept your opinion.”
Mariam: “I understand your position Sir and the need of proclaiming Reason as our guiding power in managing our State affairs but I suspect that if this principle is formally included in the articles of the Constitution then one day the State will persecute religious beliefs under one reason or other. What sound like reason to you is within the abstract frame of mind to me; I have been around to know that many excellent civil servants, not of your political inclinations, will be sacked on the basis of preaching his faith at some point in his service, a right that is guaranteed in the Constitution also. I demand that any censure based on stating religious principles should be examined by a regular civil court and all expenses paid by the State. “
Antoun: “I think Mariam that your apprehension might be founded. Gergis, would you include in the Party principles something to the effect that faith is necessary for the spiritual stability of the Nation but that human Reason is capable and well endowed of forecasting changes in society and providing the appropriate remedies for the survival and development of the Nation?”
Mariam: “I suggest that we add in the Nation’s Constitution a clear article that no authority in the land should has the power to persecute any citizen based on his religious beliefs or to proclaim any religion unlawful unless we are ready to ban religions all together as anathema to unity and progress of our Nation”
Antoun: “Mariam, you are driving a good bargain that should satisfy the Party and the Nation. I guess we have to bite this bitter pill since we have a wide variety of sects and refrain by law from forced persecution no mater how small a sect might be or to our distaste. I have to agree that the Aram Nation is going to be a precarious nation unless it enjoys a long peaceful reprieve with strong infusions of unifying and tolerant leaders. Are we all agreed on Mariam’s article?”
Mustafa: “I can go along this line of thinking if we could overcome the material power of the clergy. I think that we have to target the essence of their power, mainly their riches. We already have taxed donations in money and their best parcel of lands which allowed us to study the trend in people behavior toward the hegemony of the clergy; now we need to study the problem of pro bono work on the clergy lands simply because the peasants are scared on the status of their after death. I suggest that the clergy properties and profits should be taxed as any business. Donations should be taxed more heavily and pro bono work need to be revisited. If the peasants are not paid by the clergy then part of the fruit of their labor that increases profits should return to the State to invest it for the benefit of all the society.”
Gergis: “These suggestions are pleasant to my ears because their rationales are sound and just. I move to adopt this taxing scheme.”
Mariam: “Don’t you share my view Mustafa that this new tax is proposed in the worst time?”
Antoun: “I tend to disagree with you Mariam. I think this tax is an excellent idea and very timely. We know that the citizens are aware of the clergy injustices and unfair privileges. We could use the citizens’ restlessness and anger to our advantage by concentrating our effort and public pronunciations on that important platform. It is kind of killing more than one bird with one shot. If we all agree then I order Gergis to write up the required laws and establish a list of priorities targeting the financial worth of the richest monasteries.”
Mustafa said: “May we add another criterion for the priority list? I have been wondering whether to annex a few properties that are strategically important to the military? The clergy has been giving us hard time and was successful in baffling our plans.”
Antoun replied: “You may coordinate with Gergis on that list.”
Mariam said: “I think that we may have an opportunity to expand our schooling institutions by appropriating annexes to the monasteries or suitable lands by providing tax breaks in these instances.”
Antoun: “Am I familiar with your machinations Mariam! Your alternative could be acceptable only on a case by case basis and only if the negotiations are done openly and the townspeople participate vigorously in the negotiations.”
Mariam: “May I ask why the military is exempt from open negotiations?”
Antoun: “I could see that coming. Actually it has nothing to do with paternalism or chauvinism. Historically, there is no love affair connecting the citizens with any military institution although no Nation was able to safeguard his integrity, independence and interest without a strong physical military institution. In your case, every parent wants to educate his children and the odds are high that you will win your negotiations. The way I look at it is that the service ministries are the cornerstones in the victory over the clergy. The more negotiations you win the more the people will grasp that this tax is for their interest and in no way intended to harass or persecute the clergy. The victory of our platform resides in your zeal, stubbornness and continuous success.
Mustafa: “I am interested in the strategy contemplated to win victory over the clergy’s power.”
Antoun: “The clergy is powerful because it is the people who lent them acceptance and support to manage their spiritual needs and they will revert to them at the first spiritual malaise once their stomach is empty and opportunities scarce. Anyhow, back to your strategy Mustafa. First, this tax law should be a tight secret. Second, the tax law has to pass the legislature quickly. To achieve passing the law fast we need to select a judicious timing for convening the House; the meeting of the House could be held close to major religious celebrations so that the clergy representatives would fail to attend the meeting. Once the tax law is passed, legality would assure us a hefty leverage in our struggle. Timing, readiness and quick actions are the means to our victory.”
. It was decided in that enclave that political parties would be legalized with conditions that their leaders, ideologies and funding be made public with the implicit primary objective of the government to acquire the necessary intelligence without undue pressures or disruption of the political situation. It was also decided that the Aram National Party be funded through a special appropriation to the education ministry for only two years but kept a State secret and that Gergis would take a year sabbatical from his government functions to concentrate on the organization of the Party. The First Emir planned to appoint each year a new leader for the Party and run his corresponding government functions in order to have a deeper and detailed comprehension of the intricacies of the government. Once the idea of forming a political party took hold in the First Emir’s mind his life regained some of its earlier enthusiasm.
The First Emir discovered that the ideas and principles of the Party had been disseminated slowly but surely in the last two years and he implicitly resented being kept in the dark for so long and this message came to him as a chock that he has been out of touch in the day to day running of the State and neglecting to frequently meet with his close associates and the citizens.
The Tatars are coming
Terrible rumors were spreading that hordes of Tatars were again on the march from the North East torching and destroying towns on their path. Although these hordes were coming from far away Samarqand and had to cross Iran and part of Turkey before advancing toward Syria the population was in turmoil and business was hampered by the forthcoming calamity, reminiscent of the Mogul invasion a century and a half ago.
The First Emir grasped the fact that the population needed a leader they could trust and allay their fears. He understood that this situation could have a positive side to it: reorganize the population through a firmer ideology of values that could unify the people to face a ruthless and stubborn enemy of that magnitude. The new moral and political ideology was to unite the people and take advantage of the capabilities of all the member of the society.
Posted by: adonis49 on: October 17, 2008
Chapter 16: Postponement of a written Constitution
The First Emir had secretly adopted the party lines of the Aram National Party and he swore allegiance and signed the contract as a regular Party member. He directed Mariam to be his official representative, thus propelling Mariam firmly into the highest hierarchy of the Party which was the head of the legislative committee. The government allocated a budget to promote the expansion of the Party through an increase in the educational budget and proclaimed that all political parties should join efforts for the “Unity and Defense” of the nation. Although his kingdom did not stretch beyond the Easter mountain chains of today’s Lebanon, the First Emir recognized the necessity of unifying the people in Syria for a satisfactory defense from any major invader. The First Emir was willing to negotiate in due time for an alternative name of the Party for concessions on the political principles by the opposition groups.
The First Emir felt that winning the mind and heart of his citizens to the new program was going to be much harder than anything contemplated before. He knew that the society was enjoying wealth and stability from an open sea, an economy relying on medium size industries and tourism and the Syrian market was conquered without the need for direct interventions. This state of affairs was ideal for business and suited greatly the institutions of the government which abhorred undue risks to their profitable businesses by hinting to probable preparation for war. Since rational dialogue was not propitious at this stage because of the powerful institutions, the First Emir had to create a climate of emotional need for the slogans of the new party. Before setting the propaganda machine at work the new party had to propose its position on a written Constitution and the electoral system.
The new spirit disseminated in the land was highly controversial in most of the regions but the new society had enjoyed enough freedom of expression that the fundamental issues were tolerably discussed. Women, for example, would enjoy equal rights as men in education, work opportunities, inheritance and acquiring properties and businesses.
The suffrage of the female gender
Miriam stepped in for the coming legislative election and struggled hard to provide women all the rights accorded to men. She led a vast campaign of civic demands to altering the previous temporary electoral system into a fair and equitable Constitution that would guarantee equal rights to both gender in duties, responsibilities and rights. Her position as head of the Legislative committee in the Aram National Party gave her an important leverage for organizing impact lobbying pressure groups in the State administrations, propagating the new demands within the masses and concentrating their energies into a few targeted changes.
Mariam was installed in Baldat El Mir and had a wing in the Saraya as minister of education; she was still not married because of unusual circumstances but had a steady gentleman for many years by the name of Ignatios Doumany. They both did not mind a formal wedding but realized that the social traditions would inevitably pressure the couple into changing their priorities; Miriam would have to refrain from open political activities and cramp her flexibility to maneuver in the political scene and Ignatios would have to assume roles that he was not willing or capable of shouldering as head of the family and controlling its behavior according to the expected norms.
Ignatios was an academician and a linguist versed in ancient languages such as Latin, Greek and Farisi; he used to teach at the Foreign Office Center in Baldat El Mir. Later on, during Latifa Regency, he would transfer to Mtein as head of the new branch of that department which was recently established in the historic Capital. He was housed in an annex to the house of Mariam and instructed her two adoptive daughters and played the role of the adoptive father in the household management. Samar was already about eighteen and was adopted since the mountain outlaws’ period and was the dynamo for refueling Mariam with recharged energy and revolutionary zeal for change, especially in gender discrimination issues and females rights. As for her second daughter Sahar, it was rumored that she was Mariam’s legitimate kid. Sahar was seven, had the freckled face of Mariam but resembled more to Ignatios. Mariam adopted Sahar after she returned from her leave of absence that lasted ten months in Palestine; she went there accompanied by Ignatios to study the school systems of the European missionaries in Jerusalem and during her stay she trekked behind Jesus’ footsteps throughout Galilee, Judea, Jericho, and the Dead Sea and then crossed the Jordan River to Jarash and Petra.
Ignatios was aware of the different treatments received by Samar and Sahar from Mariam; Samar was encouraged to behave as boys were raised, independent and self confident in society but Sahar succumbed to the unconscious symbiotic relationship of mother and daughter. By attitudes, gestures and remarks Mariam unconsciously sent messages to Sahar who assimilated them in her upbringing and generated reactions as daughters do to preserve the “love” of their mothers: Sahar was wholly scared to part from her mother during her travels and behaved in subordination to customs with sudden violent outcries and revolts when the pressures of rivalry and jealousy aroused among her mother and her sister. Indeed, Sahar was fond of making the life of Mariam untenable in most circumstances and the kind and patient support of Ingatios was essential in keeping the peace and tranquility in the family atmosphere with better efficiency when Mariam was away.
In the town of Antelias, Mariam called for and organized a vast gathering for the female gender active in the electoral process for holding administrative, organizational or management positions in the government or private enterprises. This assembly lasted for two days and Mariam spoke on the first session saying:
“Compatriots, mothers, daughters, wives, single women and grandmothers; I welcome you wholeheartedly and admire your courage and determination to join this beautiful gathering of dedicated citizens. As you can witness, male citizens are excluded from this gathering, not on the basis of our unwillingness to have a fruitful dialogue with them but because we need to be alone to boldly discuss critical issues among ourselves without shame or innuendoes or patronizing attitudes. As far as I know, this is a first grand gathering of its kind made possible by the new era of openness and freedom of speech and assembly. Let us take full advantage of being together and openly discuss and set up a workable agenda for our political and social platform”.
“Please, this is not the time to feel intimidated or hope that the next gathering will be more suited to expound on your grievances because this sort of get together, among the female gender, might not happen again for decades, realizing full well the entrenchment of the patriarchal system we are still experiencing in every step of our life and the strength of this system to handicap our development and the acquisition of our political, economic and social rights”.
“Understand that this is not the time to dwell on what your father, or husband or brother might think or say or do. This is an opportunity to think and feel for yourself as a full fledge individual. What are your needs, emotionally, financially and educationally as an integral citizen of this free Nation?”
“This is an exciting time but fraught with serious dangers if we fail to unite and express our steadfastness and stubbornness for securing our natural rights and demonstrate that we are the group on which is founded the survival of our society. We are not to dwell on survival anymore; we are here to go beyond the de facto status we have been subjugated to; we are to design the new life process that this society need to erect in order to progress and the best strategy to counter the calamities that our Nation might have to sustain”.
“First, we will form committees to discuss, study and make recommendations on the subjects of education of the girls, the inheritance both tangible and immaterial, wedding traditions and conditions both financially and emotionally, voting rights, representation in the Parliament, municipalities and governance as half the society, mothers’ rights in childbearing and support from the public funds for medical and babies growth, travel rights and work rights”.
“This is your golden opportunity to talk plainly in everything that is cramping your life and your dreams. Please, I urge you to recall all your dreams when you were young and how you might be able to accomplish them if full citizenship rights are accorded to you by your valiant fights. Remember, rights are never offered without struggle; let us fight with the firm determination to earn them publicly and in the privacy of our own homes and families”.
“We can win our rights by our union after agreeing on a platform. Let this platform represent our youthful dreams and not what our fathers, husbands or brothers might agree with. Let our feelings and our minds mesh to win the battle of gender equality and equitability for the progress of our people and children. Long Live our First Emir! Long Live women rights! Long Live the Levant Nation!”
To protect the convention of the women, each of the three accesses to the meeting place was guarded by a phalanx of the army, located half a kilometer away, with an order to deny entrance to disturbing or curious elements. Male supporters were assembled close to the military barracks to cater to the requirements of the convention and insure smooth logistical supplies. Two female phalanxes insured the internal security of the convention and participated in the military committee.
The convention was hectic in the administrative and management tasks in the first day but a learning curve settled as the days went by. Many bold and articulated female leaders went beyond the enthusiastic themes of claiming laws for the equality of the sexes and dwelled deeper on the other facets that were restricting their independence to take wing. They reminded their colleagues that they were mostly responsible for their secondary state in society because they exhibited the attitude that a good wife has the duty to efface herself in conversation among men and avoided the critical financial decisions in the household. They encouraged the wives and daughters to voice their concerns in family matters and stop introjecting their accumulated anger as a mean to establishing peace in the family environment.
After the convention, which made the headline news in social gatherings for months to come, the female population vented their feelings and inclinations to the public and were ready to pay the price for their rights as equal to men in social status. There were divergent arguments; one group viewed that individual family decisions such as who is head of the family, how to lead life and maintain family cohesion should be separate from the Constitution and only female rights as a complete human being equal to men in everything in the law should be an integral item in the Constitution. Another group maintained that specific articles in the Constitution relative to women might harm their peace of mind and the harmony in the households; instead the laws should maintain her power to reclaim her rights at critical circumstances whenever she is ready to grasp them, especially for divorce and separation cases.
Securing female rights in the Constitution was the glorious fight that Mariam accepted to lead against all odds. It was at this period that the government proclaimed prizes for anyone inventing techniques or equipments that would facilitate the printing of leaflets which were done manually. The demand for mass writing materials generated ideas and the rudiment of a few inventions that did not materialize because of the political instability in the Levant.
End of tome I
Posted by: adonis49 on: October 26, 2008
Article “31 (December 18, 2005)
“A seminar on a multidisciplinary view of design”
The term “designing” is so commonly used that its all encompassing scope has lamentably shrunken in the mind of graduating engineers. This talk attempts to restore the true meaning of design as a multidisciplinary concept that draw its value from the cooperation and inputs of many practitioners in a team. This is a scenario of a seminar targeting freshmen engineers who will ultimately be involved in submitting design projects; it is meant to orient engineers for a procedure that might provide their design projects the necessary substance for becoming marketable and effective in reducing the pitfalls in having to redesign. The ultimate purpose is to providing the correct designing behavior from the first year.
Answering the following questions might be the basis of acquiring a proper behavior in design projects which should be carried over in their engineering careers; many of these questions are never formally asked in the engineering curriculum.
Q1. What is the primary job of an engineer? What does design means? How do you perceive designing to look like?
A1. The discussion should be reopened after setting the tone for the talk and warming up the audience to alternative requirements of good design.
Q2. To whom are you designing? What category of people? Who are your target users? Engineer, consumers, support personnel, operators?
A2. Generate from audience potential design projects as explicit examples to develop on that idea.
Q3. What are your primary criteria in designing? Error free application product? Who commit errors? Can a machine do errors?
A3. Need to explicitly emphasize that error in the design and usage is the primary criterion and which encompass the other more familiar engineering and business criteria
Q4. How can we categorize errors? Had any exposure to error taxonomy? Who is at fault when an error is committed or an accident occurs?
A4. Provide a short summary of different error taxonomies; the whole administrative and managerial procedures and hierarchy of the enterprise need to be investigated.
Q5. Can you foresee errors, near accidents, accidents in your design?
A5. Take a range oven for example, expose the foreseeable errors and accidents in the design, babies misuse and the display and control idiosyncrasy.
Q6. Can we practically account for errors without specific task taxonomy?
A6. Generate a discussion on tasks and be specific on a selected job.
Q7. Do you view yourself as responsible for designing interfaces to your design projects depending on the target users? Would you relinquish your responsibilities for being in the team assigned to designing an interface for your design project? What kinds of interfaces are needed for your design to be used efficiently?
A7. Discuss the various interfaces attached to any design and as prolongement to marketable designs.
Q8. How engineers solve problems? Searching for the applicable formulas? Can you figure out the magnitude of the answer? Have you memorized the allowable range for your answers from the given data and restriction imposed in the problem after solving so many exercises? Have you memorize the dimensions of your design problem?
A8. Figure out the magnitude and the range of the answers before attempting to solve a question; solve algebraically your equations before inputting data; have a good grasp of all the relevant independent variables.
Q9. What are the factors or independent variables that may affect your design project? How can we account for the interactions among the factors?
A9. Offer an exposition to design of experiments
Q10. Have you been exposed to reading research papers? Can you understand, analyze and interpret the research paper data? Can you have an opinion as to the validity of an experiment? Would you accept the results of any peer reviewed article as facts that may be readily applied to your design projects?
A10. Explain the need to be familiar with the procedures and ways of understanding research articles as a continuing education requirement.
Q11. Do you expect to be in charged of designing any new product or program or procedures in your career? Do you view most of your job career as a series of supporting responsibilities; like just applying already designed programs and procedures?
Q12. Are you ready to take elective courses in psychology, sociology, marketing, business targeted to learning how to design experiments and know more about the capabilities, limitations and behavioral trends of target users? Are you planning to go for graduate studies and do you know what elective courses might suit you better in your career?
A12. Taking multidisciplinary courses enhances communication among design team members and more importantly encourages reading research papers in other disciplines related to improving a design project. Designing is a vast and complex concept that requires years of practice and patience to encompass several social science disciplines.
Q13. Can you guess what should have been my profession?
A13. My discipline is Industrial engineering with a major in Human Factors oriented toward designing interfaces for products and systems. Consequently, my major required taking multidisciplinary courses in marketing, psychology and econometrics and mostly targeting various methodologies for designing experiments, collecting data and statistically analyzing gathered data in order to predict system’s behavior.
Posted by: adonis49 on: October 29, 2008
Redundant Prophets
October 30, 2007
Tormented youths, hearing voices, experiencing apocalyptic nightmares,
Seeking desperately a corner of a desert,
Preferably when available nearby,
In desolate locations, in complete isolation,
To exorcise their demons and to find peace of mind.
Some of them see Archangel Gabriel in person,
Talking to them in a centaur voice,
Urging them to fear the Unique God,
And pray and glorify his Name, and proselytize in his Name.
Some are not that lucky in fame,
And never see a divine apparition
For their good mental stability and reduced level of exacerbated anxiousness.
The difference between Prophets and crazies can be traced
To the genetic laziness of Gabriel;
Or most probably to the glut in redundant prophets.
Posted by: adonis49 on: October 30, 2008
Stupeur et tremblements by Amelie Nothomb (Book review, October 30, 2008)
Amelia Nothomb in her captivating, touching and very funny book of 189 pages “Stupeur et tremblements” describes her experiences for a whole year at the Japanese Import/Export large company of Yumimoto in 1990. The title was extracted from the behavior and acting of any Japanese in the presence of the Emperor. As a mater of fact, the whole story is mostly a long series of stupor and quavering by the Japanese employees dealing with the culture of a western girl. As we recall, Amelie was born in Japan when her dad was the Belgian Consul and loved her first 5 years there and felt that Japan was her homeland after so many transfers to other countries. Amelie returned to Japan with fresh recollections of her sweet and unforgettable years there as a child. Amelie will discover at her expense that she was not to prove in business meetings with other friendly Japanese companies that she understands the Japanese language!
Amelie had a life after her 10-hour work day but she decided to focus her autobiography of that year on the enterprise. Nothomb described in details the strict hierchical structure of the company, its unwritten rules, the behavior of the employees, and the status of women in society. With or without a contract an employee at that period was not expected to be fired. The initiative for leaving a company was left to the employee who would have to meet personally with each boss in the higher levels in the hierarchy and present his resignation. A sample of the verbal resignation should be stated is what Amilie memorized “We are at the end of term of my contract and I would like to announce to you my regret for not being able to renew it. The company of Yumimoto offered me multiple occasions to prove my potentials. I will be eternally grateful. Unfortunately, I could not satisfy the expectation of the honor accorded to me.”
It is unheard of that an employee could take the initiative without the permission of his immediate boss or even complains to a higher level. In general, the higher levels would refrain from undercutting the responsibilities of the immediate boss, although they could and had the total right to curse, lambaste and humiliate any lower level employee in front of all the employees for no specific reasons; the cadre was not permitted to defend himself or speak; all that he should be doing is to lower his head and show respect until the verbal storm is over. For example, Mori Fubuki, a most beautiful and classy lady of 29 boss of Amelie, was subject of such a scene. Mori hurried to the toilet to cry her eyes out and Amelie followed her to express her compassion as western custom is preponderant; Mori was greatly furious that Amelie dared to see her crying and she vowed to humiliate her at the extreme. Fubuli thus decided to relegate Amelie to cleaning the toilets for seven months at 44th floor of the building or the accounting department.
Fubuki selected the boring task of classifying receipts by company names and ordering them by date of receipt to punish Amelie. Amelie ordered the names of the German companies called GMBH in one file on account that any additional prefix can only mean to be an affiliate to GMBH; it turned out that GMBH stands for Ltd in German. The accounting cadre laughed very hard and every employee shared in the merriment. Fubuki was humiliated because Amelie was her responsibility.
Fubuki then endeavored to find a task for Amelie that does not require “intelligence”. Amelie was assigned to verify the accounting of business charge trips. The genius of Amelie was that for a whole month not a single number matched! Calculating and accounting was the worst job that could be asked of her. Fubuli knew that Amelie will never finish the job but she waited patiently for Amelie to concede defeat.
The way I see it, the President of the company (not necessarily the owner) should be considered as God; as such he should be handsome, tall, soft spoken, and no one except the Vice-President is permitted to visit him or a cadre he summons to see. The job of the Vice-President is play Bad Cop; as such he should look ugly, an ogre, and should be trained to curse and his powerful voice should transmit far away; basically, the Vice-President is to keep all cadres to their proper place in the hierarchy and remind them that no one is above the unwritten rules.
Once, Amelie took the initiative of aiding a cadre from another section without asking permission of Fubuki. Fubuki wrote a complaint to Omochi and the cadre and Amelie had a thorough wash down. Fubuki would not allow a new comer to be promoted quickly when she had to suffer for ten years to get her present promotion.
Nothomb explains why the Japanese society comprehends and admit crazy people in their company: this authoritarian society with strictly controlled morals at work and in families has a high rate of males cracking down and losing it. The women are more controlled than men in society but they manage not to reach the act of committing suicide, an act viewed within society as the ultimate in honor for a woman; may be the only honorable decision that a woman can make beside marrying before the age of 25. Working and breeding are the only tasks of a woman; she should not expect much in promotion or eccentricity or compliments. Children are treated as God till the age of three; from 3 to 18 they are sent to schools with “military” discipline; from 18 to 25 offspring have the only break in their lives to be free in university settings; then they are back to concentration camps in their enterprises and strict duties and responsibilities to their institutions.
The Japanese fathers have an inkling of giving infinitive verbs for names to their boys such as “Work”; whereas females receive poetic names such as “Snow”, Rain”, or “Flower”.
Here is a list of prescriptions that women have to follow to the letters:
All the sufferings in sticking to these precepts have the sole objective of preserving your honor and nothing else.
In 1993, Amelie had published two books and Fubuki sent her a brief letter in Japanese saying simply “Congratulation”.
Posted by: adonis49 on: October 30, 2008
Normalcy in Randomness (October 30, 2008)
Many mathematicians and scientists earned Nobel Prizes for researching the phenomena of randomness and chaos in the universe and the extremely rare events located on the tails of the Bell Curve shaped graph of the probability for the occurrence of events. A Lebanese/American thinker from Amyoun (Lebanon), Naseem Taleb, had published last year “Black swan theory” that predicted the crash of Wall Street. Since the Middle Age nobody believed that a swan could be but white in color until a black one was discovered in Australia in the 17th century. Professor in Epistemology or the study of knowledge sciences Taleb wrote also “Fooled by randomness” and he participated in the elaboration of “complex financial derivatives”, this evil source of the current financial crisis, when he worked for a Wall Street company a while ago.
Professor Taleb realized a year ago that a crash of large magnitude was to happen on account that the fundamentals of financial analysis of experts are outdated: the experts rely in their analysis on the most probable occurrences and do not examine the alarming cases of rare events that have the possibility of happening. One of the first sign that a major problem might take place is when Bernarki was appointed to head the Federal Reserve Board for the retiring Greenspan. Taleb knew that Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, the largest property lenders of over 45% in the Real Estate business were in deep financial difficulty. In fact, the US government by nationalizing these two companies own over 75% of the USA lands.
There are three levels to studying randomness mathematically, in physical sciences and in social psychological behavior. For example, the Japanese society experiences the highest rate of suicide, especially among the students because of the competitive nature in those militaristic disciplined schools. The Japanese society comprehends and admits crazy people in their enterprises: this authoritarian society with strictly controlled morals at work and in families has a high rate of males cracking down and losing it and it is normal to keep them on lower promoted jobs. Women are even encouraged to commit suicide to safeguarding their “honors” but they are cleverer than the stupid males; they leave such honor to the males. Although women are completely controlled in enless set of prescriptions on how to behave they manage not to reach the act of committing suicide because society does not expect much of them for promotion or eccentricity or high “flatulent” feelings and compassion.
In societies that focus on the behaviors of average “normal” people like the USA then “crazy” individuals are fired instantly and then relegated to asylums for a while and then set free on the streets to lead a homeless life.
We know that people with extreme characters attract one another and that people who resemble in characters do not like one another, although they congregate on animal instincts. My idea is to find a function that would reverse the Bell Shaped curve where the tails would converge and the Bell shape would baloon away. The problem is what axis would be most appropriate to represent social psychological behavior.
Posted by: adonis49 on: November 1, 2008
“The Satanic Verses” by Salman Rushdie (Started October 30, 2008)
This manuscript is of 547 pages and divided into nine parts: The Angel Gibreel, Mahound, Ellowen Deeowen, Ayesha, A city visible but unseen, Return to Jahilia, The Angel Azraeel, The Parting of the Arabian Sea, and A Wonderful lamp. I will only review Mahound because this section is crucial for setting the geo-political, commercial and society structure in Mecca and the neighboring towns. This description would help comprehend the climate within which Islam was born and grew.
Mahound is one of several names given to the Devil. It is very unfortunate that Rushdie decided to represent the Prophet Muhammad by this name which forbade over 100 million Moslems from reading this essentially wonderful and most informative book. Many “fatwas” in the Moslem World and especially in Iran of Khomeini permitted the killing of Salman Rushdie for this blasphemy. Rushdie has been since then protected by the British police and been mostly in hiding. Actually, Moslems should be thankful to Rushdie in not naming their Prophet for two verses that deviated from the message of One God. I will use the name of Muhammad instead.
Mecca at the time of Muhammad was built four generation ago to cater for desert caravans bringing goods from Zofar and Yemen to bifurcate toward Egypt, Iraq/Iran, or Syria/Turkey. It barely rain in that region and the only potable well was called Zamzam. The story goes that Abraham abandoned his Egyptian wife Hagar and his son Ismail to their feat in this unforgiving area. Luckily for Hagar, Angel Gabriel (Gibreel) uncovered for Hagar the well Zamzam and she survived with her newly born son. Once a year, the Bedouins of Arabia who adored 360 idols, imported from the neighboring countries to encourage pilgrimage to the Black Stone (Al Ka3ba), celebrated the passage of Abraham (Ibraheem) in the vicinity!
Mecca was structured around concentric dwellings starting from the Black Stone and fanning away. Houses closest to the Black Stone belonged to the most prominent personalities in the city council and their respective clans in the extended Kuraich (Shark) tribe. There were four main clans and each clan was specialized in one kind of commerce; the Scarlet tents sold spices and scents, the Black tents the cloth and leather, the Silver tents precious metals and swords and the fourth colored tents or the owners of the Dappled Camels specialized in entertainments, wine, hashish, and the slave trade. Water carriers were despised because any overflowing of water would damage the streets and homes built out of sand.
Around the year of 600 the businessmen in Mecca were losing trade to the sea transports; worse, another new and famous Temple was built in Sheba in Yemen and pilgrims were investigating these new regions. The pilgrims were getting scarce in Mecca because they realized that they were being milked from every penny they had and young girls were abducted for ransom. Consequently, in order to keep afloat the Kuraich tribe encouraged vile entertainment activities during the pilgrimage season to attract more customers.
The Black Stone enshrined around 360 idols brought from around the neighboring civilizations to entice pilgrims in from all around the regions. The colossus Hubal the shepherd was sent by the Amalekites of Hit, the idol Kain was the patron of musicians and blacksmiths, Astarte (He-of-Shara) was brought by the Nabataen as well as saturnine Nakruh. Manaf was the sun god, the eagle-form Nasr, See Quzah that hold the rainbow; Uzza the goddess of beauty and love, and Lat the all powerful mother goddess. The idol Allah had some sort of overall authority, an all-rounder in an age of specialist idols and thus was not that popular and didn’t generate money.
Hind, the all powerful wife of the preeminent Karim Abu Simbel owned the three most famous goddesses of Lat, Manat, and Uzza. Muhammad was rich but he was an orphan and his clan was of lower stature and thus was not represented in the city council. His wife Khadija was 25 years older than him and she had hired him to lead and manage her caravans heading to Damascus. Khadija was the first person to believe in the predication of Muhammad. By the age of 44 Muhammad message of “no God but Allah” was not making any major breakthrough among the city dwellers. The very young and most prominent poet lampoonist Baal had pinned up all over town “Messenger, do please lend a careful ear. Your monophilia, your One, One, One, isn’t for Jahilia, return to sender”
Beside his uncle Hamza and a few poor fellows not many were paying any attention to Muhammad revelations. Among those poor individuals were Khalid the water carrier, Salman from Persia (who later would suggest to dig a wide ditch around Medina to prevent the cavalry of Kuraich to enter the town), and Bilal the mighty slave that Muhammad set free from his owner and would later be appointed the first official “muazen” calling the believers to the five prayers of the day.
In order for his message to breakthrough Muhammad was inclined to accept the deal of Abu Simbel. Abu Simbel would recognize Allah as the mightiest God and would offer Muhammad a seat in the city council in return of recognition of Lat, Manat, and Uzza as gods or the best interceder to Allah. Muhammad thus returned from the Cone Mountain and delivered the verses stating that “Lat, Manat, and Uzza are the exalted birds, and their intercession is desired indeed”
The disciples of Muhammad were beside themselves and could not assent to accepting a God but Allah. Muhammad did not dare face his wife Khadija that night and did not enter his house.
Posted by: adonis49 on: November 1, 2008
Stupeur et tremblements by Amelie Noyhomb (Book review, October 30, 2008)
Amelia Nothomb in her fantastic book of 189 pages “Stupeur et tremblements” describes her experiences for a whole year at the Japanese Import/Export large company of Yumimoto in 1990. The title was extracted from the behavior and acting of any Japanese in the presence of the Emperor. As a mater of fact, the whole story is mostly a long series of stupor and quavering by the Japanese employees dealing with the culture of a western girl. As we recall, Amelie was born in Japan when her dad was the Belgian Consul and loved her first 5 years there and felt that Japan was her homeland after so many transfers to other countries. Amelie returned to Japan with fresh recollections of her sweet and unforgettable years there as a child. Amelie will discover at her expense that she was not to prove in business meetings with other friendly Japanese companies that she understands the Japanese language!
Amelie had a life after her 10-hour work day but she decided to focus her autobiography of that year on the enterprise. Nothomb described in details the strict hierchical structure of the company, its unwritten rules, the behavior of the employees, and the status of women in society. With or without a contract an employee at that period was not expected to be fired. The initiative for leaving a company was left to the employee who would have to meet personally with each boss in the higher levels in the hierarchy and present his resignation. A sample of the verbal resignation should be stated is what Amilie memorized “We are at the end of term of my contract and I would like to announce to you my regret for not being able to renew it. The company of Yumimoto offered me multiple occasions to prove my potentials. I will be eternally grateful. Unfortunately, I could not satisfy the expectation of the honor accorded to me.”
It is unheard of that an employee could take the initiative without the permission of his immediate boss or even complains to a higher level. In general, the higher levels would refrain from undercutting the responsibilities of the immediate boss, although they could and had the total right to curse, lambaste and humiliate any lower level employee in front of all the employees for no specific reasons; the cadre was not permitted to defend himself or speak; all that he should be doing is to lower his head and show respect until the verbal storm is over. For example, Mori Fubuki, a most beautiful and classy lady of 29 boss of Amelie, was subject of such a scene. Mori hurried to the toilet to cry her eyes out and Amelie followed her to express her compassion as western custom is preponderant; Mori was greatly furious that Amelie dared to see her crying and she vowed to humiliate her at the extreme. Fubuli thus decided to relegate Amelie to cleaning the toilets for seven months at 44th floor of the building or the accounting department.
Fubuki selected the boring task of classifying receipts by company names and ordering them by date of receipt to punish Amelie. Amelie ordered the names of the German companies called GMBH in one file on account that any additional prefix can only mean to be an affiliate to GMBH; it turned out that GMBH stands for Ltd in German. The accounting cadre laughed very hard and every employee shared in the merriment. Fubuki was humiliated because Amelie was her responsibility.
Fubuki then endeavored to find a task for Amelie that does not require “intelligence”. Amelie was assigned to verify the accounting of business charge trips. The genius of Amelie was that for a whole month not a single number matched! Calculating and accounting was the worst job that could be asked of her. Fubuli knew that Amelie will never finish the job but she waited patiently for Amelie to concede defeat.
The way I see it, the President of the company (not necessarily the owner) should be considered as God; as such he should be handsome, tall, soft spoken, and no one except the Vice-President is permitted to visit him or a cadre he summons to see. The job of the Vice-President is play Bad Cop; as such he should look ugly, an ogre, and should be trained to curse and his powerful voice should transmit far away; basically, the Vice-President is to keep all cadres to their proper place in the hierarchy and remind them that no one is above the unwritten rules.
Once, Amelie took the initiative of aiding a cadre from another section without asking permission of Fubuki. Fubuki wrote a complaint to Omochi and the cadre and Amelie had a thorough wash down. Fubuki would not allow a new comer to be promoted quickly when she had to suffer for ten years to get her present promotion.
Nothomb explains why the Japanese society comprehends and admit crazy people in their company: this authoritarian society with strictly controlled morals at work and in families has a high rate of males cracking down and losing it. The women are more controlled than men in society but they manage not to reach the act of committing suicide, an act viewed within society as the ultimate in honor for a woman; may be the only honorable decision that a woman can make beside marrying before the age of 25. Working and breeding are the only tasks of a woman; she should not expect much in promotion or eccentricity or compliments. Children are treated as God till the age of three; from 3 to 18 they are sent to schools with “military” discipline; from 18 to 25 offspring have the only break in their lives to be free in university settings; then they are back to concentration camps in their enterprises and strict duties and responsibilities to their institutions.
The Japanese fathers have an inkling of giving infinitive verbs for names to their boys such as “Work”; whereas females receive poetic names such as “Snow”, Rain”, or “Flower”.
Here is a list of prescriptions that women have to follow to the letters:
All the sufferings in sticking to these precepts have the sole objective of preserving your honor and nothing else.
In 1993, Amelie had published two books and Fubuki sent her a brief letter in Japanese saying simply “Congratulation”.
Posted by: adonis49 on: November 1, 2008
Who is whispering in our ears? Good Cops and Bad Cops! (November 1, 2008)
Who is whispering in our ears? Is he a representative of the Devil or God’s? I guess that the processes of reaching faith are the clues on whose side is the whisperer. What I know is that the Devil represents the status quo, the current paradigms, and the normalcy of living; God’s must represent the rare events that eventually catch up with humanity if it stagnates and refuses to consider seriously all the alternatives, especially the rare and unappetizing occurrences. Stagnation in the mind that is recompensed for normal behavior is the cause of fuzzy differentiation between wrong and good moral values.
All systems and orders are based on the dichotomy of Good cops and Bad cops. The main trouble is that Good cops are rarely visible or heard from in public. The whole scene is predominated by an amalgam of Bad cops whose job is to keep people in line with the established system of governance, rules of behaviors, and a set of well instituted paradigms.
I you think that only the Devil or God is running the whispering in your life then most probably you are wrong. God and the Devil switch roles throughout your life, whispering all kinds of directives. God must be encouraging you to think for yourself, to work your brain hard, and to expand your fields of knowledge. God must be the one pressuring you to reach a set of Truths of your own. The Devil is constantly offering all kinds of incentives to stay in order and give up the fight for your own soul. Or it may be the way around but for the moment I take stand to my view.
In Japan the President of the company (not necessarily the owner) should be considered as God; as such he should be handsome, tall, and soft spoken; no one except the Vice-President is permitted to visit him or a cadre that the President summons to see. The job of the Vice-President is principally to play Bad Cop; as such he should look ugly, an ogre, and should be trained to curse and his powerful voice should transmit far away; basically, the Vice-President is to keep all cadres to their proper place in the hierarchy and remind them that no one is above the written and unwritten rules of conduct. There may be a few variants in the running of multinationals of other countries but the fundamental principle is the same and it is up to individual employee to discover the basic jobs of each cadre in the hierarchy.
No, it is not ignorance that is the root of all evils; it is the conviction that ignorance is bliss.
No, it is not knowledge that is the way to clemency, compassion, cooperation and communication among people and races; it is not even the thorough specialization in one field of knowledge; it is our continual zest for broadening our fields of knowledge, knowing that rational mind has limits into discovering the mysteries of life and the universe, but feeling deep down that continuing knowledge is the key to openness of the mind.
No, it is not the belief that only faith is the way to salvation; it is the openness and readiness of the mind and soul to accepting rare happenings as real, as part of the valid signs to the mysteries of life and the universe.
The only purpose of our constant striving in life is to receive the “grace”, the ultimate gift, which would enhance the cycle of returning to our child state of wonder, amazement and glory.
Seeing the world and people in a child’s clear eyes and fresh mind is the ultimate in happiness and joy.
Posted by: adonis49 on: November 1, 2008
Normalcy in Randomness (October 29, 2008)
Many mathematicians and scientists earned Nobel Prizes for researching the phenomena of randomness and chaos in the universe and the extremely rare events located on the tails of the Bell Curve shaped graph for the probability for the occurrence of events. A Lebanese/American thinker from Amyoun (Lebanon), Naseem Taleb, had published last year “Black swan theory” that predicted the crash of Wall Street. Since the Middle Age nobody believed that a swan could be but white in color until a black one was discovered in Australia in the 17th century. Professor in Epistemology or the study of knowledge sciences Taleb wrote also “Fooled by randomness” and he participated in the elaboration of “complex financial derivatives”, this evil source of the current financial crisis, when he worked for a Wall Street company a while ago.
Professor Taleb realized a year ago that a crash of large magnitude was to happen on account that the fundamentals of financial analysis of experts are outdated: the experts rely in their analysis on the most probable occurrences and do not examine the alarming cases of rare events that have the possibility of happening. One of the first sign that a major problem might take place is when Bernarki was appointed to head the Federal Reserve Board for the retiring Greenspan. Taleb knew that Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, the largest property lenders that cover over 45% in the Real Estate business were in deep financial difficulties. In fact, the US government by nationalizing these two companies own over 75% of the USA lands. There are evidences that rich sovereign funds of powerful States have pressured the US government to rescue these two companies and a few others because China had invested 400 billions in USA properties, Japan 300 billions, Russia 200 billions, and South Korea and Taiwan over 40 billions each. There is no doubt that the extended theocratic Saudi family (over 5,000 members) has invested in the trillions but it acts discreetly in total conformity with the US government policies.
The study of randomness can be taken up in mathematics, physical sciences, or socio-psychological attitudes and behavior. For example, the Japanese society comprehends and admits crazy people in its companies and enterprises: this authoritarian society with strictly controlled morals at work, at schools, and in families has a high rate of males cracking down and losing it. The women who are encouraged to commit suicide to preserving their “honor” leave that sort of honor to the males; women are more controlled than men but they manage not to reach the act of committing suicide because society does not expect much of them for promotion or eccentricity.
In societies that focus on the behaviors of average “normal” people rather than the “crazy” and eccentric individuals, such as in the USA, it is the norm to fire the “crazies” instantly and then relegate them to asylums for a very short time and then set them free on the streets to lead a homeless life.
We know in human behavior that individuals with extreme characters attract toward one another and those who resemble in characters dislike one another although they tend to conglomerate, maybe by animal instinct. My idea is to reverse the Bell Curve so that the tails would converge and the Bell portions would balloon away. The difficulty is to selecting the axes of references that might be most appropriate to describe these functions (for example what Y and X axis could be measuring).
Posted by: adonis49 on: November 2, 2008
|
Here we go:
1) If you Mobile gets STOLEN!!!!!!
To check your mobile phone’s serial number, key
in the following digits on your phone!: * # 0 6 #, a 15 digit code will appear on the screen. This number is unique to your handset. Write it down and keep it somewhere safe. When your phone get stolen, you can phone your service provider and give them this code. They will then be able to block your handset so even if the thief changes the SIM card, your phone will be totally useless.
You probably won’t get your phone back, but at least you know that whoever stole it can’t use/sell it either. If everybody does this, there would be no point in people stealing mobile phones.
|
Posted by: adonis49 on: November 2, 2008
Article #22, (April 22, 2005)
“How can an under graduate class assimilate a course material of 1000 pages? Why so much material for a single course in the first place?”
Assimilating a new discipline or new methods in a single course is too strong a term.
You indeed can scarcely describe the process of comprehending a topic and assimilating it, even within a specialized discipline, without overshooting the mark.
Now that the title might have captured your attention let me describe my teaching methods that may permit students to cover an overview of such a vast discipline as Human Factors in one semester course.
I encourage my students to learn and read as trained engineers should.
They are to locate first the graphs, tables and figures in a chapter, try to understand the topic by concentrating their attention on these tools of learning and then read the preceding and following sections if they fail to comprehend the graphs, tables and figure on their own merit.
You should all know that if a picture is worth a thousand words then a graph, table or a figure might be worth ten thousands words.
I assign a graph, table or a figure to students to hand copy it, write a short presentation, and then copy it on a transparency sheet to present to class.
After the presentation of a unique graph the student will field a few questions from class and then I take over and explain and expand on the content of the transparency.
This method of training students to learn through these learning tools and giving them an opportunity to appreciate them, as engineers should, I am able to cover most of the course material throughout the semester.
Another method is by handing out two take home exams in addition to the regular exams. Take home exams are handed out three weeks in advance of the due dates and cover questions from all chapters that need to be read thoroughly and supplemented from other sources for substantiation.
Students are encouraged to take very seriously these take home assignments not only because they weight heavily in points but also because a few of the exam questions will be selected from the take home assignment.
Assignments and lab projects are other methods for revisiting the course materials and other sources.
The quizzes and regular exams are open books, open notes and whatever printouts from the internet students are willing to carry to class.
I even encouraged students to use an efficient cheat sheets technique that might convey the message effectively based on the fact that most of the chapters are interconnected.
The main subjects such as designing interfaces, displays and controls, occupational safety and health, environmental and organizational factors in the workplace, designing workstations, capabilities and limitations of human users, sensing and perception capacities, and physical and cognitive methods have links to many other chapters in addition to the main one.
Thus, if a student selects a subject as the central item he would be able to link different sections of other chapters to it by writing down the page numbers of the source section. These cheat sheets could be excellent learning methods to answer open book exams without the need to fumble through hundreds of pages for each question.
A different technique to assimilating course materials is through questions.
The catch is that asking questions on assignments, lab projects or take home exams have to be submitted in writing.
The written question has to follow a certain process: first, stating in complete sentences the subject matter; second explaining how the question was understood and the last step is expressing the problems with links to the chapters they had to read in order to comprehend the subject.
I am still waiting for a single written question and it might be for the best because it eliminates a host of redundant questions that are asked out of laziness, failing to carefully read the whole question sheet or shirking from diligently doing their best to browse through the course materials.
Posted by: adonis49 on: November 2, 2008
Article #23, (April 24, 2005)
“What undergraduate students care about university courses?”
In the mid of the spring semester I had finished writing 20 articles that covered most of the topics of the Human Factors in engineering course.
I had more than once asked the following questions in exams: “How would you like to define Human Factors regardless of the various textbooks definitions and how your perception of this discipline could enhance your career?”
Invariably, the undergraduates preferred to rely on textbooks definitions instead of providing me with any meaningful feedback as to how my message was conveyed.
I decided to generate statistical responses through a simple questionnaire.
The experiment was to discover their preferred topics from the titles of the articles and then, when all the articles have been read to class, to acquire their new responses as to their personal interest in the topics.
I then went ahead and submitted to class the 20 titles and asked them to select only three titles they would be interested to read more about and to grade them according to preference such as first, second and third choice.
Before analyzing the gathered data I found it useful to group the current 20 titles according to meaningful dimensions or components which could be reduced to four dimensions; first dimension related to career orientation or job market availability for Human Factors practitioners might be represented by articles (1, 5, 6 and 19), dimension 2 of design improvement for engineers represented by articles (3, 8, 9 and 20), dimension 3 related to safety in workplaces represented by articles (4, 10, 15 and 16) and dimension 4 difficulty of the course or related to difficulty of passing the course represented by articles (2, 7, 11, 12, 13, 14, 17 and 18).
After collecting their responses I distributed the articles according to their choices with the following assignment; every student had to recopy the assigned article, reedit it according to his understanding using the words that might suit better his writing skill and style and then to read his version to class.
This experiment was intended to encourage the class to focus on the topics that they are more willing to assimilate and apply in their careers.
Seventeen students submitted their response sheets in class.
A preliminary analysis of the preferred choices generated the following statistics:
Title #19 generated the highest number of 7 responses among the choices; titles #5, 6 and 10 came next with 5 responses, and third in place titles #1, 3 and 4 with 4 responses.
Titles #12, 13 and 14 that concerned error and task taxonomies and methods did not generate any responses although my conjecture is that these esoteric nomenclatures might have generated at least many third preference choices.
Titles #4, 5 and 10 had the highest number of first choice which was 3 responses.
It appears that the majority of undergraduates are interested in career orientation or more precisely they need confirmation that they selected the appropriate major and would like to know how this course can help them secure a job or make a dent in their career behavior with a total of 21 choices.
The safety dimension came second with 16 choices and if we assume that safety engineering was implicitly considered a career alternative then a total of 37 out of a grand total of 51 choices was clustered around anxiety toward their careers.
Furthermore, if the design improvement dimension with 14 choices could be viewed as an affirmation of their career selection then everyone was concerned one way or another with his future job prospect.
.Once all the articles have been read I intend to redistribute the titles of the 20 articles and find out if there is any significant change in the responses based on contents.
I provided the class a feedback to the statistics and my own interpretations and did not receive any negative comments.
Thus, for my final take home exam I inserted questions related to their career.
One question was for them to take stock of their knowledge and training capabilities and limitations as engineers based on 3 job descriptions, then to investigate their deficiencies when they select a graduate major from the catalogue of required courses and then what courses or workshops they would attend in order to strengthen their promotional opportunities.
For their final exam I hinted that a question will deal with how they would teach this course from two perspectives: the first perspective is targeting the diligent students of grades A and B and the second method when targeting the C and D students.
They were told to be ready to restructure the course materials given that it will be the unique course offered as Human Factors.
I expect from this exam question to receive valuable feedback as to my teaching method and which topics are of interest to the students.
I also expect that the students will start evaluating their potential in a teaching career.
Posted by: adonis49 on: November 2, 2008
Article #24, (June 11, 2005)
“Students’ feedback on my teaching method for the current semester”
After many unsuccessful attempts to generating students’ feedback on my teaching methods and how this course might affect their perspective and behavior in approaching the remaining core courses before graduation and in their career I decided to include two questions in the final exam that I expected would shed some insight.
The required question, which I told class two weeks ahead of the final exam that it will be part of the exam, directed the students to focus first on the diligent A and B students and then to target the C and D students in their teaching methods in case they might have to teach a course in Human Factors and the third part was to restructure the course materials and which chapters should have to be developed further.
Now, any logical person would expect the students to have prepared detailed answers to these questions since it is an open book and open notes exam, but unfortunately, I didn’t have any shred of evidence that any student did prepare a written answer.
You would also expect students to be lenient in teaching this course but their reaction was even harsher.
Students required that drop quizzes be delivered on a weekly basis after students hand in a chapter summary, that case studies be debated in class, a few lab workshops and many more assignments.
A student suggested attaching a CD copy of the course material so that they would not have to carry books.
They suggested that summarizing chapters as assignments might force students to read, a suggestion that I did try in a previous semester but was discouraged because the endeavor ended up with students heavily copying from one another and I carrying home heavy loads and wasting more time flipping through useless pages.
I think that frequent and consistent drop quizzes are an excellent tool although it will cost me dear time for grading and from teaching time.
Actually, I didn’t expect even the most diligent students to read the whole course materials.
I provided hints and suggestions on the best way to assimilating the material that would help them navigate through the content of the course.
I encouraged them to browse through the whole course contents and focus on the graphs, tables and figures and try to comprehend the subject matters by analyzing and using them as facts in their analyses.
May be you would have a better assessment of the students’ harsh requirements, if given the opportunity to teaching, after I expose the load they shouldered throughout the semester.
Besides the mid-term and final exams, each student had to submit two assignments, two lengthy lab projects; three extensive take home exams that covered most of the chapters, three quizzes for 45 minutes each, two presentations to class of graphs, tables and figures, reading revised articles that I assigned them and a take home exam on a research paper concerning hand tool design.
Not a single student was exposed to a research paper before and it was a pretty tough awakening for the students planning for higher education.
I think that the students lacked an appreciation of the time allocated to managing a class that prohibits many well meaning teaching plans.
In many instances, I had to read in class the assignments and take home exams questions and provide directions because I noticed that the students tended to dig these assignments up from their folders before a long lapse of time.
The time allocated for students’ presentation takes up more than a third of the teaching hour and fielding questions takes the best of the second third
There are no lab credit hours for this course and still students believe that they can set aside free hours for doing lab projects necessary for assimilating this course.
The alternatives restructuring of the course materials did not differ much from mine.
The optional question for bonus points asked the students to select 3 topics of interest to them, provide catchy titles and explain in two paragraphs for each topic how it might apply and improve their careers.
Although I have assigned to the students articles that I wrote as an introduction to the course materials only one student offered complete sentence titles; the rest just named the topics.
It appears that their preferred topics were: risk and errors, designing interfaces, work environmental factors that might affect performance, human-computer interface and hand tool design.
A couple students interested in medical technology engineering wanted more emphasis on the biology aspects of the body structure.
Only one student mentioned the cognitive preference for this single course.
Many students signed petitions to re-include the elective course of “risk assessment and occupational safety and health” for the fall semester but the administration refused to consider these petitions two years in a row.
Why? I still did not receive any feedback either written or verbal.
It appears that the meaning of asking students to deliver petitions for any demand is less a matter for taking their cases seriously but to erect roadblocks and present a procedural façade to secure grants as a professional institution.
Actually, students’ apathy toward the effectiveness of the student council is strikingly telling.
I had to harangue my class to grab and snatch their rights by persistent pressure on the administration for the demands in their petitions.
Posted by: adonis49 on: November 2, 2008
Yesterday, when we were born Earth didn’t lack anything; when we died Earth didn’t lack anything.
Today, when we are born Earth did not to lack anything; when we die Earth lacks a little of everything.
Tomorrow, when we are born Earth would lack a little of everything; when we die Earth would die with us!
Posted by: adonis49 on: November 3, 2008
October report on Lebanon (November 2, 2008)
Politics in Lebanon is like the weather condition in Southern California: all you need is a brief report by the end of the month stating “sunny clear skies, but hot hot hot!” Go figure, hundreds upon hundred of politicians, deputies and ministers leading the high life for being totally redundant.
October witnessed a heavy schedule for all kinds of detours. The President to the Republic Michel Suleiman visited head of States around the world; from France, to Syria, to Saudi Arabia, to Italy, to the Vatican, to Canada, to the USA, and the UN. The Prime Minister Seniora would not be outdone but his visits are mainly for private business representing the Hariri clan interests in Saudi Arabia, Egypt and Kuwait. General Aoun visited Iran for a week. Samir Geaja was hosted by Egypt. Saad Hariri is sleeping in his private jet and barely visits Lebanon.
The second kind of activities relates to a caste system scheme of dual (peaceful understanding meetings) “mousalahat” between the various political caste leaders. The purpose of these dual meetings is to reach a comprehensive plan for rigging the next parliamentary election so that the two alliances (government and opposition) obtain equal numbers of deputies (60 deputies each) and so that the President of the Republic be allotted 8 deputies; the undersecretary to the Egyptian secret services came to Lebanon to confirm the agreement of the regional powers to that deal. The most ridiculous drama is that all these leaders still claim that the next election is the crux of the matter: it should be most crucial for Lebanon because it will guide the strategies of this tiny State for decades to come!
For the time being, the leaders of Hezbollah (Shiaa) and The Future Movement or Mustakbal (Sunni) have finally met face to face. The second line leaders of Hezbollah and Druze Walid Jumblatt met several times. The real difficulty is among the Christian political leaders of General Michel Aoun, Suliman Frangieh and Samir Geaja. The main problem is not related to the dogmatic stands of their respective Parties but mainly to the figure of Geaja. Geaja had already served over 11 years of prison terms for assassinating a Prime Minister, the father and mother of Suleiman Frangieh, and for waging a brutal war against the Lebanese army. Without Geaja leading the Lebanese Forces Party there would be no problems on meeting and reconciliation.
What about the hundreds upon hundreds of political “leaders” and small political parties? Well, they are stooges (comparses), including the leaders of the clergies of 18 sects.
What about the ministers in this “National Coalition” government? The main figure is the Minister of the Interior so that he may appose his stamp proclaiming fairness in the election process and that it was conducted in due form according to the new laws.
The third kind of activities is defining the responsibilities of the Vice Prime Minister so that the Orthodox Christian sect would enjoy some kind of standing among the five prominent sects/castes.
For November expect news of the the general meeting of all the main leaders of the castes. The secular and oldest political parties are discarded: Saudi Arabia and Egypt (through their mouthpiece of Saad Hariri) do not like this idea of a rejuvenation of the political system.
Posted by: adonis49 on: November 4, 2008
October report on Lebanon (November 2, 2008)
Politics in Lebanon is like the weather condition in Southern California: all you need is a brief report by the end of the month stating “sunny clear skies, but hot hot hot!” Indeed, it is always very hot for the citizens who are experiencing all kinds of hardships and mismanagement but very sunny for the politicians. Go figure, hundreds upon hundred of politicians, deputies and ministers leading the high life for being totally redundant.
October witnessed a heavy schedule for all kinds of detours. The President to the Republic Michel Suleiman visited head of States around the world; from France, to Syria, to Saudi Arabia, to Italy, to the Vatican, to Canada, to the USA, and the UN. The Prime Minister Seniora would not be outdone but his visits are mainly for private business representing the Hariri clan interests in Saudi Arabia, Egypt and Kuwait. General Aoun visited Iran for a week and linked up with the most influential regional power. Samir Geaja was hosted by Egypt to receive strict orders to cooling off the political climate. Saad Hariri is sleeping in his private jet and barely visits in “second homeland” Lebanon.
The second kind of activities relates to a caste system scheme of dual (peaceful understanding meetings) “mousalahat” between the various political caste leaders. The purpose of these dual meetings is to reach a comprehensive plan for rigging the next parliamentary election so that the two alliances (government and opposition) obtain equal numbers of deputies (60 deputies each) and so that the President of the Republic be allotted 8 deputies. The undersecretary to the Egyptian secret services visited for a week Lebanon to confirm the agreement of the regional powers to that deal. The most ridiculous drama is that all these leaders still claim that the next election is the crux of the matter: it should be most crucial for Lebanon because it will guide the strategies of this tiny State for decades to come!
For the time being, the leaders of Hezbollah (Shiaa) and The Future Movement or Mustakbal (Sunni) have finally met face to face. The second line leaders of Hezbollah and Druze Walid Jumblatt met several times. The real difficulty is among the Christian political leaders of General Michel Aoun, Suliman Frangieh and Samir Geaja. The main problem is not related to the dogmatic stands of their respective Parties but mainly to the figure of Geaja. Geaja had already served over 11 years of prison terms for assassinating a Prime Minister, the father and mother of Suleiman Frangieh, and for waging a brutal war against the Lebanese army. Without Geaja leading the Lebanese Forces Party there would be no problems on meeting and reconciliation.
What about the hundreds upon hundreds of political “leaders” and small political parties? Well, they are stooges (comparses), including the leaders of the clergies of 18 sects.
What about the ministers in this “National Coalition” government? The main figure is the Minister of the Interior so that he may appose his stamp proclaiming fairness in the election process and that it was conducted in due form according to the new laws. So far, it is the new young ministers who are working the hardest: a hint for the successive governments who claim reforms to renew old faces with highly educated and active potentials.
The third kind of activities is defining the responsibilities of the Vice Prime Minister so that the Orthodox Christian sect would enjoy some kind of standing among the five prominent sects/castes.
November will focus on the general meetings of all the confessional caste leaders under the auspices of the President. The two secular and oldest political parties will be excluded: Saudi Arabia and Egypt (through their mouthpiece Saad Hariri) have expressed their desires. At best, these secular parties might be accepted as auditors and seated on a second row; why not since discussions would not be too heavy and in depth about Lebanon’s strategy but would be more concerned about the next “peaceful” election processes. Politics in Lebanon is a step by step obscurantism for maintaining a fragile and most unstable State.
Syria is strengthening its security along the Lebanese borders: it wants to stop any financed foreign Sunni salafist incursions within its borders (It is established that Lebanese cannot be relied upon to endeavor in terrorist activities). The Baath regime in Syria knows that under this current smog cover of political appeasement that the US and its allies have plans to destabilize and weaken its regime before the withdrawal of the US troops from Iraq. The US has sent a strong message by attacking a Syrian town on the border with Iraq. Either Syria goes along smoothly with the plans of a peace treaty with Israel and cooperates fully with the regional powers allied to the US or some kinds of civil war would break out.
Posted by: adonis49 on: November 4, 2008
Value-adding civilizations (October 14, 2008)
The hard working populations are generally those who had to battle for survival out of hunger throughout history because of geographical locations and weather conditions and who tended to develop their intelligence the fastest in inventiveness and dareness in all field of discoveries. For the exploiters the hungrier the populations the better their value-added work.
Colonial powers preferred to invest in territories of hungry populations who are used to work hard for survival. The colonies of lush vegetations and populations not valuing the need to work for survival where left unperturbed in expanding the colonial peculiar values and the colonizers just installed their posts and ports infrastructures for exporting the valuable natural raw materials. Hard working people add values to whatever the colonizers exploited. Amelie Nothomb explains why the island of Vanuatu or New Hebrides was left in peace and was shared by both France and England conjointly without animosity. Even today, Vanuatu is spared the rush for tourism industry. Vanuatu has abundance in natural edible vegetation and varieties of fishes. Thus, the natives never had any need to cultivate lands or work for survival; they are never hungry for food: all they have to do is extend an arm and pick out bananas, coconuts or gather fish and oysters while swimming for relaxation. Consequently, the colonial powers could not make use of the natives who are not hungry for food or work or anything for that matter and have no inkling to seek anything.
On the other hand, the first question a Chinese asks his neighbor is “Have you eaten?” The Chinese discovered almost everything, thought of everything, comprehended everything and dared everything. The culinary art in China has reached an unequal level in refinement simply because the Chinese learned to eat anything that could be edible. The reason for the successes of the Chinese is that they had been always famished for food and millions died of hunger in their uninterrupted past history.
England did what was necessary to retain India under its dominion. England needed the hard working vast population Indians to add value to its economy instead of relying solely on piracy and conquering neighboring countries. England decided to just retain maritime ports in Yemen, Oman and the Arab Peninsula instead of spreading its “values” and knowledge. Even today, the USA cares only for the oil of the producing Arab Peninsula and exploiting their sovereign funds!
Take for example the history of the USA. The first “pilgrims” had to work hard the first decade to survive. Then they realized that the indigene “Indians” didn’t care much for work: they waited for the hunting seasons and transported their domiciles. The “pilgrims” decided that they have no use of the Indians for exploitation and exterminated them at every opportunity to expand their lands. The US Administrations didn’t massacre the Mexicans outright in Texas, California, New Mexico, Arizona, and Florida: they exploited them to the hilt. The USA experienced the most productive periods when the governments opted for isolationism and had to rely on their proper hard work. Everytime the US opened its borders for fresh hard working immigrants, manually and mentally, the US population gradually relinquished the hard work for fast riches in financial embezzlement schemes.
The Near Eastern populations of Syria and Palestine and especially the Lebanese share the same characteristics with the Chinese: they had to grow food out of rocks in their tiny land! They are constantly hungry and always “want” something. There are tenfold more Lebanese immigrants throughout the world than in Lebanon proper. The culinary art in Lebanon used to be the healthiest, the sanest and the tastiest. They also discovered almost everything and every land in past history. All the regional warrior Empires, like the Turks, Babylonians, Assyrians, Persians, and Egyptians expanded first thing into the Near East territory to exploit the hard working populations and export them to their Kingdoms as slaves and skilled professionals. The new colonizers such as England, France and lately the USA built universities first thing in the Near East. Presently, the brain power of the immigrants from the Near East rank first in these colonial States commensurate to their original populations. They ranked first in Egypt before the revolution of Jamal Abdul Nasser. They ranked first in Saudi Arabia before the oil boom.
Posted by: adonis49 on: November 4, 2008
The Essence of Wars and the Spice Wars (October 1, 2008)
If you cannot acquire what you badly want cheaply then borrow money at high interest rates to set up a stealing operation. Since time immemorial, wars were the most expensive alternatives in order to get what States wanted for refusing to purchase at fair market values. This article will describe the Spice Wars which Stephen Swig introduced in his “Magellan, the vanquisher of the seas”. As it is known, Magellan is the first mariner to circumnavigate earth’s seas and oceans.
Medieval Europe got hooked and addicted on all the varieties of spices and perfumes arriving through the Arab Moslem World; the aristocratic classes even added spices to their drinks and the values of spices were more expensive than silver and gold; people even sold lands in exchange of spices and perfumes because they were common currencies.
Prices of spices and perfumes were extremely high because the sources of their production were found on remote lands in South-East Asia and by the time every port taxed the shipments and then traveling the deserts of Iraq and Syria and with the loss of one ship for every five in the seas due to the danger of sea faring and pirates then the prices skyrocketed through multi-levels of middlemen. The Arabic kingdoms knew well the sources of production in Malaysia but they didn’t reach the main islands rich in spices beyond the Malacca Straight. Malacca Straight is still now the most strategic location for maritime commerce where all the ships coming from China, Japan, Viet Nam, Thailand, Burma and the south-east Asian countries and islands have to cross that straight westward and the reverse for the Nations doing commerce eastward.
All the spices and perfumes had to cross the Arab kingdoms, one way or another, and most middlemen before the shipments of spices reached Europe were Arabs. The European States decided to conquer the Near East under the pretense of a Holy War to re-conquer Jerusalem. The main target was Egypt where the shortest route was shipments arriving by the Red Sea. Unfortunately for the European coalitions three targeted Crusading invasions of Egypt failed miserably and the whole business failed for lack of incentives to finance further campaigns. In the meantime, Venice vanquished Byzantium naval power and became the exclusive wholesaler of spices. The English, Holland and German middlemen auctioned out the spices on the Rialto Square in Venice and then sold them throughout the main European markets.
It happened that in 1415 one of the sons of the King of Portugal, Prince Henrick, started to doubt the theory and affirmations of Ptolemy which stated that there are no exits in the Atlantic Ocean when you sail west or south and that past the equator in Africa nobody can return alive because of the heat, fire and Evil emanations. Ptolemy even said that past the equator Africa is not inhabited and is a desolate land. Henrick resumed his research and investigations and trained mariners and built ships to verify his new theories. Henrick died before he experienced the successes of his endurance and far sightedness.
Within a century, Portugal, the tiniest and poorest State in Europe, became the strongest and richest nation. Portugal ships colonized the whole of Africa, India, and Malaysia and even reached China and Japan. King Juan II of Portugal had a meeting with Christopher Columbus but didn’t see any value of discovering another route to India going west the Atlantic since the southern route was completely discovered and known and the Pope had allotted Africa and India to the kingdom of Portugal. The King of Spain invested in Columbus and the Pope had to divide the Atlantic Ocean into two zones; thus, lands discovered were distributed between these two kingdoms; Brazil was within the dividing line of Portugal.
Magellan decided to tour around the world by seas going westward as Columbus: his closest mariner friend Francisco Srao convinced him that the route westward is far shorter in order to visit him in the spice islands of Ternate, Mulouk, Panda and Ambo Ana. Francisco had been living the good life for nine years among the aborigines’ four islands; it seems that the Arabs had not reached yet these islands.
The 15th century was most active in maritime discovery and the cruelest; the Spanish and Portuguese conquistadors slaughtered the aborigines and brought in all kinds of diseases that the natives were not immune at. It was the century that started the wholesale colonial wars among the powerful European States for cheap produces and large markets.
Posted by: adonis49 on: November 4, 2008
“The Satanic Verses” by Salman Rushdie (Part 1, October 30, 2008)
This manuscript is of 547 pages and divided into nine parts: The Angel Gabriel (Gibreel), Mahound, Ellowen Deeowen, Ayesha, A city visible but unseen, Return to Jahilia, The Angel Azraeel, The Parting of the Arabian Sea, and A Wonderful lamp. I will review the chapter “Mahound” because this section is crucial for setting the geo-political, commercial and society structure in Mecca and the neighboring towns. This description would help comprehend the climate within which Islam was born and grew.
Mahound is one of several names given to the Devil. It is very unfortunate that Rushdie decided to represent the Prophet Muhammad by this name just to state that one of the verses was inspired by the Devil and thus forbade over one billion Moslems from reading this essentially wonderful and most informative book. Many “fatwas” in the Moslem World and especially in Iran of Khomeini permitted the killing of Salman Rushdie for this blasphemy. Rushdie has been since then protected by the British police and been mostly in hiding. Actually, Moslems should be thankful to Rushdie in not naming Muhammad as the one who delivered the two “Satanic” verses that deviated from the message of One God. I will use the name of Muhammad in the remaining review.
Mecca at the time of Muhammad was built four generation ago to cater for desert caravans bringing goods from Zafar and Yemen to bifurcate toward Egypt, Iraq/Iran, or Syria/Turkey and back to Mecca. It barely rain in that region and the only potable well was called Zamzam. The story goes that Abraham abandoned his Egyptian wife Hagar and his son Ismail to their feat in this unforgiving area. Luckily for Hagar, Angel Gabriel (Gibreel) uncovered for Hagar the well Zamzam and she survived with her newly born son. Once a year, the Bedouins of Arabia who adored 360 idols, which are imported from the neighboring countries to encourage pilgrimage to the Black Stone (Al Ka3ba), celebrated the passage of this same Abraham (Ibraheem) in the vicinity!
Mecca was structured around concentric dwellings starting from the Black Stone and fanning away. Houses closest to the Black Stone belonged to the most prominent personalities in the city council and their respective clans in the extended Kuraich (Shark) tribe. There were four main clans and each clan was specialized in one kind of commerce; the Scarlet tents sold spices and scents, the Black tents the cloth and leather, the Silver tents precious metals and swords and the fourth colored tents or the owners of the Dappled Camels specialized in entertainments, wine, hashish, and the slave trade. Water carriers were despised because any overflowing of water would damage the streets and homes built out of sand.
Around the year of 600 the businessmen in Mecca were losing trade to the sea transports; worse, another new and famous Temple was built in Sheba in Yemen and pilgrims were investigating these new regions. The pilgrims were getting scarce in Mecca because they realized that they were being milked from every penny they had and young girls were abducted for ransom. Consequently, in order to keep afloat the Kuraich tribe encouraged vile entertainment activities during the pilgrimage season to attract more customers.
The Black Stone enshrined around 360 idols brought from around the neighboring civilizations to entice pilgrims in from all around the regions. The colossus Hubal the shepherd was sent by the Amalekites of Hit, the idol Kain was the patron of musicians and blacksmiths, Astarte (He-of-Shara) was brought by the Nabataen as well as saturnine Nakruh. Manaf was the sun god, the eagle-form Nasr, See Quzah that hold the rainbow; Uzza the goddess of beauty and love, and Lat the all powerful mother goddess. The idol Allah had some sort of overall authority, an all-rounder in an age of specialist idols and thus was not that popular and didn’t generate money.
Hind, the all powerful wife of the preeminent Karim Abu Simbel owned the three most famous goddesses of Al Lat, Manat, and Uzza. Muhammad was rich but he was an orphan and his clan was of lower stature and thus was not represented in the city council. His wife Khadija was 25 years older than him and she had hired Muhammad to lead and manage her caravans heading to Damascus. Khadija was the first person to believe in the predication of Muhammad. By the age of 44 Muhammad message of “no God but Allah” was not making any major breakthrough among the city dwellers. The very young and most prominent poet lampoonist Baal had pinned up all over town “Messenger, do please lend a careful ear. Your monophilia, your One, One, One, isn’t for Jahilia. Return to sender”
Beside his uncle Hamza and a few poor fellows not many were paying any attention to Muhammad revelations. Among those poor individuals were Khalid the water carrier, Salman from Persia (who later would suggest to dig a wide ditch around Medina to prevent the cavalry of Kuraich to enter the town), and Bilal the mighty slave that Muhammad set free from his owner and would later be appointed the first official “muezzin” calling the believers to the five prayers of the day.
In order for his message to breakthrough Muhammad was inclined to accept the deal of Abu Simbel. Abu Simbel would recognize Allah as the mightiest God and would offer Muhammad a seat in the city council in return of recognition of Al Lat, Manat, and Uzza as Gods or the best interceder to Allah. The clan of Hind, the Ummayat, owned these three most privileged Goddesses from pilgrimage revenues. Muhammad thus returned from the Mount Cone and delivered publicly the verses stating that “Lat, Manat, and Uzza are the exalted birds, and their intercession is desired indeed”. I guess these were the “Satanic verses” alluded to by Rushdie
The disciples of Muhammad were beside themselves and could not assent to accepting a God but Allah. Muhammad did not dare face his wife Khadija that night and did not enter his house. Follow the story in the next part or the chapter “Return to Jahilia”.
Posted by: adonis49 on: November 4, 2008
“The Satanic Verses” by Salman Rushdie (Part 2, November 1, 2008)
The public in the tent were listening to the poets declaiming their yearly poems in competition of the best seven verses. The Prophet Muhammad entered the tent; eyes closed, and recited his new revelation saying “Have you thought upon Lat, Manat, and Uzza, the third, the other? They are the exalted birds, and their intercession is desired indeed”.
Muhamad was found unconscious in a street by Hind and her servants transported him to her palace. In the morning Hind made it clear that her three Goddesses would never make peace with his Allah; she also proclaimed that she is Muhammad’s equal. The reactions of his disciples, his uncle Hamza, his wife and Hind sent Muhammad hurrying back to Mount Cone and spent the night in the cave, 500 meters below the top of Cone facing the vast desert. The Prophet returned with a counter verse and recited it in the House of the Black Stone in front of the praying pilgrims of the three idol female Goddesses “Shall He have daughters and you sons? That would be a fine division! These are but names you have dreamed of, you and your fathers. Allah vests no authority in them.”
The previous night, the three disenchanted disciples Khaled, Salman and Bilal got drunk and had a brawl with four Kuraichi youths wearing gold masks; Hamza reached the place in the nick of time with his sword and killed two and two managed to flee. The two dead young males turned out to be the brothers of the all powerful Hind. Everyone understood that a new period is beginning and that they would have to leave Mecca pronto.
Muhammad told the disciples of his counter verses and that the previous one was inspired by the Devil “Shaitan”. Khaled replied “My faith is stronger now since the Devil is real”. The Prophet finally got home and he found his 70-year old wife dead! He mourned her for 40 days in seclusion and had ordered his disciple to leave to the northern city of Yathrib in small groups.
How Muhammad slipped away to Yathrib and how he managed this city and ruled over his followers you may read in my book review “Aicha, the beloved of the Prophet”. The satiric poet Baal composed a valedictory ode: “What kind of idea does “Submission” seem today? One full of fear. An idea that runs away.”
The next part is extracted from the chapter “Return to Jahilia”. After 13 years from his flight of Mecca, Muhammad returned victorious. He destroyed the 360 idols and (kept the same old worshiping ceremony at the Black Stone with different connotations to the meanings in the procession). Hind is the real power broker in Mecca but her husband has made a deal with the Prophet; the city would open its gates and no revenge would take place; the citizens would stay in their houses. Hind faked conversion to Islam by reciting at the feet of Muhammad “There is no God but Allah”.
The Persian Salman had fled Yathrib incognito back to Mecca. Salaman was the official scribe to Muhammad and he got suspicious with the increased rate of rules issued every day to organize and manage the lives of the Moslem followers. Salman started experimenting and tampering with the verses recited to him by the Prophet and then he realized that Muhammad was about to find him out. In a long night of drunkenness Salman told Baal, the much heavier, forgotten, and decrepit satirical poet, that the Moslems in Yathrib hated him because he suggested to the prophet digging a ditch around the city to save the inhabitants from the cavalry of the unbelievers, a realization that was not conform to the practiced chivalry in wars. He also told Baal that once the bold Aicha, the favorite wife among twelve, replied to the prophet “The Angel Gabriel has a way of answering all your wishes”. Salman said that Muhammad had a hell of a time submitting the women of Yathrib: the independent minded women of Yathrib could divorce their husbands by just turning their tents around and the husbands settled in the wives’ clans. The prophet had to issue many verses to reduce the women into submission and follow the customs of Mecca and obey their husbands and seclude themselves in their homes and wear the veil when out.
Bilal later intervened on behalf of his long time friend Salman who had his life saved from certain death. Two years later and in the nick of time Salman was to leave the Arabic Peninsula back to Persia.
Baal hid in the famous whore Curtain House called Hijjab for over two years. The prophet had taken the suggestion of Abu Simbel not to close this House right away because the conversions of the citizens of Mecca are at best skin-deep. Baal suggested to the Matron of the House that each one of the 12 whores emulate one of the Prophet’s wives in name and in historical incarnation. Business was great and the 12 whores got the crazy idea of asking Baal to marry them all as the Prophet did an idea that was consummated.
Two year later Muhammad returned to Mecca and closed the Curtain House. The girls were incarcerated. For 12 days, Baal would show up in front of the prison and recite wonderful and touching love odes to each one of his wives. The guards finally realized that the names corresponded to the Prophet wives and Baal was taken prisoner. The girls were stoned to death. During the trial, the public would not believe Baal’s story and thought that he was jesting which aggravated the Prophet’s mood who said “In the old days you mocked the Recitation; then too these people enjoyed your mockery. Now you succeed in bringing the worst out of the people” Before being decapitated Baal said to Muhammad “Whores and writers Muhammad; we are the people you can’t forgive.” The Prophet replied ” Writers and whores, I see no difference here.”
Hind secluded herself in one room for the duration of two years. When Muhammad died Hind wore all her jewelry and ordered a sumptuous banquet and invited the citizens of Mecca. No one shared the banquet with her, not even her husband. Hind said “I cannot change the course of history but revenge is so sweet!”
Posted by: adonis49 on: November 5, 2008
“The path of the bees” by Rami Ellike (November 5, 2008)
This a partial autobiography of a 35-year old Lebanese man who underwent major personal changes from tight religious behavior and an active member of Hezbollah throughout his youth and when he was at the American University of Beirut (AUB) to an independent minded and socially opened spirit to all the caste members in Lebanon and then a graduate student at a university in Florida and acquiring the culture and accent of the USA and then settling down in Lebanon to teach at AUB how to raise bees as his father did for a living in the south. This is not the mind and sensitivity of an ordinary man in Lebanon: he had the marks of becoming a successful political person through the most influential political party and the most popular activist among the students at AUB. The tall and long-armed Rami could have benefited of many financial lures to accommodate any less revolutionary spirit but he stood his grounds and even decided to quit Hezbollah when his moral and social openness would not conform to the strict claustrophobic caste rules and regulations governing the social and individual behaviors.
The Shiite Rami Ellike was born in Marjeyoun (a Christian dominated town) in south Lebanon in 1972. At the age of 5 the family had to move to Nabatiyeh and settled in a Christian neighborhood. Rami played with his Christian neighboring kids; he then was quickly indoctrinated in the spirit of resistance to the Israeli enemy, still occupying a major trip in south Lebanon. He became highly religious and forced strict religious rules of behavior on the members of his family that was lenient and open-minded toward the other religious sects. Rami Ellike was kicked out of two private schools for lawless conducts and activities meant to imposing an ideology of resistance and obeisance to the Shiaa “shariaa” or jurisprudence.
By the age of 15, Rami was trained to using arms and sitting vigils in sites fronting the Israeli lines within Lebanon. To make ends meat, Rami organized tourist trips to Syria. In Damascus he got familiar with the joy corners and used to contract out “marriage of pleasure” in order to be initiated to sexual intercourse; these “marriage of pleasure” contracts are for short durations and with clear clauses of financial retribution just to have legal (halal) intercourses according to some religious “fatwa” schemes in the Shiaa sect.
Ellike witnessed the armed struggles between the two Shiaa factions of Amal (supported by the Syrian regime) and Hezbollah (obeying the Khomeini Mullahs of Iran). These two factions were jockeying for power control in many Lebanese regions with Shiaa concentrations. Thus, Rami spent two years in Dahiya, (a new suburb in south Beirut) within the Hezbollah center and participating in political and demonstration activities.
Then came the time to register at the AUB for a degree in economics; he also followed a dual degree in Law at the Lebanese University. Rami Ellike was an excellent student in all his course works. Then between 1992 and 1994, Rami got heavily involved in organizing the Hezbollah’s cell at AUB and succeeded into establishing Hezbollah as the major political party in the university; though in actuality only half a dozen of its members were true activists. During these years Hezbollah, lead by Rami, forced the administration to releasing files and registering students with grants and changing the climate of open sexual encounters within the university premises and basically colliding head on with the AUB administration and its board council located in New York.
The year 1994 was a culmination in students’ activities at AUB; Rami lead an uprising against increases in students’ tuition and united all parties of various affiliations and sects in demonstrations and steadfast resistance against the pressures of the Syrian mandate and internal security forces. The university finally bowed down temporary. The Iranian Embassy attempted to lure Ellike to joining its activities and invited him for a week trip to Iran. The wowing process by Hob Allah, a prominent member in the Iranian Embassy, did not succeed. On graduating, Rami had collected wide connections and communication with the highest ranking personalities in government as well as Hezbollah. (I will relegate to the note his pieces of intelligence because they require some explanations and development).
Ellike felt that he has changed. The climate of openness at the university and its social environment contrasted sharply with the claustrophobic Hezbollah customs and organization and Ellike was positively affected. Ellike went on a long trip, solo and without a tent, and visited regions of Lebanon that he never set foot in and conversed with people of other sects.
It was about time to resign from the ranks of Hezbollah and forgo all the privileges that he could benefit. Rami founded a social club and visited universities to talk with students to join it. He experienced an untenable love affair with a Christian student at AUB that drove him years later into a coma and days of hospitalization.
The next step in Ellike’s life change leads him to Florida to the University in Gainesville for graduate studies in economic development. He returned to Lebanon after the first semester to await the decision of the university in Florida for offering him a study grant. In this summer of 1999, Ellike experienced the tacit frustrations of the citizens in the south of the Syrian mandate and its excisions on the daily survival of the Lebanese people. For a year Rami was active within the social club and then he decided to tour Lebanon on foot for 8 days carrying the Lebanese flag and haranguing the people to express openly their refusal of the Syrian presence. Rami then was back to Florida with a grant that covered all his expenses and enjoyed great times and finished his “General Exam” before embarking on writing his dissertation. During his stay in Florida, Rami continued his study and research on raising bees and attended a symposium in South Africa in topics focused on bees. The FBI got in touch with Ellike and tried to recruit him after the September 11, 2002 attacks on the Twin Towers. Ellike would not cooperate.
In the summer of 2002, Ellike was totally “Americanized” in accent, behavior and general outlook to civilization. When he returned to the USA to finish writing his dissertation on the Lebanese economical development he was lawlessly retained at New York Kennedy’s airport and then detained for hours and humiliated without being offered any reasons or excuses for these offensive attitudes and then he was shipped back on the same Egyptian plane back to Cairo. In Cairo, Ellike was investigated by the security services and by the Lebanese ones when he finally landed in Beirut. For two weeks Rami refrained from meeting with his family and kept secluded at his brother’s apartment. The fact that he was expulsed under duress and of his sudden return to Lebanon was not divulged to his family or his friends; the stated reason was his need to gather further data for his dissertation. Ellike later learned that he was punished because the FBI was under the definite impression that Rami “mocked the FBI overtures” to him.
Ellike learned that his grant was offered to someone else and he worked hard to earn a living and cover the expenses of resuming his dissertation and the additional cost of staying a registered student from overseas. He managed to submit his dissertation through electronic means of internet and email because the administration at the university in Gainesville decided to alter the regulations for his personal presence in order to obtaining his PhD diploma.
Since 2003 Rami Ellike has been practicing law and teaching courses at AUB on bees and better techniques for producing honey. He is presently getting to leave for the Hajj in Mecca.
Note: Hezbollah (the Party of God) was created by the Khomeini regime of Iran around 1982 and was guided and financed and trained and structured by the new revolutionary theocratic Iranian regime. The successive General Secretaries of Hezbollah are clerics who studied in Qom and enjoy the full recognition of the current “Supreme Guide” of the Iranian revolution Khameni E. The theocratic organizational structure is founded on the concept of “Wilayat Al Fakeeh” (the reign of the supreme theologian in jurisprudence in the Shiaa sect); this concept is that the supreme Fakeeh is a descended of Ali’s family and his orders and “fatwas” cannot be revoked by any one else of Fakeehs. It is basically a theocratic dictatorship philosophy.
Hezbollah of Lebanon is a real army and is trained to fulfill both tasks as a regular army and a guerilla force. It is the only resistance force, throughout the current history of the Israeli-Arab conflict, to have checked the offensive incursions of the Israeli army: it had proved its potentials in the year 2000 when Israel withdrew unilaterally from south Lebanon without any pre-conditions and during the war in July 2006 that lasted 33 days without any support from any Arabic States.
In 1998, Rami Ellik stated that a member in the Iranian Embassy told him that Iran has the power to give orders to the General Secretary and that the security apparatchik in Hezbollah is dominated by the Iranian security branch which is in turn the most influential branch in Hezbollah. At that period, before Hezbollah was forced to get immersed in the internal political system of Lebanon, the highest officials in the organization had no practical impact on decisions. I guess that the general climate at that period was not encouraging for independent minded members as Rami Ellike.
Posted by: adonis49 on: November 5, 2008
Poetry for the newer generations: A suggestion (November 6, 2008)
I am no poet by any stretch of the imagination from a professional perspective. Actually, I never made the least effort to learn the techniques or the nomenclature of poem writing; whatever that I might have learned in poetry resemble writing prose without knowing what prose means. Thus, my suggestion is plain candid; it is very probable that the long history of poets and poem writing has generated schools that suggested the same idea, or close, without me comprehending the premises of the schools. My idea is a scream to be able to read a poem that is comprehensible enough to form at least an idea of the subject matter, to form a beginning of some sense. In yesteryears, schools taught Latin, Greek and mythologies of various civilizations. If this is the case in some schools then this article is not intended for their graduates, at least the brightest of them. Are you not tired of reading notes for every verse that are longer than the whole poem?
My suggestion is that poets stop throwing around symbols, symbolic meanings, and mythological names but do their due diligence or homework explaining, in poetical verses, the story behind each name and symbol. Maybe new imageries would be created, new interpretations would be offered that are not conforming to the traditional understanding, or for the poet’s benefit readers would catch a glimpse of his philosophy on the mysteries of life, the Universe, beauty, freedom, liberty, human rights, and a long series of abstract concepts. Mythologies were, long time ago, based on reality and constituted classes of philosophies in every civilization; and knowing the stories behind each of the mythological characters would enrich greatly the education of the bland newer generations. This cultural process would be enhanced if the stories are written in genuine poetical verses that can be memorized as songs that honor the spirit of human kind through time immemorial.
In a previous essay on “Khayyam and Hafiz” I had this flash, a conjecture, of how the process of writing poetry begins to take flesh and bones and which is as follow: once a poet start writing then abstract notions replaces gradually real life constraints and inadequacies and then when the poet realizes that he is indeed talking in abstraction then he explodes and soars into incomprehensible symbolism and mythological meanings originated in the antiquities; the sort of odes that hard neck poets appreciate. And what are the interests of the general public in all that? Just leave it to the specialists to explain the meaning and beauty of the imageries and symbolism.
I don’t think that my conjecture is devoid of evidences. Take any poet and you realize that his early poems and the last ones are fraught with abstractions. In between, a few poets volunteer to express their true feeling of their limitations, confusion, and inadequacy; well, the verses and words are clear and unambiguous enough to feel that their emotions are real and genuine. Why these poets had to revert to abstraction later on? Is it because criticisms based on intimate feeling and experiences become very touchy to continue in that vein? Most probably, in their old age poets are terribly hurt of their degeneracy and degradation and are humiliated to share with others their conditions.
In every language the same imageries and selected “poetic” words recurs indefinitely. You finally realize that one good poem is representative of the spirit and poetical aspiration of a whole civilization; you read one poem in one style then you feel that you read them all. Then you are glad that you can read several languages so that you may compare the richness in imageries.
Let me summarize my suggestion: poets, please, write about your own feelings; if this is very hard then at least do your due diligence to explaining the stories behind the symbolism in clear and poetic verses that sing to our soul.
Posted by: adonis49 on: November 6, 2008
Open Letter to President Obama (part 1, November 6, 2008)
Mr. President, congratulation. Welcome the USA to the era of communication, cooperation and diplomacy with the UN and the other nations. Welcome back the USA to the rank of human rights, human dignity, rights to be safe and healthy, rights for education and Clean Air, Clean Water, Clean Environment and Fair Wage Acts! Welcome to an era for the rights of the African Continent to potable water, sane food, and inoculation from common diseases and its regain of original dignity.
Mr. President, I am apprehensive. If you don’t move vigorously the next 4 months to institute the general health coverage, that many poorer Nations have running for decades now, then the tentacles of the moribund multinational pharmaceutical and insurance companies would regain enough power to block your promises. Mr. President, you should know that those malefic financial mafias might lay low for a time to ride off the anger of the US people. Please no need to cohabitate with them and permit them to sneak in through laws riddled with loopholes as large as elephants.
Mr. President, I am apprehensive. Counselors of high moral standing are the best values that a President can be surrounded with. If any member of your inner circle steps out of the program that the citizens voted you in then you should not hesitate to fire him in the coming 4 months. Wasting your valued time on inner politics within your circle of friends and counselors is the death of your genuine program.
Mr. President, I am apprehensive. The function of your inner circle is not to substitute the responsibility and professionalism of the other ministries and departments. Your inner circle is supposed to be the “NO, Mr. President!” if your decisions do not match your voters who have elected for drastic changes and not temporary compromises with those malignant lobbies of special interest groups who are the nemesis of the little people and who are at the root of most of the injustices in the last decade.
Mr. President, I am apprehensive. Getting out of this worldwide financial crisis is not through the reshuffling of financial gimmicks that are fundamentally embezzlement schemes. Nations add value when the family business is in enterprises that they know about, within a community that it lives in, and business laws that it is familiar with. The main purpose of multinationals is to concentrate power in the rare few. Please, Mr. President, do not transfer your powers and the power of the people to them!
Mr. President, I am apprehensive. The main cause to the magnitude of the “collateral damages” in injuries, deaths, famine and civil wars is this lazy seated administrator who relies on cold inner reports. Your Administration is to get to the field and study closely the problems and converse with the citizens in and out and trust the opinions of the concerned people: they do know much more than the paper shuffling bureaucrat.
Posted by: adonis49 on: November 6, 2008
Open Letter to President Obama (part 2)
Mr. President Obama, I like to remind you of my trilogy essays, published on wordpress.com on the current financial crisis and economical meltdown which are: The Manifesto of the American people for the 21st century (October 6, 2008), Wall Street Multinationals milking the cows (October 11, 2008), and What resolutions in the aftermath of the crash of Wall Street?! (October 7, 2008). I will do my best to abridge these essays into a compact story.
The American financial multinationals and many European affiliates forecasted the financial crash coming in the speed of a bullet train since before 1999. They forestalled the inevitable but aggravating the situation in conquering the world financial markets. Do you remember that in 1999 the financial multinationals asked the US government and Congress to pass a revised law of 1933 (that was meant to regulate the stock market after the crash of 1929) that allowed commercial banks to switch to investment banking with much looser accounting and regulatory rules? Well, many multinational commercial banks jumped to the opportunity that suited their pleasures according to the development of the markets worldwide under the code name “Free Trade Agreement”.
It is then that the US multinationals, in tandem with the US Administration, knew that in order to conquer the world financially they would ultimately pay a price but they figured that it wouldn’t be that expensive financially to the US treasury since all the stock markets would be linked and sharing in the risks. The political fallouts were certainly discussed but not seriously enough to contemplate the possibility of a drastic angry popular backlash and an eventual change in the capitalist system.
The multinationals foresaw the catastrophe but they wanted first to milk the cows in the Asian markets and the petrodollar sovereign funds of the oil producing countries. They figured that, in due time, when the free non-regulated financial system fails then the other developed and rich States would participate in the bail out. Fundamentally, if you do the math then you will discover that the swindled profit that the multinationals generated during a decade correspond to the long term bail out funds that Europe, Asia and the petrodollars countries would pay from their citizens tax money to bail out their failing institutions in order to stabilize the markets; a process that should be taking quite a long time. I suggest that you start adding all the money shelled out by the world States and also include what the US government contributed since 1999 and you would get the general figure of the astronomical super highway robbery of the century.
Congress passed a monstrous bailout package where the white bosses are not to be prosecuted! Everyone is a sucker once in his life but in capitalist America the odds of repeat “suckered ness” is very high and the plain American citizen is the most prone to fall frequently in these easy to play games of stock gimmicks. Well, all you need is a computer hooked to internet and plenty of happy satisfied greed stories propagated in all the media! If you have noticed that the most recurring remedy of the talking heads is to regain “trust” in the financial market system! Yes, trusting multinational professional embezzlers is a sure way to stabilize your life saving balance to zero dollars.
Now the US government wants the world citizens of tax payers to share in the resolution of world financial stability! Why? Is it so that the few hundreds of billionaires and the select classes of capitalists around the world may maintain their high life style? Have we reached a new phase of world class capitalism versus the other hard working nationals who have the job of adding values to the economies?
We all know by now that the September 11, 2001 attack on the Twin Towers and its consequences in Iraq, Afghanistan and the Moslem World in general were the events of the decade. We do feel deep in our guts that the fall of Wall Street and its results would be the events of the century. The fall of the last bastion of unbridled capitalism is shaking the World economy and sending strong Tsunami waves to the global finance and investment institutions all around. The US Federal government is nationalizing the major failing commercial banks but why should it bail out investment banks which are the foundation and symbol of greedy capitalism? I am curious; what organizations are behind Goldman & Sacks and G.P. Morgan to obtain formal nomination of the US Federal government for the nationalization process?
It is well documented that minor cataclysms generate abundance of investigation and then public coverage but the coverage of seismic cataclysms, that are financial in nature, are relegated to professional manuscripts that the general public would not touch with a long pole. Did anyone read any serious coverage of the financial repercussions of the September 11 nightmare or the bankruptcy of the energy giant ENRON? If anyone, so far, comprehend the causes of the fall of Wall Street then please disseminate your knowledge profusely and immediately. One hint though; follows the money trails and you will catch the head criminals. Astute Warren Buffet has already invested 5 billions in Goldman & Sacks or 10% of the shares; thus, this is a strong lead to follow. The most direct way for grabbing significant threads is by investigating Vice President Cheney and his inner circle; they were fundamentally following orders of the malefic financial giant organizations that are behind the turmoil of this decade.
I wonder though why the fall of Wall Street happened when the last bastions of communism (China) definitely shifted gears to participate in the new world economic order! The fall of Wall Street should have taken place shortly after September 11, 2001. The invasion of poor Afghanistan was not credible to infuse over 3 trillion dollars into the already failing financial institutions in the USA through fraud and the scapegoat of a major war against “terrorism”. The Bush Administration and the behind the scene nefarious financial organizations needed to invade rich Iraq and blackmail the neighboring tiny Arab Emirate States to redirect the swindle on the largest scale through front re-construction companies such as Bechtel and Halliburton and others private security companies. The Iraqi war could not cost that much money and certainly the Iraqi people didn’t notice any beneficial change in their daily lives for six years and they are much worse everyday. Obviously, the US government needed a high strategic excuse for its campaign in Iraq: basically to blackmail mighty China via oil distribution!
This gimmick of infusing another 700 billion dollars from the US citizens taxes is basically one of the last payments of the Federal government to the financial mega mafias. They say that everything is politics; this is not true in capitalist systems: political structures are fundamentally legal front for the mega financial mafias to bleed dry the citizens. I urge the US citizens not to wait and see! If you do not do your homework now and then actively revisit the US political structures then the same cycle would recur at a nastier magnitude.
Many contradictory economics school of sciences that earned Nobel Prices tried to interpret a few of Adam Smith’s economic principles and his metaphor of the invisible hand guiding prosperous Nations’ economies. Capitalists have usurped Adam Smith’s economic principles as their system guideline to cheat out their countrymen of their life savings.
Adam Smith stated that individuals have the tendencies to invest whatever capital they own within the areas of their residence so that they could have better control over their business because they know the people they can trust and the environment that can use their skills and products and the functioning of the legal system. This process of increasing the added value of their businesses in the local commerce or inner commerce is like “an invisible hand” at work for increasing the wealth of the whole economy. When the State risks to orient or guide an individual or moms and pops family businesses in the manner of investing his capital it is meddling in pointless exercises since the investor is better positioned to know the kinds of activities he is fit to undertake. How Smith’s explanations for a strong economy could ever be matched with the principles of these mega businesses that nobody even know the behind the scene power manipulators?
In order to keep in the spirit of Adam Smith the commercial banks and even the investment banks under stricter regulations and accounting should get to know the businesses they are lending to, the people, the environment and the legal system of the States they are doing business in. Hiring just banking and finance graduates would not cut it: knowing the businesses that add values requires various experts on the field. For example, it is not specific enough for a bank to be specialized in the agriculture domain; it has to state in which products it is specialized in. Knowing the business unit of a borrower, in and out, is the main guide to adding value to national economies. The smaller, more localized and specialized the commercial banks the more secure are the investments. This free world finance investment scheme is caput and makes no sense; it needed only a decade to prove its embezzlement objectives.
Maybe the immediate problems of climatic changes would usurp the primordial rank of the fall of Wall Street for dire consequences in the next decade; and maybe the next US Administration might decides to lead the environmental remedies in a political gimmick to redirecting the attention of its public away from this major handicap. The focus on the environment might generate the necessary good will for behavioral change and away from this “stupid consumerism growth” ideology.
Are you hopeful that the temporary fall of greedy capitalism might enhance a revival for the environment? Don’t count on it. Only a serious movement to restructure the actual US political system with serious independent institutions invested with the authorities to control and monitor and investigate the so-called check and balance porous institutions might offer a glimpse to the light at the end of the tunnel. Once this mass movement is on the march then the rest of the world will back it with all its might to save this one Earth and its 8 billions inhabitants.
I sincerely expect the Chinese people to revisit their economic policies and the untenable export growth trend. I expect the huge continents of India, Brazil, Russia and the European Union to get the message of the pitfalls of an uncontrolled capitalist system and sever the cozy relations between their political structure and financial institutions.
Posted by: adonis49 on: November 8, 2008
Open letter to President Obama (part 3) (November 7, 2008)
Mr. President Obama; this my last trilogy of open letters to you. I have published yesterday a letter congratulating you and the people of the USA on their bold choice. I listened to the joy of billions of people around the world and the “Hope and Change” of hundred of Nations that took your message at heart, simply because this world dearly wanted to hold on to hope and change after a catastrophic decade lead by the Christian conservatives or better known as the new Christian-Jews of this century. I had apprehensions and I stated them as boldly as the US citizens voted you in.
And then I read the comments of Ralph Nader, the lead defender for the “consumers”, in his article “Hope and Change” about your character during your electoral campaigns for Senate and then for the Presidency, and Nader knows much better about your character and he followed closely your progress. I should have doubts, Mr. President, about what you mean by “Hope and Change” and whether they coincide with what the little people in the USA and the world take for granted.
As for the citizens of the USA, if you succeed in activating the general health coverage promptly then you would have achieved the basic minimum: you cannot have the economy back on track if the little people are constantly worrying about their health and safety and their expectancy for a better life shot to smithereens in its infancy.
I read that during your whole campaign you were very shy to recall your origins, from your father side a Black from Kenya and a Moslem to boot; your childhood upbringing in Indonesia, and your other non-white adoptive grandmothers. You never visited a mosque while even George W. Bush had sense enough to visit main mosques at crucial moments when the Moslems in the USA were very apprehensive. You were very shy indeed to mentioning the little people and the minorities during the campaign and then, miracle of miracle, you remembered them at your “victory” speech without much conviction or intentions at investing much time to their plight later on. Mr. President, your are the adoptive son of many communities around the world and lately academia and political circles; you are literarily the President of the world. Very rare are the hard working immigrants or minorities or color tainted who denigrate and disdain their origins and their communities that were the sources of their potentials and millions of hard to get-by communities need an adoptive supporter.
Ralph Nader reminded us that the crux of your program is to relieve those earning less than $250,000 from taxes, as if the cost of living has increased after the downturn of the economy and this period of deflation!
Nader reminded us how you fawned to the AIPAC Israeli hard line lobby when over 60% of the Israelis want the peace process to progress at a higher speed. Now that the Palestinians and Israelis are converging toward peace you want to take the reverse direction, why? Why when many Israeli political parties are communicating directly with the democratically elected Palestinian Hamas you stated that you would not? Mr. President, we sincerely hope that another miracle in diplomatic change would materialize outside your campaign lack of character behavior.
I read today that your first two choices for important offices went to hard line Zionists. You will be lending an ear each day and very frequently to your chief-of–staff Emanuel; your special envoy to the Middle–East is another hard line Zionist. Evidently, peace and stability in this region is not in the offing from the start!
Mr. President, the talking heads on financial problems have been focusing on the “how” mechanism for the current crisis. Would you order a full fledge investigation to unravel the “what, who, and why” this crisis came to be? This financial crisis is not the first and will not be the last so may we get a report written in plain language for the benefit of all?
Mr. President, there are two images that the people cannot forgive their leaders and representatives. First, the image that their leader is training the people to cower when the tough gets going in the reform challenges. Second, the image that their leader is mainly shuffling winds instead of putting bread on their tables. Before you deliver a speech, please make sure to start expounding on your decisions and actions that delivered bread and butter; then, and only then you may soar high on abstract notions and no harm would be done!
Posted by: adonis49 on: November 8, 2008
What future for our kids? Hang on buddy! (November 8, 2008)
Regardless of a scenario or a combination of scenarios, there are trends that have definite paths in the foreseeable future. For example:
1. Population on Earth will continue to increase; it might or might not reach a plateau.
2. Potable water will dwindle and its quality will deteriorate fast.
3. Quantity of water for irrigation will diminish.
4. Degradation of the soil for agriculture will resume its fast pace because of intensive methods and increase in fertilizers and pesticides and deforestation and acid rains…
5. Cultivable lands will shrink to make rooms for increased infrastructures and habitable estates.
6. The virgin forests in the Amazon, Canada, and Africa are disappearing much quicker than reforestation policies.
7. The concentration of carbon dioxide is increasing exponentially and there are no effective policies to make do without oil and increased coal mining.
8. Cheaper car productions in China and India will saturate the highways and deplete even faster the oil reserves.
9. The prices of medicines and chemical products will shoot to the roofs because of lack of oil and the necessary ingredients in the equatorial forests.
10. The ozone layer will continue is depletion process.
11. Biological diversity will no longer be that diverse.
12. Maritime sources of protein are already scarce and polluted.
13. Renewable sources of energy will not match the ever increase in demands on energies.
14. Concentration of people in mega cities; since China joined the free market 150 million Chinese peasants flocked to the major cities and the same trend is going on in India and everywhere.
Shall I go on? There are several scenarios to remedy to this bleak future; not necessarily to stop the trends, but just to maintain the survival of human species a while longer. There are at least four scenarios. First, we might very plausible maintain the free market economy, consumerism, multinationals and higher rate of growth. This policy has proven its catastrophic effects but no alternative economic policies are studied seriously.
The second scenario is security first for the rich nations; the poor immigrants would be warded off these “islands” of prosperity and affluence and let the third world go to hell. This scenario is gaining ground in Europe and the USA and tighter measures to exclude the other non-developed populations have been in place for some time.
The third scenario is for the western nations to coordinate political policies through financial incentives and tax cuts and centralized planning with fixed objectives. Obviously, these centralized policies will be heavily biased toward the life-style of the developed and rich nations.
The fourth scenario can be summarized by Gandhi’s statement: ” True civilization is not the multiplication to infinity the wants of man, but their deliberate limitation so that to allow each individual to share what is essential for survival”. It is fundamentally a strategy of long term durability to maintaining the survival process by relying on the basic necessities. This scenario screams for drastic cultural change in our behavior and consumption and the quest for renewable matters and sources of energies.
Well, we cannot expect the western civilization to make a dent in the fourth scenario; not because they lack moral character but because of the daily pressures to fit in a well established consumerism society. This is basically the lesson of history that the vast majority has to sacrifice so that the very few could enjoy life to blotting!
In the meantime, there are these rarest of events or natural cataclysms that re-establish equilibrium to Earth survival and rejuvenation. This time around it is man that would have been the catalyst. Human spices might or might not survive. One thing is certain; if human kind survives the same cycle of development will recur, unless the fourth scenario culture has been inculcated deep in our psychic or animal instincts.
Have I increased your doze of pessimism? Anyway, we are all living a worried life to the benefit of the entertainment industries. No wonder that terrorist activities are increasing; that mass destruction philosophies are common policies; that vast “collateral damages” are acceptable; that extreme, salafist behavior are widespread among all religions and sects; that mysticism is gaining wide disciples, and that patience for rational discussion is dwindling! I would not kill your grain of hope. Hang on buddy.
Posted by: adonis49 on: November 10, 2008
A State “out of subject matters”: Lebanon, by Dr. Jamil Berry (Part 2, November 10, 2008)
In this section I will expound and even extrapolate on Dr. Jamil Berry understanding and views on the Lebanese social and political structures. It was an opportunity for me to recall at least a dozen articles, essays and book reviews that I published on wordpress.com.
Dr. Jamil Berry discussed and reported a few of his observations and his friends’ perceptions and concepts on Lebanon’s geo-political and social structure. Dr. Berry agrees with Israel’s confirmed view on the State of Lebanon as a “Lie” since Lebanon’s independence in 1943, as if the existence of the State of Israel is not the greatest “Lie” in this century. Israel’s position on the State of Lebanon coincides to some extent with the view of the regional powers as “a dismembered State” that the colonial powers’ objective for Lebanon was to be a corridor or a land aircraft carrier for intelligence gathering and first front to any destabilization schemes to the Middle East region. The same can be said about the State of Israel: an advanced US land aircraft carrier meant to exploit the Jewish mercenary religious beliefs in order to keeping the Middle East in a state of disorientation and preventing any serious unification process that may jeopardize the flow of inexpensive oil and facilitate inexpensive commerce.
Dr. Berry comprehends the caste system of Lebanon which represented by 19 closed sect castes and increasing each year. This caste system views as anathema for the State of Lebanon to establish a strong central government because their respective free float interests would be imperiled. Thus, Lebanon is meant to experience a civil war every 30 years so that to destroying and exhausting any accumulation of energy and good will for instituting a strong government. All the foreign powers and regional powers know these facts except the Lebanese citizens who prefer to survive on chimerical dreams of a full fledged “nation”; sometime referred to as Phoenicia, or Canaan or Arab or even French or Switzerland of the East.
Dr. Berri knows the “maternity of this tiny State. It was at London, at May 1916; at 10 Downing Street exactly. Mark Sykes (England) and Francois-Georges Picot (France) gave it birth by dividing the Near East region after WWI. Lebanon was part of the Syrian steppes and then became a geo-political corridor” (under the administration of the Christian Maronite sect). The idea of Israel was created by England around 1907 when England realized that it needed a buffer zone to protect its interests in India through Egypt by eliminating any kind of unification in the foreseeable future. The Balfour declaration in 1917 was to give it body by naming the owners of this buffer zone; indeed, the “Jews arrived carrying their Bible as an act of ownership” for the Prime Real Estate called Palestine.
Consequently, Lebanon has a concentration of 600,000 Palestinians within 4 millions Lebanese. The successive governments in Lebanon, in order not to destabilize the sectarian ratios, got hold of the UN resolution 193 for “the right of the Palestinians to return to Palestine” by forbidding the Palestinians citizenship and even the rights to work within Lebanon but solely within their delimited ghetto camps! Dr. Berry at one point felt that all his paragraphs might all ends in exclamation marks! (That would change the title to “The current history of the State of Lebanon: a string of exclamation marks!”)
Israel had constantly claimed the security of its borders to wage offensive wars against the Arab States surrounding it. At each war, Israel would nibble a small or a large chunk and after digesting it then it would repeat her “border security tactics claims”. In fact, Israel is the only state in the UN that refused to define its borders; I wonder if Israel can be considered a legitimate State under the UN requirements.
Dr. Berry wrote an open letter to Israel. The gist of it is that Israel has a heavy density of scientists and we have the water; so why not cooperate and start sharing our strengths? The answer would be when the US would stop considering oil as a strategic product and permit Israel to mingle as another Near Eastern society, which it is in matter of fact by the majority of Jews of Arabic or Islamic extractions who immigrated to Israel.
Note 1: I have stated in part one that the Classical French language is fraught with polysemism (a word that might have several meanings) but its slang is much worse because the root of the word has no relationship with the meaning of the other half a dozen meanings. In the formal Arabic language almost any word might have several meanings, out and in context, if the consonants are devoid of accents. The language do have all the vowels in addition to the accents that have the same vocals of a, o, u, e or i, neutral sound, and impression on the consonant that represents repeat of the consonant. Thus, a word of three consonants can have a combination of a dozen meanings but still firmly related to the root of the word. Actually, the original Jahilia Arabic, during the period of the Prophet Muhammad, Arabic had no accentuation marks whatsoever. It is after the conquest of Persia and Syria and Egypt that Arabic had to diversify and then to expand in order to accommodate the most civilized societies in this period of history.
Note 2: Following on note 1, beside remote China and India was the other advanced civilization along Persia and Syria (represented by the Byzantium hegemony). The civilizations of Persia and India were intertwined. The civilization of Syria (present Syria, Lebanon, and Palestine) is fundamentally Mediterranean; it influenced and assimilated the cultures of Egypt, Greece, Rome, Byzantium, Arab and then the Crusaders coming from Medieval Europe.
Posted by: adonis49 on: November 10, 2008
The State of Lebanon: A string of exclamation and question marks (November 11, 2008)
I need to state my position on the socio-political structure of the State of Lebanon. Isn’t it enough that the individual is living a lie that I have to swallow a bigger lie concerning my “nationality”? Lebanon is a State recognized by the UN and it has endured for over 65 years after many civil wars and countless invasions by Israel and a long Syrian mandate for over 20 years. Is not this fact legitimate enough for us Lebanese to unite and reach an understanding of common denominator that would protect us from further senseless divisions?
Let me recapitulate. The Lebanese society is structured around 19 self-autonomous castes. The various religious castes may be grouped around three larger religious tribes: the Christians, the Moslem Sunni and the Moslem Shiaa. Let us expound on the smaller castes.
The small Druze caste is fundamentally in its inception a Shiaa “fatimide” sect but had found it more advantageous to obey the Sunni Caliphates for several reasons. First, when the “Fatimide” dynasty in Egypt was replaced by the Sunni Ayyubide and then the Mamelouk dynasties then physical persecution of the Druze and the Shiaa was common place. Thus, to survive, the Druze had to pay allegiance to the Sunni monarchs; actually, the Sunni Ottoman Caliph empowered the Druze families of Maan and then the Chehab to dominate the political life in Mount Lebanon for over three centuries. Second, in the State of Lebanon it was far lucrative for the Druze to take umbrage under the larger harmless militarily but powerful politically Sunni tribe since the Shiaa constituted a menacing immediate neighbor for their autonomy as a caste.
The Christian tribe encloses at least a dozen castes. The Maronite sect is presently barely more numerous than the Greek Orthodox. It is said that the State of Lebanon would not exist without its Christians; that might be true. But to state that the State exists because of its Maronites then it is incorrect. The Greek Orthodox are by far the most numerous Christian sect in the Near East region and spread throughout Syria, Lebanon, Jordan and Palestine (Syria has more than 5 millions). If it was not for the heavy presence of Greek Orthodox (and supported by Imperial Russia) then the State of Lebanon could not be imposed no matter how and the Maronite caste would not have enjoyed the supremacy of its administration for over five decades.
All these civil wars in the State of Lebanon was basically the need of this caste system that viewed the establishing of a strong central government as anathema to survival of its petty interests: their respective free float interests would be jeopardized and those two dozens warlords, small feudal leaders, civilians as well as religious, would lose much of their powers over their subjects. Sure, the various foreign State interests played a catalytic factor but the civil wars would not have been so frequent or so enduring without our caste system. Thus, Lebanon is meant to experience a civil war every 25 years or so in order to destroy and exhaust any accumulation of energy and good will for instituting a strong government. All the foreign powers and regional powers know these facts except the Lebanese citizens who prefer to survive on chimerical dreams of a full fledged “nation”; sometime referred to as Phoenicia, or Canaan or Arabia or Nation of Islam, or even Switzerland of the East.
Lebanon is not a “Nation”; it is a State recognized by the UN. Can we live and unite within this definition? Switzerland is not a nation: it is a State and its sovereignty is protected by an agreement among all its strong neighboring nations. Among the over 190 recognized States in the UN maybe no more than a dozen could be legitimately considered as full fledged, self-autonomous and independent Nations.
The calls for defining our origins as a “Nation”, (be it Phoenicia, Canaan, Arab, Fertile Crescent, Islam or even Switzerland of the East), benefit only the regional leaders in their respective cantons; simply because they have no viable programs to entice their youthful “subjects” but to offering them chimerical fictitious national sentiments.
Tiny Lebanon needs to unite under a State strong central government in matters of defense, finance, foreign policies, national civil register, and general planning and control. Tiny Lebanon needs decentralized administration and State economic incentives on performance. Tiny Lebanon needs a fair and equitable electoral law; variations on the proportional system should be seriously considered for a feasible and lasting electoral law; with minor reforms every now and then as the central government affirms its responsibilities for providing security and opportunities to all its citizens. The State of Lebanon needs to vigorously obtain the long lasting support of its regional powers to securing its stability, sovereignty and neutrality.
Posted by: adonis49 on: November 14, 2008
“Farewell Beirut”, by Mai Ghoussoub (November 14, 2008)
Late Mai Ghoussoub, a writer, sculpture, theater promoter, and a co-founder of the publishing house Dar Al Saki, was 54 when she died of complication from a surgery in London on February 17, 2007. Mai participated in the Lebanese civil war by caring for the less to do Palestinians living in shantytown of refugee camps. She lost an eye by a rocket that hit her car when aiding in a clinic of Nabaa and she suffered greatly for three years out of that injury. Mai decided to leave Lebanon in 1979 and lived for a while in Paris and then moved to London. She suggested to her old school friend Andre Caspar who was hitchhiking in the USA to join her and open a library that would offer Arabic books and manuscript. The library led to instituting the publishing house Dar Al Saki in 1983. Mai married Hazem Saghieh, a writer and newspaper editor. During an art exhibition in Shore Ditch London, Mai and her Israeli actress friend Anna Sharbati donned Moslem attires and held tennis rackets to stir any climate of conservatism in London but nobody noticed them.
Farewell Beirut is fundamentally an autobiography and is of 220 pages and containing 15 chapters of short detailed stories that Mai witnessed. Mai recalls that at the age of 12 she was attached to her French teacher Nomie. To please her teacher she wrote a fictitious lengthy essay that ended with an injunction for revenge on harms done to her. Nomie gave her only 10 out of 20 points because the want for revenge is the basest of emotions and Mai retained that lesson and struggled with it most of her turbulent life, especially during part of the civil war.
Tiny and sickly Latifa was barely 9 years old when her Syrian father “rented” her for a year to work as maid. Latifa was to get up before any member of the family and go to bed in a corner of the kitchen after every member was asleep and work non-stop most of the time. Latifa, treated worse than a slave, endured all the miseries and humiliations; her father used to show up drunk once a year to be paid without even bringing his daughter a token of a gift or spending any time with her. Latifa was raped by the eldest son of the family and she was no longer permitted to leave the apartment. During the civil war in Lebanon tiny Latifa was to brave the snipers and rockets to bring food to the family. Latifa joined the militias of the neighborhood and moved with them; she covered her face with a hood (cagoule) so that nobody would recognize her, but her large eyes could not conceal her. Latifa never took revenge on her “masters” but tried her best to move forward; she got famous as “Um Ali”, one of the toughest fighters in Beirut. She was killed mysteriously and her “masters” had no photo of her to plaster it on the street in remembrance of a “martyr”. Latifa lived incognito and died incognito.
Said was the only son of the owner of a small grocery. His family was constantly worried for his upbringing. Said was a short, stocky, jovial and smiling helper; he delivered the groceries to the homes and was liked by the entire neighborhood; he wanted to join the “hospitality” business. The civil war changed him; he joined the militias and became a tough fighter. There were plenty of rumors about Said’s deeds during the war; a sniper, a blackmailer, a leader of a group of fighters and anything that warriors are expected to end up doing among scared and humiliated citizens. Said opened a small hotel after the war. The author was unable to label a definitive judgment opinion on Said when she recalled his overseas. Can a man be fundamentally good and change to the opposite when circumstances change?
Hashem is an Iranian refugee in Beirut from the new Khomeini Islamic regime. Hashem is well like and funny and has strong and definite positions against the Western States and cultures. He immigrated to Denmark during the Lebanese civil war and married the tall, beautiful and blonde Kirsten. Kersten did her best to assimilate Hashem’s culture and tradition; she befriended his friends, learned to cook Iranian and Lebanese dishes, helped bring Hashem’s family to Denmark and had promised him to wear the veil when they decide to return to Iran or settle in Lebanon. Hashem fell in love with Maria, a Chilean girl, while attending a Danish language center. Maria didn’t care for Hashem’s friends or even his health; all she cared for was her relationship with Hashem. Kirsten didn’t like the situation; she never reprimanded him verbally: her eyes and silence and posture expressed her displeasure. Hashem was killed in Danmark in 1989; Kirsten set up an official obituary in her church and in the mosque; she organized the funeral to its minute details and delivered the eulogy; she persisted on keeping Hashem’s memory every year and obliterated Maria from the picture. From now on Hashem solely belongs to Kirsten.
Mai volunteered her aid in the clinic of the Chatila Palestinian camp at the start of the civil war; she catalogued the medicines and shelved them accordingly. A young Palestinian leader visited the camp and saw Mai; he sent one of his sbirs to fetch Mai to his headquarter. Mai and Abu Firas enjoyed a secret amorous affair for long time until Mai’s brother got injured. Abu Firas made the error of visiting Mai at the hospital; Mai’s family and acquaintances got wind of her marginal affair and she had to leave Lebanon to Paris when her brother recovered. Mai never carried a weapon or engage in any skirmishes. Mai was comfortably installed in Paris when she received a long distance call from Lebanon; Mai refused to take the call of Abu Firas; she wandered in the streets of Paris to relieve the anxiety of the onslaught of her memory of the civil war. Mai had questions nagging at her “would she ever be able to convince herself that she didn’t participate in the civil war?”, “would she be able to erase the facts that she met assassins and didn’t oppose their deeds?” One thing that Mai is convinced of is that she allied to mercenaries on ideological grounds and let her country go to hell.
Posted by: adonis49 on: November 14, 2008
“Eyelid beat rate”: an alternative diagnostic technique? (November 12, 2008)
I was taking a short nap to relax my legs and lower back and then I remembered my suggestion to be aware of the automatic reflexes in my body that relaxes the erratic nerve impulses. I had my eyes closed and was covering my face with both hands and realized regularity in my eyelids impulses. I counted twice the beats of my eyelids for one minute each time and the rate was 38 beats per minutes. I shifted my hands to my lower abdomen and the rate was 34 beats per minutes.
An idea hit me; instead of just counting the heart rate on the wrist why not count the rates at several parts in the body? If it takes one minute to count the hear rate then it should take no more than a couple of minutes to count the various rates with enormous advantages. The different “beat rates” could be measured with simple detecting beat instruments linked to a simple computer or portable and the various combinations matched with normal statuses. If the measurement of heart rates is a good preliminary diagnostic then measuring the rates at specific parts in the body would provide a wider range of diagnostics and localized dysfunctional symptoms (i.e., not within the normal range for normal people) for heart, vein, artery, nerve or psycho-somatic ailments. An in depth diagnostic would then be enviable.
Most probably a physiologist might have attempted this line of inquiry and had given up early or no one followed up on the idea to establish it firmly as a more viable, scientific and cheap diagnostic technique. Most probably Chinese medicine has pinpointed all the crucial locations for diagnosis. It is an idea that is feasible and has promises just as counting heart rate at the wrist was judged to be promising!
Note: Later in the evening I counted 60 beats on my right wrist and 48 beats on my neck. Try your beats.
Posted by: adonis49 on: November 28, 2008
Wild Goose Chase into the Old World: Persia 4th century BC
Preface
Ever since I have read the life story of the so-called Alexander the Great I have been restless. I keep considering alternative circumstances of how this mad and impossible incursion into the Old Eastern World could have been stopped. I felt that writing a historical fiction novel about this period would do me good. It should be historical because people are shying away from current news: They don’t listen to news, they don’t read newspapers, they have no ideas what is happening around them and yet, they feel superior to all politicians and far more capable.
It has to be a fiction because the so-called facts are bitter pills and not so reliable:
They are the facts of the victors and petty facts after all. I needed to delve and know more about the ancient world. I need to imagine that a few of its leaders and scholars could have foreseen how political systems and technologies would have developed. How they would dare change the world according to their new visions; Whether they would have been better equipped, spiritually and morally to improve their world, people and environment, at their own snail pace
Alexander’s upbringing
Alexander was brainwashed since childhood. He was made insidiously to believe by his mother Olympia that he was the descended of the God Hercules. His mother kept telling him that the Highest Priest of Egypt was convinced that he is the expected World King for the end of the Aries period (The Belier or two horned mammal).
Alexander was actually a bastard. His father Phillip, King of Macedonia, strongly suspected that his wife Olympia has given birth to an illegitimate son. At the time, the kingdom of Persia extended from the borders of India to Turkey to Libya in Africa. It included the current countries of Afghanistan, Iran, Turkey, Iraq, Syria, Lebanon, Palestine, Jordan, Egypt, Libya and the coast of North Africa.
Background on the motives of Alexander
Alexander’s goal was to conquer Egypt and receive from its High Priest the crown reserved for the expected son of God so that he can secure legitimacy. As one of Alexander mentors explained it to him “If you want wealth you steal it by force and if you want legitimacy then you have to snatch it by the sword”.
As the story of history goes, while in Egypt, Alexander received a letter from the King of Persia. The King was proposing to Alexander to accept the coastal land of Turkey to settle their disputes. It seems that the King of Persia was in a chatting mood and he added a threat that if his proposal is turned down then he will keep retreating before Alexander’s troops, to the confines of his vast Empire until Alexander gives up the chase. The letter warned Alexander that this task would be impossible to carry through.
The King of Persia had just handed Alexander a sweet excuse and a new purpose.
So much for making sense to a hot headed and crazy young adversary! Alexander barely visited any city twice and intended to advance further east to China.
What old “history books” told us
For thirteen years, Alexander barely backtracked in his wild push forward. His military travel took him beyond the Persian Empire to the Southern parts of Russia, Kashmir, Pakistan and parts of India. As matter of fact, Alexander could not have advanced that far if not for the fresh recruits coming from Greece to replace the losses. The new recruits adored him and wanted to have a share of the glory. Alexander crossed deserts in summers, the highest mountains in winters and most of his soldiers died of hunger, thirst and diseases rather than from wars. Alexander died in Babylon at the age of 30 something and his fiefdoms were divided among his officers after many years of a long civil war.
Lesser known stories
The officers of Alexander, battle worn, sick with disease and confused as to the purpose of this incomprehensible campaign, finally expressed bluntly their unwillingness to go any further and confronted him. Alexander had to stop his advance and convinced his officers to navigate the Indus River and then reach Egypt by sea. To punish his officers for foiling his dream of reaching the confines of the ancient world, Alexander made his army to cross the southern desert of Persia for 60 days where thousands of soldiers died of thirst.
Posted by: adonis49 on: November 16, 2008
Wild Goose Chase into the Old World: Persia 4th century BC
Preface
Ever since I have read the life story of the so-called Alexander the Great I have been restless. I keep considering alternative circumstances of how this mad and impossible incursion into the Old Eastern World could have been stopped. I felt that writing a historical fiction novel about this period would do me good. It should be historical because people are shying away from current news: They don’t listen to news, they don’t read newspapers, they have no ideas what is happening around them and yet, they feel superior to all politicians and far more capable.
It has to be a fiction because the so-called facts are bitter pills and not so reliable:
They are the facts of the victors and petty facts after all. I needed to delve and know more about the ancient world. I need to imagine that a few of its leaders and scholars could have foreseen how political systems and technologies would have developed. How they would dare change the world according to their new visions; Whether they would have been better equipped, spiritually and morally to improve their world, people and environment, at their own snail pace
Alexander’s upbringing
Alexander was brainwashed since childhood. He was made insidiously to believe by his mother Olympia that he was the descended of the God Hercules. His mother kept telling him that the Highest Priest of Egypt was convinced that he is the expected World King for the end of the Aries period (The Belier or two horned mammal).
Alexander was actually a bastard. His father Phillip, King of Macedonia, strongly suspected that his wife Olympia has given birth to an illegitimate son. At the time, the kingdom of Persia extended from the borders of India to Turkey to Libya in Africa. It included the current countries of Afghanistan, Iran, Turkey, Iraq, Syria, Lebanon, Palestine, Jordan, Egypt, Libya and the coast of North Africa.
Background on the motives of Alexander
Alexander’s goal was to conquer Egypt and receive from its High Priest the crown reserved for the expected son of God so that he can secure legitimacy. As one of Alexander mentors explained it to him “If you want wealth you steal it by force and if you want legitimacy then you have to snatch it by the sword”.
As the story of history goes, while in Egypt, Alexander received a letter from the King of Persia. The King was proposing to Alexander to accept the coastal land of Turkey to settle their disputes. It seems that the King of Persia was in a chatting mood and he added a threat that if his proposal is turned down then he will keep retreating before Alexander’s troops, to the confines of his vast Empire until Alexander gives up the chase. The letter warned Alexander that this task would be impossible to carry through.
The King of Persia had just handed Alexander a sweet excuse and a new purpose.
So much for making sense to a hot headed and crazy young adversary! Alexander barely visited any city twice and intended to advance further east to China.
What old “history books” told us
For thirteen years, Alexander barely backtracked in his wild push forward. His military travel took him beyond the Persian Empire to the Southern parts of Russia, Kashmir, Pakistan and parts of India. As matter of fact, Alexander could not have advanced that far if not for the fresh recruits coming from Greece to replace the losses. The new recruits adored him and wanted to have a share of the glory. Alexander crossed deserts in summers, the highest mountains in winters and most of his soldiers died of hunger, thirst and diseases rather than from wars. Alexander died in Babylon at the age of 30 something and his fiefdoms were divided among his officers after many years of a long civil war.
Lesser known stories
The officers of Alexander, battle worn, sick with disease and confused as to the purpose of this incomprehensible campaign, finally expressed bluntly their unwillingness to go any further and confronted him. Alexander had to stop his advance and convinced his officers to navigate the Indus River and then reach Egypt by sea. To punish his officers for foiling his dream of reaching the confines of the ancient world, Alexander made his army to cross the southern desert of Persia for 60 days where thousands of soldiers died of thirst.
Posted by: adonis49 on: November 16, 2008
“Farewell Beirut”, by Mai Ghoussoub (Part 2, November 16, 2008)
Note: Paragraphs in parentheses are my own interjections. The names and characters in Mai’s manuscript are not fictitious; she personally eye witness the stories.
The main theme in “Farewell Beirut” is “revenge” and the associated concepts of honor, genocides, nationalism, heroes, traitors, martyrdom, hate, love and the fundamental human emotions that might be interpreted differently through the ages, periods and civilizations but where the moral values of wrong and right should not be personal matters of point of vues.
In part one I related the stories of “Um Ali”, “Said”, “Abu Firas”, and “Hashem”. This part would be more related to fundamental questions that Mai Ghoussoub tried to struggle with and to investigate moral issues. But first, I present the story of Fadwa.
“Fadwa” was sent overseas in 1916 in order to avoid famine and be married to Salem. In those years parents sent their children by sea supposedly destined to America because they paid high fees but the ship Captains landed them instead in Africa telling them “We reached America, get down” and thus many Lebanese ended in Africa and kept sending letters to their folks not daring to acknowledge their wrong destinations and parents resumed sending people to “America”. Fadwa’s mother reminded her daughter that she is from a much higher social stratum than her future husband Salem and that Fadwa should remind her husband of that difference. Fadwa landed in Ghana (Africa) and begot five boys and one girl and she expected Salem to worship her for giving him so many boys. Fadwa refrained from mingling with the Lebanese and Syrian families on account that she is of a higher level and had many helpers at home. When Ghana got its independence Fadwa was sent back to Lebanon with all her children for fear of reprisals. At the airport, the immigrating ladies made sure that Fadwa overhears their conversations that Salem was cheating on her and that he had married an African girl and has African offspring. Salem joined Fadwa a month looking much older and deprived of wealth; but he didn’t expect the hatred and all consuming feeling of revenge that were eating up Fadwa. The couple slept in separate beds and Fadwa never called her husband by his name or even faced him; Salem was the “He” or the “decrepit old man”. Salem’s old friends were admonished never to pay him further visits. Salem was homesick to Ghana because he spent most of his life there and the family surrounding was not cheerful. Fadwa never smiled and children were scared of her outbursts and rigidity. When Salem became handicapped, Fadwa confined him for perpetuity in the house and never cooked his preferred dishes and locked on the sweets and chocolates on grounds that they are forbidden to his health. Salem died miserably. Fadwa died shortly after Salem, totally frustrated and a very unhappy old lady that could not feel that the fruits of her revenge were satisfactory.
Mai returned to visit Lebanon after the civil war. She is repainting her apartment to erase the slogans that militias have painted over the walls; she kept the slogan “Those who teach us lessons in moral values are hypocrite and insolent”. In the seventies, saying that a person is sure of his opinion was a bad connotation of someone who refuses to detach from traditions. It was a period when moral issues were not absolute; a person had to take into consideration the environment, the period, and all the facet of the story. Opting for neutral stands were cherished values. That was fine and dandy until you are confronted with these sample accidents: thousands of women raped in Bosnia, racist gangs killing whole families in London, cutting off the sexual parts of a 4-year old girl by its family living in Paris according to customs. Then you realize that wrong and right are no longer personal opinions. Vaclav Havel said “The concepts of justice, honor and disloyalty are palpable nowadays”
A chapter compared the act of martyrdoms of the young 16 year-old Lebanese girl Nouha Samaan against the Israeli invaders in South Lebanon and Flora in 10th century Andalusia (Spain). (Between 1983-87 at least 3 young girls committed suicide acts against the Israeli forces of occupations, such as Sanaa Mheidley, before the young males replaced women). In Flora’s period Spain was ruled by the “Arabs” and mostly the Moslems from Morocco and it enjoyed a long period of prosperity and cultural development and tolerance for other religions and ethnic immigrants. The mother of Flora was Catholic and her father a Moslem and they lived in Cordoba. By the age of 16 Flora became a ferocious, one sided Catholic zealot; she proclaimed in front of the tolerant judge that the Prophet Mohammad is a cheat and the devil. The judge had the right to execute her but let her go. Flora would not desist. She associated with the bigot preacher Yologious who claimed that the educated Catholics have taken the road to perdition: instead of focusing their readings solely on the Bible “they are reading literary manuscripts, scientific books, learning to write well and composing poems”. Many young disciples of Yologious were harangued to sacrifice their lives for Catholicism and finally Flora had to be executed. At that time Europe needed “martyrs” while the Moslems were tolerant. In this century Europe stopped commemorating its “martyrs” while the Arab and Moslem World need “martyrs” for their struggle. (To be continued)
Posted by: adonis49 on: November 16, 2008
Incursion into the Old World
The novel is about a King of Persia at the time of Alexander. This King is I.
The actual king was not strictly a legitimate descendent to the throne of Persia. He acceded to the power through the treachery of the castrated Grand Vizier who also had assassinated his master King Artaxasta III by poison. The Vizier wanted to govern through his appointed protégé, one of the descendent of the monarch family, but the newly appointed King poisoned this Vizier the same night of his coronation.
The intelligence sources of Alexander informed him that the Kingdom of Persia is going through a difficult transition period of uncertainties and probable chaos. It would have been a wiser policy to wait and see the outcome of the transition and study the character of the definitive new Monarch but the impulsive and impatient Alexander just needed an excuse to be on the move. Alexander had just totally destroyed the crown city of Thebe in Greece, the oldest, the most learned and most courageous city among the cities, simply because he defeated its uprising against his rule.
Alexander shipped out with his thirty thousand soldiers when he was twenty.
His army was battle tried and mostly illiterate. The former Kings of Persia knew about the intentions of Phillip and of the recent preparations of Alexander years before the invasion occurred.
The new King of Persia is young, about twenty six years old. He is a good looking giant for his time, with large dark eyes. He has new concepts of waging wars.
At this age, waging wars are more attractive and exciting endeavors than anything else.
The real name of the king is Artaxasta IV but we will call him Artax for short; we will also call Alexander Alex since the two heroes will become our buddies in this story.
Artax had advance intelligence of Alexander planning and the location and timing of his landing on the Turkish shores. The myths and feats of Alexander have crossed the Aegis Sea for some time; although Alexander was dabbed as “Iskandar The Mad Wild Dog” (IMWD) in the Persian court many speculations on Alexander motives and determination were the main topics in the court of the king and in most of the courts of governors in the annexed countries to Persia.
Artax himself was most excited to have personal correspondence with Alex; he desired to sit down with Alexander and negotiate an honorable deal but his position of power was still very fragile and shaky among the hundreds of governors in the provinces and the military older hierarchy. Obviously, Alexander generated enthusiasms in the Old Persian World. This world enjoyed stable political and social systems, especially the utmost boredoms that daily exacting routines have been vexing the new Persian King into lethargy.
Artax had two reasons to allowing Alex to wander for a time in his kingdom. Besides the personal reasons, Artax already planned to launch a counter offensive, conquer Greece and discover the wild young western world. Artax agreed with his most experienced general, a Greek mercenary, that the best tactic would be to retreat before Alexander army leaving a scorched land before the Greek/Macedonian advancing troops. Unfortunately, most of the traditional generals of the Persian feudal system would not swallow this infamy: Persia was by far the most powerful and richest kingdom in the entire world and the retreat strategy before a ragtag army was impossible to swallow.
Artax had to temporary bend to his generals but had already decided that he will allow Alexander a partial victory on their first major encounter to get to know better his charismatic opponent. King Artax honored the rebellious generals to lead the battle against Alexander; the only condition was that the opposing armies should be of equal size: the Greek had to learn first hand to respect the determination, fearlessness, and chivalric high moral standing of the Persian civilization.
Invasion of the Old World
At the battleground of Issus Artax did not order a retreat but simply withdrew from the battle field, a decision which carried the consequence of a major sizeable section of personal guards to follow the Monarch by due form. The Persian army was defeated and had to disperse haphazardly. Artax failed to take into account that the Macedonian army was principally in for the loot. The priority for Alexander to please his army was to move ahead quickly and loot the Persian war treasury stored in Damascus. The wealth that the King of Persia carried in his trunks, at his first encounter with Alexander, was a thousand times greater than all the wealth and credit that Alexander could manage to secure in Greece before he started his interminable campaign of invasion and devastation.
This bounty opened the way to Egypt. Artax had plenty of power and reserves to stop the advance of Alexander but he needed some time to reorganize his belligerent army and get hold of real power and strengthen his legitimacy. Artax then withdrew to Babylon in present Iraq and patiently followed the gathered intelligence on Alexander’s inroads and victories.
Posted by: adonis49 on: November 17, 2008
The Two-Horned King
Alexander completely destroyed the proud city of Tyre after seven months of siege. He hatefully hanged 8000 of its inhabitants and sold the rest as slaves. This victory was obtained by a fluke of incredible circumstances, coming together, to vanquish the Queen City of commerce: not only the State of Carthage refrained to rescue its mother city but Alexander witnessed the miracle he wished for; more than 300 war ships flocked in from the neighboring islands and cities within a week, a bounty that Alexander did not expect at just the time he was about to lift the siege. Tyre was attacked from the sea where the walls of this sea city were the least fortified.
Alexander moved on to destroy the fortified city of Ashkelon in current Gaza before entering Egypt. The city of Ashkelon prided itself as the first exporter of incense and myrrh and Alexander emptied its stores and shipped the products to his mother so that she won’t have to worry anymore about any scarcity of what was essential to honoring her Gods. Alexander was crowned King of Kings by the High Priest of Egypt and he started the construction of his new city called Alexandra on the seashore.
Artax was ready to face off with Alexander but would be reluctant to advance to Egypt: he recognized that the populations of Syria, Lebanon, Palestine and Egypt were already hostile to the Persian long rule and they have pledged allegiance to Alexander. Thus, he settled to find an excellent gimmick to draw Alexander out of Egypt. Artax sent a letter to Alexander agreeing to negotiate and to hand over the already conquered land by his army. Artax expressly angered Alexander by stating that Alexander had no choice but to accept the proposal unless he is willing to pursue the Monarch throughout the world; an impossible mission!
Posted by: adonis49 on: November 17, 2008
Toying with skirmishes
Since nothing is impossible to Alex, then Alex took up the challenge since he was getting bored of inaction; he was not meant to stay and watch Alexandria being built; he had a whole army becoming lax and drunk. On the way back, Alexander opted for the road leading through Jerusalem to the Golan Heights.
Artax was convinced that he could vanquish Alexander in one big battle but he found it a good opportunity to test his war techniques. Artax wanted to toy with Alex: the harder the loss the greater the friendship! Artax military strategy was new for the period; it consisted of semi guerrillas’ warfare and carried at stages leading to the final frontal attack. One of his war techniques, in direct confrontations, was to engage the enemy army with an army a third its size for most of the day, then to launch another fresh army of the same size as the first after 3 p.m. and harass the enemy all night long. Artax was to make use of flares to illuminate the enemy’s positions for night raids, if necessary. He once used these flares as an experiment because they were expensive, not very reliable, trafficked from China and needed improvements. At dawn Artax would finish up the battle with a major offensive when the enemy is completely exhausted and disoriented. Artax reflected that this technique might still save thousands of his soldiers from the slaughter. Most of the time, he would harass the enemy for two consecutive days, morning, noon, and evening with well focused raids on one main body of the army. For example, to focus on the right or left wings of the cavalry or on the foot soldiers in the center, then engaging the real attack when the enemy is about to have lunch.
The details during the maneuvering exercises consisted to leaving the left and right ails of the cavalry fifteen minutes far from the main body. The rationale was that the enemy’s would be forced to leave a substantial reserve in the rear for emergencies in case of encirclement. The main body, the size of a third of the enemy’s army, would have thousands of archers. The foot soldiers and cavalry’s task was to protect the archers for retreating in order 150 meters and set up another line of battle then to retreat behind the archers. The logic of the exercise was to absorb the enemy’s initial fugue and let him cool off so that the battle would resume in a more rational process until fresh troops replace the initial army.
Artax learned that the favorite strategy of Alex was to attack directly the Kings’ positions from the onset of a battle. So, he offered him a double as a target in the first engagement; the double was presented with the same pomp as a monarch. Unfortunately, Alex did not buy this trick because the Persian Monarch’s personal guards numbered three times as much. The other factor was that maneuvering exercises didn’t coincide with a real battle situation. The Persian small army was to engage the battle around 10 a.m. so that they would fight till 3 p.m. before fresh reinforcements arrive. The Macedonian cavalry took the initiative from the onset and advanced for miles to meet the Persian army and then swooped down en mass on both sides without engaging but in an encirclement maneuver.
The Persian army was caught unprepared for this kind of exercises and the Macedonian infantry was quick and ferocious. Alex’s army engaged with such zeal that the first army of Artax was demolished in less than three hour and barely any escaped surrender. Alex sent a forward company to locate the other divisions of the Persian army but they were no where to be found. The battle had ended before 11 a.m. while the Persian army had still two more hours to rest before marching to battle.
In the meantime, the Macedonians had lunch break and then half an hour of resting period before they spent up their energy slaughtering the burden of thousands of prisoners on their arms. Alex called the day off for further intelligence and for burning the corps.
Posted by: adonis49 on: November 18, 2008
Outlandish expectations on Obama: ignorance or midget impetus to press on for reforms? (November 18, 2008)
Beside instituting general health coverage and minding the recession inside the USA, President Obama and his team need to take their time to analyze the devastating policies of the eight-year tenure of George W. Bush. The pre-emptive wars around the globe have left a bitter taste that only consistent, long term policies of equitability and fairness can make a dent in toning down the suspicions that the World Communities have on the intentions of the successive US Administrations.
How can we interpret President Obama stand for the rights of the American people to carry fire arms? Does that mean that the US is not yet a safe place to live in? Does that mean that the US common people are not educated and cultured enough for clemency and have no tendency to abiding by the legal system?
How can we interpret President Obama concurring to the same financial strategy as the Bush Administration? Are Wall Street practices just a fluke of a market gone wild that was expected every 30 years? Why the hurry in pouring billions from the tax payers’ money before taking into account the recommendations of the other rich States?
Violence is said to be the last refuge of incompetence, but if it was always the first choice then how incompetent was the Bush Administration? May be incompetence is not the correct term; let us say it bluntly: it was pure racist and bigot inclinations and the US citizens let it pass for so long. An apology is required by Obama to the World Community for the decisions and actions perpetrated by Bush that ruined the character of the US citizens for seven years. If violence benefits the “terrorists” then what quality of terrorism can be generated if a superpower selects violence as first choice in dealing with under-developed States?
If President Obama believes that the miseries suffered by millions of people would be forgotten just because he was voted in, then he is overextending the magnitude of his charisma.
Gandhi said it best “Whatever good violence might offer it is at best transitory while the hate generated is permanent”. Toppling the regime of Saddam Hussein by an all out war of invasion and destruction that left more than a million casualties is not good enough an achievement; the Iraqis cannot help but resent the inefficiency and brutal ignorant behavior of the military on the field and the successive more than ignorant administrators. The Iraqis would retain a long term hatred and antagonism for the USA.
Over sixty years of total one-sided support for Israel’s pre-emptive wars and encouraging Israel’s apartheid system will not be forgotten even if a separate Palestinian State is finally installed and recognized by the UN. The establishment of Israel that was forced on the Palestinians would not be forgotten by good intentions or one shot good gesture. Millions of Palestinians have been living in refugee’s camps since 1948; the UN resolution 193 for their right of return has not be activated and even forgotten by the World Community.
Humiliating thousands of resident Arabs and Moslems in the US and reducing them in home confinement as terrorist potential suspects for over 7 years is not going to be erased from the psychic of these residents just because Obama wants to withdraw the troops from Iraq quicker than Bush.
There are hot spots of crisis in foreign lands. President Obama would do the right thing by quickly sending special envoys to every hot spot. The envoys should stay there for the duration of the crisis; they should communicate with all parties on the field and exert initiatives whenever a climate of convergence is feasible. Under-developed States are unable to deliver on super imposed ideal wishes that suit the interests of the rich States.
I recall a statement by Jean Rostand “Science created Gods in us before we merited the status of human” It is terrible that politics and mismanagement are exacerbating this gap!
Posted by: adonis49 on: November 19, 2008
The Defeat
The whole strategy of Artax was almost going down the drain if the fresh troops were not far away to witness the massacre. The stories of the few escapees were in hyperbolic terms and the intelligence officers suspected that the escapees didn’t even participate in battle. Artax was in no mood of gathering his staff; he could hear the screams in the silence of his generals; he could hear them saying in their mind “Foul, foul of a Monarch. Your new war techniques are not worth a dime. You are sending our best soldiers as sitting ducks in slaughterhouse battle fields”
Artax came to the realization that this initial failure was a psychological error. The main army could barely see the encampments of their cavalries and felt totally isolated in front of an outnumbered battle trained enemy and morale must have sunk to its lowest level; the worst case scenario for engaging battles. Consequently, Artax decided that the next formation would relocate the cavalries at closer distances of the main army and the number would be increase to double the previous effective. Yes, Artax would experiment with his technique no matter the cost and would prove his generals wrong in their expectations!
Alexander analyzed the tactics of his unorthodox enemy and did not like it. Alex had to think harder and learn the mind of his enemy before engaging any further battles. Thus, Alex would have to control his impatient temperament and play reverse psychology. The Macedonian Two-Horned King ordered a relaxed and organized retreat.
The next day Artax could not locate the army of Alex and got very confused and scared. Certainly a few of his officers are traitors and leaking intelligence and he had first to dislodge the cowards and then re-examine his plans.
After three days of hide and seek the two armies decided on a battle field for serious confrontation this time around. Artax the Persian had changed his “imaginative tactics” and settled for the traditional frontal assault with enough troops to overwhelm his enemy. Artax was sure of his victory but wanted badly to take Alex the Macedonian prisoner and alive; for that objective he ordered his soldiers not to achieve any fallen enemy soldiers. This order was difficult to carry on in the heat of battle and could undermine the morale of his troops but Artax believed completely on his wining star and that his wishes are ordered by the Gods.
The Persian generals were over pleased that the Monarch re-adjusted to their traditional concept of war strategy; they strutted all night long in front of their troops and solemnly giving oath of Divine victory. By dawn and facing the barbaric enemy the Generals, Princes, Governors of two dozens of provinces and countries had mixed feelings. This was the definitive moment to win or die; it would be more honorable to die in battle than facing the executioners. The battle raged for two days and two nights. There were many crucial incursions by the Macedonians and the Persian Princes, governors, and generals lead their regiments, battalions, clans and tribes into the foray; many died trampled: they were so out of shape. Alexander was made prisoner, though believed to be mortally wounded
Posted by: adonis49 on: November 19, 2008
The prized prisoner
Artax summoned his best physicians to treat Alex and save him at any cost, lest the physicians lose their heads. Alexander was catered by beautiful and gentle concubines of the Monarch’s court. The noble nurses fell irrecoverably in love with this livid, hairless and blonde specimen in a coma. There is nothing like a motionless myth to engross imaginations into frenzy. After three months in convalescence and in total confinement in a kingly spacious apartment, only the energy of youth saved Alex from certain death.
Artax could then sit down at a sizable distance from Alex’ bed and engage in formal discourse. Artax was aching for closer interviews but formalities were unavoidable and “de rigueur”. By and by, Artax out of celestial pride or out of celestial astute meanness to humiliate his foreign enemy, though not necessarily his arch enemy which many earned that celestial honor among his inner circles and very close to the throne, to send Alex a profitable and fatherly proposal.
Alex was to be appointed Vice Military Advisor to the leader of one of the countless caravans heading to China, India, the Spice Islands, and even into the heart of Africa. The mention of China made the head of Alexander swirl and then the title of “vice something” set Alexander in a feverish semi coma. For four days and nights the noble nurses, glad to be on demand, kept hearing the living myth repeating in his sleep “vice, vice, vice”. The noble nurses were beside themselves for knowing details of what kind of vices the living myth meant. There is nothing like ambiguity in key words and uttered by a living feverish myth to keep the gentle noble ladies chatting hotly and interminably.
Artax was trembling of fear, all these grueling days, for the life of his prized prisoner, not for financial gain since Greece was no land of milk and honey, but for a larger plan that he dreamed of long before Alexander landed in Turkey. As Alex regained consciousness the Monarch sent Alex a very friendly letter wishing him long life and expressing His displeasure, in a firm tone, for the displaced interpretation of His proposal. Artax then endeavored a follow up counter proposal: since caravanserai is a complex business that requires learning and training for years and thus His Majesty, the Incarnate of God on the Whole World, would be honored for Alexander The Two-Horned King to be His guest of honor for any one of the long distance caravans with no authority in any decision save in the management of his transported comfortable oversized tent-like house.
The humiliation kept drilling at deeper depths in Alex’ spirit; he was not aware that the whole affair was mainly a sort of cultural or communication gap with no evil intentions. Nevertheless, Alexander sank again in coma! Going into comatose state was getting a nasty habit but the noble nurses with silky touches never complained. Artax was quickly reaching a conviction that Alex is a crazy person with serious afflictions that might cancel the long range plans He had for the cooperation of Alex.
Posted by: adonis49 on: November 19, 2008
Note: I am aware that I am translating an angry voice in my mind. I am very worried. President Bush is leaving an economy in shamble and potentially detonating foreign policies. The world economy is going into recession while President Obama will have to cater for the USA internal financial and economic stability before his foreign policies are taken seriously. In the meantime, the world political and economic difficulties cannot wait that long. Dispatching special envoys to States in crisis for the duration of the crisis will not exacerbate the US Administration problems because it should neutralize the powder kegs and stabilize the climate of disarray.
Outlandish expectations on Obama: ignorance or midget impetus to press on for reforms? (November 18, 2008)
Beside instituting general health coverage and minding the recession inside the USA, President Obama and his team need to take their time to analyze the devastating policies of the eight-year tenure of George W. Bush. The pre-emptive wars around the globe have left a bitter taste that only consistent, long term policies of equitability and fairness can make a dent in toning down the suspicions that the World Communities have on the intentions of the successive US Administrations.
How can we interpret President Obama stand for the rights of the American people to carry fire arms? Does that mean that the US is not yet a safe place to live in? Does that mean that the US common people are not educated and cultured enough for clemency and have no tendency to abiding by the legal system?
How can we interpret President Obama concurring to the same financial strategy as the Bush Administration? Are Wall Street practices just a fluke of a market gone wild that was expected every 30 years? Why the hurry in pouring billions from the tax payers’ money before taking into account the recommendations of the other rich States?
Violence is said to be the last refuge of incompetence, but if it was always the first choice then how incompetent was the Bush Administration? May be incompetence is not the correct term; let us say it bluntly: it was pure racist and bigot inclinations and the US citizens let it pass for so long. An apology is required by Obama to the World Community for the decisions and actions perpetrated by Bush that ruined the character of the US citizens for seven years. If violence benefits the “terrorists” then what quality of terrorism can be generated if a superpower selects violence as first choice in dealing with under-developed States?
If President Obama believes that the miseries suffered by millions of people would be forgotten just because he was voted in, then he is overextending the magnitude of his charisma.
Gandhi said it best “Whatever good violence might offer it is at best transitory while the hate generated is permanent”. Toppling the regime of Saddam Hussein by an all out war of invasion and destruction that left more than a million casualties is not good enough an achievement; the Iraqis cannot help but resent the inefficiency and brutal ignorant behavior of the military on the field and the successive more than ignorant administrators. The Iraqis would retain a long term hatred and antagonism for the USA.
Over sixty years of total one-sided support for Israel’s pre-emptive wars and encouraging Israel’s apartheid system will not be forgotten even if a separate Palestinian State is finally installed and recognized by the UN. The establishment of Israel that was forced on the Palestinians would not be forgotten by good intentions or one shot good gesture. Millions of Palestinians have been living in refugee’s camps since 1948; the UN resolution 193 for their right of return has not be activated and even forgotten by the World Community.
Humiliating thousands of resident Arabs and Moslems in the US and reducing them in home confinement as terrorist potential suspects for over 7 years is not going to be erased from the psychic of these residents just because Obama wants to withdraw the troops from Iraq quicker than Bush.
There are hot spots of crisis in foreign lands. President Obama would do the right thing by quickly sending special envoys to every hot spot. The envoys should stay there for the duration of the crisis; they should communicate with all parties on the field and exert initiatives whenever a climate of convergence is feasible. Under-developed States are unable to deliver on super imposed ideal wishes that suit the interests of the rich States.
I recall a statement by Jean Rostand “Science created Gods in us before we merited the status of human” It is terrible that politics and mismanagement are exacerbating this gap!
Note: I am aware that I am translating an angry voice in my mind. I am very worried. President Bush is leaving an economy in shamble and potentially detonating foreign policies. The world economy is going into recession while President Obama will have to cater for the USA internal financial and economic stability before his foreign policies are taken seriously. In the meantime, the world political and economic difficulties cannot wait that long. Dispatching special envoys to States in crisis for the duration of the crisis will not exacerbate the US Administration problems because it should neutralize the powder kegs and stabilize the climate of disarray.
Posted by: adonis49 on: November 19, 2008
Concentration camps
The Macedonian army lost irremediably 25 % of its effective and 40% was injured. The remaing fit 35% were split into three groups to train three divisions of new Persian recruits in Macedonian war techniques. The Greek prisoners offered a direct insight to a different culture. The injured prisoners with slight handicapped, but no longer fit for the war business, were packed and shipped to remote camps that undertook large scale infrastructure projects. Many of the handicapped Macedonian officers were elevated to the rank of foremen. Language was no barrier: the Macedonian foremen realized that most of their subordinates were highly learned and cultured people; they even conversed in pure Athenian, later labeled “Hellenistic”, slang. The skirmishes between the Macedonian and Athenian slang talkers’ war dragged on for some time and mistreatments were based on slang differences and not on mishandled jobs. A few Macedonian officers who were “Hellenistic” from the mother side were very grateful to enlarge their knowledge or acquiring new horizons in clemency and wisdom.
The Macedonians learned, to their amazement, that most of the foreign prisoners in the concentration camp spoke more than two languages; they came from cities and towns on the coastal shore of the Mediterranean Sea such Izmir, Tarsus, Antakia, Ugarit, Lazkieh, the Island of Arwad, Tripoli, Betroun, Jubeil, Beirut, Saida, Sur, Akka, Haifa, Yafa and Askalan. The Macedonians were even more surprised to hear that these people were incarcerated because they had something to say, and worse that they had something to write about; that many could no longer sustain a civilization that has been stagnating for decades and expressed their opinions for reforms! The camp was truly Babel of languages, cultures and customs; the Macedonian officers felt overwhelmed and inspired “respect” by brute force.
There was a rational for this huge number of foreign prisoners. To recall, Alexander in his push toward Egypt was obstructed by two City-States, Tyr and Askelon. Al the remaing City-States mentioned in the previous paragraph aided Alexander one way or another to get rid of Persian dominion. Tyr and Askelon were totally destroyed and the Son God Incarnate didn’t help in the reconstruction. All the other rebellious City-States had to pay heavy ransoms and many of its citizens directed to Persia, especially the skilled professionals. This has always been the “historical” stories of the Mediterranean City-States; they never attempted to organize a central army because they could afford to buy, hire and rent what they wanted in people and raw materials and products. They were not into the military looting mentality of the antiquity period. They were satisfied, rich and prosperous and very literate. Consequently, all the warlike Empires targeted first of all these rich City-States for the loot. After the wars are ended then the City-States will again regain their ascendance and influence the invading Empires in culture, commerce, manufacture, economy, art, and finance.
Posted by: adonis49 on: November 19, 2008
Hallucinations of Alexander
During his more than occasional bouts of comatose states, Alexander’s memories underwent ravaging re-structuring. Alex woke up one morning with a focused objective: going to China. Alex’ irascible and blunt character made room to a thoughtful and diplomatically minded personality. He recognized two noble nurses to be the closest concubines to the Persian Monarch and started to fake feverish nightmares and recounting his projects for far away adventures. The concubines did not fail Alex and relayed these nightmares with details to please both parties. The favorite concubine Scheherazade was a fine story teller and embellished details with her soaring imagination and frustrated dreams for adventure. The Persian Monarch was made to believe that Alex is contemplating very risky adventures across desert and year-long snow covered chain of mountains. Scheherazade recounted that Alex wanted to discover rich new connections with unknown civilizations, the multitude of problems to ponder on, and the creative solutions that would provoke him. Scheherazade went on, to the bewilderment of the God Incarnate, that Alex is excited to meet the mythic dragons and to reach that scary sharp cliff where the surface of earth ends, and to dive into the unknown of the other world for his ultimate curiosity. Alex was to take with him scores of scholars and scribes and painters to record everything on their passage.
Posted by: adonis49 on: November 20, 2008
Artax’ dust off his dreams
Night after night the God Incarnate recalled his early dreams that the comfort of life has blunted; He made Alex dreams and hallucinations His own, save diving into the ultimate void. One night, the Persian Monarch could not sleep of excitement and He summoned his ministers and Grand Vizier on the spot. Artax spoke in unambiguous terms; the largest of his palaces in Persepolis would be refurbished as the highest education center of the Empire and all the scholars in the confines of his Empire should be invited to reside in the center as his hosts. Artax went a step further; he ordered Cyrus (not the founder of the Persian Empire) to quicken the performance of the three new divisions trained by the Macedonians.
Cyrus was appointed General in Chief of the new divisions three months ago; he was one of the closest companions of the Persian Monarch and the most devoted. Cyrus was a true man of war and very cultured and of the highest noble ranks; he even assimilated the Macedonian slang to perfection, specifically, only the cursing vocabulary; in return he earned the sensible appreciation of the Macedonian sergeants and corporals. Thus, since Cyrus was a hard drinker and wore a one horned helmet he was given the pet name of “Unicorn Alexander”. The real Two-Horned Alexander was very amused at first when the gentle information was passed on to him. The same night, the real Alexander had a bowl too many of wine and suddenly he went livid and then his face turned scarlet. The entourage of H-2 Alexander heard his roar “Unicorn Alexander!”, “Why, giving the name Alexander to their Chief enemy; this is not a trifling betrayal by my compatriots! I know now that those hard minded Macedonians, barely literate, never believed my mother’s prophesies. They don’t take seriously my Devine ascendancy! They quickly accepted my current status as simply one of the honored guests of the Persian Monarch. I was never mistaken; all they wanted was the loots and they are getting plenty of money as it is to satisfy their drinking binges”
Alex rambled on and his eyes were playing flippers. The head physicians hurried when they got news of the recurring symptoms: the God Incarnate was too smitten by Scheherazade stories to lose Alex. A few drops of somniferous liquid were added to Alex wine who spelt with no further additions to his adventure story. Scheherazade would have to take the relay and insert many female adventure dreams; this time pretty genies in colorful dresses were to be avoided in those forsaken lands and midget elephant-like animals had different skills and used for different domestic tasks.
Posted by: adonis49 on: November 20, 2008
Micro designs fever
It was decided that wine is toxic for Alex’ constitution; a substitute for wine was to be offered. While the Persian Monarch’s chemists set to work, on a liquid that looked and tasted like wine without the uncomfortable side effects, a convincing story was to be fed to Alex. The genius of Scheherazade was unfailing; there is this tradition for the God Incarnate to honor the “national” beverages of his vassal Estates; this week was Babylonian beer. Alex was to honor this tradition from now on until a magic much less toxic substitute for wine was invented. Alex endured the first cups of Babylonian beer but alcohol was his remedy for “normal” behavior and it was as good as wine though he had to re-design his dress for frequent visits to the toilets. That is how toilet designs and accommodations got a boost in the whole Persian Kingdom. Alex genius for architecture started on the micro level but bathroom concepts got a life of their own and superceded the design of the other quarters in habitats. It was winter season and Persepolis felt cold. The invention of Jacuzzi-like wood barrel, quickly replaced by marbled tiled bathrooms in palaces, was the rage. Sure, Alex supervised the planning of Alexandria in Egypt but that is called urban planning and it was the trade mark civilization of Syrian wine products; more accurately, grape and fruit based fermentation condiments, except dates I think.
Posted by: adonis49 on: November 21, 2008
Artax’ secret project taking flesh
The whole Persian Empire, from the confines of Africa to Afghanistan and Kazakhstan got words of a most serious and grandiose project perpetrated in the Capital. The whole preparation was conducted in absolute secrecy! The Imperial palanquins were being refurbished, the Imperial tents were dusted off and repainted and the Imperial guards re-clothed and re-armed. The whole Persian Capital was feverish and excited with the grand scale remodeling and re-painting of monuments and carriages.
These preparations were undertaken six months after Alex’ reversal to Babylonian beer and one year after Alex near death imprisonment. During the last four months Artax and Alex had frequent meetings under the patronage of Scheherazade as a cover up gimmick since pleasure associations were excluded from formal requisites. Alex was to subscribe to Artax secret project of moving forward eastward to the most exotic lands. Most importantly, Artax assimilated the goals and urges of the hot headed Alexander. Instead of resuming his plan to launch a counter offensive on Greece he decided to explore the confines of his Empire that his predecessors declined to do.
Alex was to lead the whole caravan with a regiment of one thousand men of war and Artax was to lead the slow moving and substantial reserve. Cyrus “Alexander” was to lead the fresh three divisions at a day distance from the leading regiment of Alex. Alex had thus earned the honor of discovering first hand the magic, the beautiful, the amazing, the scariest and the deadliest of surprises. Alex had reservations as to the loyalty of Cyrus when the tough gets going and the God Incarnate revised his orders: when in war, Alex will lead the three divisions and Cyrus “Alexander” would be the Chief military counselor to the God Incarnate, if and when rescue missions and support are needed.
In the meantime, a second higher education center for research was to be established in Asfahan City; this center would be at the cross roads of the famous learning centers in Afghanistan, India, and Central Asia Estates. Alex had the authority to hire the most learned scientists and philosophers in Greece, Albania, and Romania. Basically, Alex relied on Athens and its environs for his vast recruiting endeavors. On purpose Alex reduced to the bare minimum messengers to Macedonia: Alex didn’t miss his mothers or her frequent letters of lamentations and remonstrance. Olympia was devastated and highly frustrated that her beloved Alexander put a brake on his beliefs on a Divine Star leading his steps.
Alex expressed a desire to visit the World City of Babylon, the most famous City in the Old World for three millennia. Alex has heard of the suspended gardens wonder and the gigantesque Victor Arch and the fortified inner City of Nabukodnosor, one of the late founders of the Babylonian Empire before Persia entered the City. The Son God Incarnate gave in to the puppet eyes of Alex on condition that his visit is a private matter and not as a guest of the Persian Monarch. Thus, Alex will live in moderate size palaces and traveling in ordinary attires.
Alex was overjoyed and Babylon exceeded all his expectations in grandeur, richness and variety of nationals and languages. Almost all caravans wanted to schedule a stop in Babylon and do profitable commerce. Babylon was the nerve center for gathering intelligence and negotiating deals (political as well as business) and enjoying a most liberal climate and fun exotic places for late night orgies. Alex forgot his stature and re-converted to an adolescent seeking freedom of attachments and responsibilities. Within three days and nights Alex was sick and feverish; he kept pleading to be buried in Babylon. The Imperial guards were ordered to dispatch Alex in shackles. The return to Persepolis was most humiliating and degrading to a sobered proud soul. Alex was confined into a much smaller apartment and put on diet of goat milk, yogurt and fruits. It was a hellish life without booz and beautiful girls, especially the abstinence of alcoholic beverages.
Posted by: adonis49 on: November 21, 2008
A very normal accident
The Imperial caravan has been four months on the road without any significant obstacles. In fact, it was a road strewn with flowers and roses that the Persian little people hurried to have a glimpse of a God Incarnate. The instructions forbade Alex to engage in any battle; his job was to negotiate and transmit the kind of troubles and the danger level; for example red, orange or yellow; red meant that Cyrus had to advance two divisions to link up with the retreating regiment; Cyrus was to dispatch a messenger for Artax to dispatch a division to fill up the space/time gap in Cyrus camp.
On a bright spring morning, Alex was having his regular morning fast paced walking exercises when he tripped and fell. His three body guards dusted him off and casually lifted him off the ground. Alex’ broken right hip condition was worsened by these inconsiderate rough guards. The previous Two–Horned King was screaming in pain and could not breathe to ingurgitate any Babylonian beer. The Macedonian physician resorted to the very old fashion technique to calm down Alex’ humiliating screaming; the brave physician clubbed gently Alex head. Alex went into sleep. In fact, Alex suffered a serious concussion in the head and the two combined injuries lead to the real Alexander untimely death. All the fantastic stories about Alexander’ death are the legendary Greek style for recording “historical” events in hyperbolic and imaginative mythical Homeric epics.
Alex corps was burned and his ashes kept in a gold urn. According to Alex wishes his ashes were buried in Babylon in the garden of the Imperial Palace. The caravan momentarily halted its victorious advances and the Imperial Monarch, not reluctantly, returned with his consorts and concubines. The funeral was conducted as secretly as feasible and in the privacy of the Imperial Palace in Babylon but with great pomp as befitting a worthy King and adversary. It happened that Roxanne, one of the Monarch’s wives, died in the return journey and Babylon observed the ritual of one week of mourning.
Artax mourned Alexander for two weeks in an isolated tent and forbade any contacts with him. Alexander could no longer be his catalyst to changing the world and Artax went through a period of deep depression. Artax emerged from his seclusion a changed man with a definite purpose.
Posted by: adonis49 on: November 21, 2008
Cyrus “Iskandar” shining star
Three weeks later, Artax sent an Imperial messenger to Cyrus “Alexander” ordering him to resume the project. Cyrus was to lead “The Adventure Caravan” and Seleucus, the right hand of the late H-2 Alexander was to lead the advance guard regiment. Cyrus had the honor of selecting two of the Imperial guards divisions as rear guard of “The Caravan”.
First, Artax had to secure exclusive rights of the title of Son of God Incarnate; thus, Artax summoned the High Priest of Egypt to his Capital Persepolis. The Son of God Incarnate snatched the crown from the High Priest hands and crowned himself Son of God. With a modest sized army, light in baggage but loaded with treasures and money Artax exited his Capital on a long journey. Artax was to catch up with Cyrus; His travel this time around turned out not to be that straightforward or luxurious.
In the meantime, the fame of H-2 Alexander (better known as Al Iskandar in Afghanistan) preceded Cyrus “Alexander” in Afghanistan. In order to have a glorious passage in that dangerous Estate of the Empire and avoid any useless engagements, Cyrus had to dye his hair blonde, shave clean his beard and order a Two-Horned helmet fabricated especially for this passage. This transformation was to be temporary but it took exigencies of its own for the remaining life of Cyrus. “Al Iskandar” was welcomed as a living God and he loved every minute of it. What amazed the Afghan people is how quickly Al Iskandar learned to understand their language and even pronounce adequately their difficult vocal words.
Posted by: adonis49 on: November 21, 2008
Iskandar’s young and fresh army on the move
Cyrus was bewildered when two thousands of new Macedonian recruits arrived from Greece to join his army. What happened? H-2 Alexander had sent messengers to Greece before he was selected to lead the “adventure” and then his death was kept secret for some time before news of his untimely death reached Greece. In between these two events Greece was in limbo; a few knew of Alexander death but were never believed; in fact they were treated as traitors sent by Persia to spread calumnies and weaken the morale of the Greeks.
Those truth speakers were quickly put to death by the sword and the women stoned to death. As a national reaction, all these youths who longed to join Alexander during his first incursion into the Old World were recruited and shipped by Persian connections, the real spies. The Persian Empire needed these fresh Macedonian recruits because the Persians were satisfied with their conditions and didn’t seek loots at such a high risk into the unknown. Within two years, as new Macedonians arrived regularly and in groups every three months, Cyrus “Alexander” enjoyed a large and young and efficient army of over 75,000 soldiers. This is the kind of number that encourages qualitative reflections into gaining self-autonomy from central government.
The young fresh army was mostly constituted with Macedonians and Afghanistanis who had the looting spirit as chief motivator. The Unicorn Cyrus “Alexander” was replaced by the more common name of Al Iskandar, or Iskandar for short. That new name was agreeable to the new army and to Cyrus. This tendency that the army was motivated by loot suited well Iskandar, other wise how could he lead this army to unknown lands?
In order to secure self-autonomy from the Son God Incarnate Iskandar resorted to three main schemes: first, he delayed as long as he could recognition of receipt of Imperial messengers. Most of these messengers had a way of disappearing mysteriously on their way back. Second, Iskandar sent regular reports of achievement and occasionally a portion of the treasures that he might or might not have gotten hold of. Iskandar messengers were selected from units far away from headquarter to minimize chances of the messengers learning of the rumors being circulated. Thirdly, Iskandar never rejected a petition from the Persian soldiers to return definitely home; that included the soldiers from the western provinces: it was necessary to eliminate potential spies and the faint hearted soldiers who didn’t join for the loot but because of an Imperial order. In fact, Iskandar made it laudable and excellent traditional behavior to visit families or start a family. Forth, Iskandar decided to keep advancing as far as he could from the Persian borders so that communication become very difficult and confrontation with an Imperial army more remote.
The major problem was that Iskandar and his army was not to expect support or assistance from central government, especially the crucial financial aspect in the organization. Consequently, Iskandar was to focus on loots regardless of casualties since he could always recruit fresh souls with money.
Years later, it was rumored that Al Iskandar was worshipped and his face and Two-Horned hat sculpted on mountains in scales befitting the grandeur of a God. Eleven centuries later, it is rumored that the Moslems destroyed these pagan figures because Alexander was never mentioned in the Old Testament as a legitimate prophet. (A plausible story since Taliban detonated two majestic and mountain sized Buda. The “prophet” Abraham for example, who is recognized as the father of the three monotheist religions, is a very lucky man; he could get away with everything; he abandoned his Egyptian wife Hagar and his son Ishmael to die of thirst in the Arabian Desert. Many CEO’s are very lucky men; their golden parachutes open on ridiculously lavish bonuses even when their companies go bankrupt).
Posted by: adonis49 on: November 22, 2008
Are embezzlement schemes an engineering field? Rule China! (November 22, 2008)
So far, Bush and the talking heads are just explaining the mechanisms that lead to the financial crisis. As if the FED and the Treasury and all these multinational financial institutions didn’t comprehend the mechanisms, or if they did, the common people had the right and needed to be cleared on the mechanism side of the crash. They are trying to tell us that embezzlement schemes are no more than engineering and that the most important issue is to know how, not why or who engineered the crisis!
They knew the Circulation Credit Cycle Theory that businesses follow a scientific pattern of upswings and downturns, that if the government refrains through its police power of the FED from meddling with the normal interest rates of doing business then the market economy based on real value-added economy will adjust to the changes. The problem was that the USA was no longer producing any real value-added economy for decades because the US politicians had no guts to tell the American people the hard facts and that getting back to work harder on producing stuff that people need to buy is a must.
They purposely engineered the crisis and they triggered the timing. They overextended credits through traditional fiduciary media and then through new financial gimmicks that could not lead but to crisis. The FED knowingly, through political pressures, kept lowering the interest rates below the healthy level of a normal market economy which generated inflation rates that could no longer be controlled or stabilized.
They decided to invade Iraq on the basis that the military expense will generate many fold in profit through the control of oil distribution and blackmailing the neighboring Arab rich sovereign funds of the potential threat of Iran. The Arab rich States were no fouls of that strategy but they went along. They are mere small States of oligarchies and monarchies with no national identity. If these States were nations then the citizens would have taken stands; any stand would have cost much less than the trillions of dollars injected for the US citizens to resume their lavish spending on consumerism, new gas guzzling cars, stocks, and overvalued Real Estates.
The FED, the Treasury and the cartel of multinational financial institutions knew that the normal scheme of siphoning in the sovereign funds of the oil rich States and the small stock investors had reached a plateau. It reached a plateau because the investors realized that a crisis is in the offing and the scheme could not function normally unless the same level of increase in junk paper investment is maintained.
Since the scheme reached a plateau then it was time to decide on the appropriate timing to activate the financial crisis: it was much better for the crash to take place at the very end of an administration and then pressure the politicians to agree on a financial rescue package. The timing was perfect: since no more foreign financial rescue is coming in then the financial rescue will happen under duress from all rich States. The motto was: either you caught up under duress or you will all have to suffer a global economic recession. Well, financial rescue came from everywhere but this didn’t stop recession anyway. How can you stop recession when the USA is not producing any value that people are ready to purchase? The worst part is that President Obama is not willing to challenge the US citizens with the hash facts, at least not for a long time to come.
Only one giant Nation is winning: China. China got the USA by the throat. The US is totally dependent on China in cheap import products and the purchase of US treasury bonds for many decades to come. China can direct the US financial policies and foreign policies. It had done it already. The US had been doing it with the Latin American States and everywhere else for decades. Rule China, rule!
Posted by: adonis49 on: November 22, 2008
Artax to cross over the Old World
Artax decision was firm; His army is to be smaller and lighter of any superfluous encumbrances. Wives and concubines are not to follow the officers, much less the soldiers and cavalry. The number of Imperial palanquins was to be reduced to the bare minimum and so many other traditional requirements that the personnel in management were so nerve wracked that their energy stopped flowing to their brains. How to begin the re-design of the organization of this peculiar army? What are the specifications? There were too many unsolvable questions and nobody to refer to for even general resolution. It was out of question to bother the Son-God Incarnate for details and the right hands of the Monarch, oh how numerous and redundant, never dared to approach the Monarch for further clarifications.
It was a huge mistake not to have retained one of those mixed Macedonian trained divisions, Artax kept lamenting in his mind. An ingenuous idea leapt to Artas; it was necessary to intercept the arrivals of the fresh Greek recruits whose purpose was to share the glory of their beloved Alexander, not the “Afghani” Iskandar. The Monarch had dispatched a messenger to Cyrus, his loyal “servant”, summoning him to detach one of his divisions to join His army. The Imperial messenger never returned but a messenger of Cyrus reported events confirming that the Imperial messenger had not delivered the scroll. Consequently, the Imperial caravan was not moving forward even at a snail pace.
At every stop, circumstances and urgent intelligence carried Artax into different directions. Strong suspicions of deliberate obstructions, the idea of sabotage was not in the Imperial lexicon, retained Artax’ reflection. Nevertheless, the zest and excitements of youth should never allow Artax to backtrack to his Capital and to indulge in the lures of magnificent comfort.
After two years of permanent wandering within the confines of his vast Empire, the Monarch reached the decision to cross the borders of his Empire. He doesn’t really care of conquering new lands. He just wants the right of passage to explore the vast Universe. Preliminary negotiations taught him the reality of life beyond his borders. Bribing worked fine most of the time but there were exceptions to the rule. He had to show force, determination and harden his heart while wasting valued soldiers. It was the price for the luxury of discovering new lands, people and civilizations.
Posted by: adonis49 on: November 22, 2008
Confronting a most difficult decision
In those two years of wandering within his Empire, The Imperial Monarch had to reorganize his army and civil administration before attempting a hazardous decision that might take him far away and for many years from his base. The first impulse of Artax was to pursue Iskandar and then lead personally the Macedonian trained divisions. The problem was that Iskandar had already crossed the Khyber Pass and was ascending toward Kashmir, a very high altitude region covered with snow most of the year. Arlax reflected that his army was too spoiled for these kinds of exertions and physical hardship; his only hope was for the Macedonian trained divisions to rebuff Iskandar insanity and backtrack toward Afghanistan. Once again God satisfied the wishes of his Son and the officers of Iskandar refused to climb any higher and preferred a descending maneuver.
This timing of the refusal to continue was wrong: snow was melting and it was advisable to linger a month or two more for better terrain conditions. Iskandar resumed his climbing with a few hundreds of his tribe warriors; he reasoned that his army would follow him by taking this bold decision but it didn’t work. Actually, Iskandar preferred a modest but independent life in harsh weather than facing military court martial.
Artax started his journey north, sort of within his borders as he was told. The idea was to initiate his troops to a climate comparable to Kashmir. Suddenly they were amid the steppe. Soldiers who were familiar to the desert south of Persia claimed that it was a desert with a twist; the weather was much colder and there animals lived there. One particular mammal looked like an oversized goat with a donkey-like face and functioning like donkeys but with heavy, thick and long hair. It was fun for a while capturing and mating these lovely and hard working specimen.
A scholar advised the Son-God Incarnate that if they advance a little forward then they might reach what is currently known as the North Pole. The idea of planting the Imperial standards at the farthest point up north was excellent but needed further reflection.
Posted by: adonis49 on: November 24, 2008
Code name for the timing of the Wall Street crash: rule China (part 2, November 23, 2008)
The code name for the precise timing of the financial crisis was: artificial oil price increases or (AOPI); the messenger was the multinational financial brokerage firm Lehman Brothers. All the members in the cartel of the financial multinationals received the order to activate the countdown for the Wall Street crash; they sold out their shares to invest in anything that has real value. The little people who invested their life savings in stocks paid the price.
The FED, the Treasury and all the US multinational financial institutions knew the theory of Money Trade Cycle that when the trend of inflation is continuously on the rise then the outcome is a financial crisis. The theory established that businesses and economy follow a pattern of upswings and downturns, and if the government refrains from meddling with the normal interest rates of doing business then the market economy based on real value-added economy will adjust to the changes. The problem was that the USA was no longer producing any real value-added economy for decades; the US consumers were enjoying low priced items imported from China and the manufacturing bases were exported overseas to benefit from cheap manpower and limited legal constraints. The world had already experienced a vivid advance taste of financial crisis in 1989 in the south-east Asian markets, Japan and Latin America.
The fundamental problem was tackled by the Asian States and they worked harder to producing value-added economy. The successive US Administrations and politicians had no guts to tell the American people the hard facts, that a recession is as sure as the sun rises, and that getting back to work harder on producing what people need to buy is a must. Instead, the US multinationals resorted to creative embezzlement fiduciary schemes (secondary and tertiary worthless paper money gimmicks) to resume world financial market hegemony
The FED knowingly, through political pressures, kept lowering the interest rates below the healthy level of a normal market economy which overextended credits for a decade and thus generated inflation rates that could no longer be controlled or stabilized.
The US Bush Administration decided, unilaterally and without a UN resolution, for a pre-emptive war on Iraq. The US Administration invaded Iraq on the basis that the military expense will generate many folds in profit through the control of oil distribution and blackmailing the neighboring Arab rich sovereign funds of the potential threat of Iran. The Arab rich States were no fouls of that strategy but they went along. They are mere small States of oligarchies and monarchies with no national identity. If these States were nations then the citizens would have taken stands; any stand would have cost much less than the trillions of dollars injected for the US citizens to resume their lavish spending on consumerism, new gas guzzling cars, stocks, and overvalued Real Estates.
The FED, the Treasury and the cartel of multinational financial institutions knew that the normal scheme of siphoning in the sovereign funds of the oil rich States and the small stock investors had reached a plateau. It reached a plateau because the investors realized that a crisis is in the offing and the scheme could not function normally unless the same level of increase in junk paper investment is maintained.
Since the scheme reached a plateau then it was time to decide on the appropriate timing to activate the financial crisis: it was much better for the crash to take place at the very end of an administration and then to pressure the politicians to agree on a financial rescue package. The timing was perfect: since no more foreign financial rescue is coming in then the financial rescue will happen under duress from all rich States. The motto was: either you caught up under duress or you will all have to suffer a global economic recession.
The world lauded the US for its timely energetic reaction of rounding up 700 billion dollars to rescue the failing commercial banks. Wrong; the package was already decided upon before the crash and the bold figure of 700 billions dollars was psychologically marketed as covering the 60% of the unsolvable Real Estates: the US people would gladly preserve its homes and pay for it. The trick is this package is a first installment and other packages are waiting in the queue pending the appropriate political conditions.
Well, financial rescue came from everywhere but this didn’t stop recession anyway. How can you stop recession when the USA is not producing any value that people are ready to purchase? The worst part is that President Obama is not willing to challenge the US citizens with the hash facts, at least not for a long time to come.
The US people has preferred the lax attitude since the Reagan Administrations; most of the US citizens wanted to believe in an illusory wealth assuming that the worldwide acceptance of the dollars as the currency of choice is more than sufficient to keeping the illusion. The hard facts are in; tackling decades of myopia and dependence on the hard work of the other people has to be grabbed by the horns. The world recession is the making of the lazy, faint hearted US people who failed, in their cockiness, to recall what made them a great nation!
Only one giant Nation is winning: China. China got the USA by the throat. The US is totally dependent on China in cheap import products and the purchase of US treasury bonds for many decades to come. China can direct the US financial policies and foreign policies. It had done it already. The US had been doing it with the Latin American States and everywhere else for decades. Rule China, rule!
Posted by: adonis49 on: November 24, 2008
Defying “Pavlov Reaction”
Artax troops were leisurely wandering in the Mongol steppes heading east and still hoping to link up with the troops of Iskander who was now on the run. The most common of news, and the most dreaded, reached Artax: A successful coup d’etat by one of a more “legitimate” cousin of his. That renegade cousin claimed the title of “Khosro the Magnificent, the eldest Son-God Incarnate”. In his guts, Artax foresaw this kind of turn of events and had hypothetically pondered his immediate reactions on receiving such news, supposing that he was not poisoned or murdered before the reversal of fortune. As long as the troops believed that Artax was the legitimate Monarch, which means his treasure chest was plenty, then there was hope to prioritize His dreams and desires.
Artax was faced with a serious dilemma; would he resume discovering new lands and new people or focus on his people? What are the alternatives? If he gathered his army and marched on his cousin then he would be obeying a natural reaction from any monarch and the reaction would agree to his traditional troops. The Monarch was analyzing a typical reaction that was labeled centuries later “Pavlov Reaction” but which intrinsically was targeted toward animal reactions after extensive training to a certain behavior. His army would urge him to march on his cousin anyway; otherwise, he might lose the confidence of his officers and soldiers to his legitimacy.
Artax decides to keep both options. He reasoned that the first angry reactions were beneath a wise and forward thinking monarch. He will then resume the exploration with a much smaller army: These wastelands up North cannot afford a large expedition.
He will also regain his throne by other means than direct and frontal assault by armies. He doesn’t desire to mire his country in a textbook civil war. He opts to bifurcate south to any region that is flourishing, fertile and close to His Estate Afghanistan and settle and refill his treasure chest and lay the ground works for a new Constitution and a Bill of Rights for the Persian Empire. We didn’t have GPS locators at the time to offer precise coordinates but Artax troops headed toward what is called now Islamabad. Most probably Artax had named it Azarabad or the City of the Sun God Azar. Azarabad was on the Indus River and close to impregnable mountain chains with easily defensible passages.
Posted by: adonis49 on: November 24, 2008
Lingering traits in Son-God Incarnate psychic
The medium-term strategy of Artax was clear in his mind but he failed to share it with his highest ranking officers. The Monarch intended to lead his troops north for a few weeks and then lead the main body of his army south to future Azarabad country. The rational was first, to send a strong message to the “Magnificent Khosro” that he is not a match and his take over does not constitute any major worry to Artax. Secondly, Artax wanted to test the loyalty of his army: He sensed that the ranks and files were dubious of his mental stability though he needed confirmation of the extent religious tradition can sustain temporary insanity of their Son-God Incarnate. Surely, this sort of test at this junction was highly flammable though excellent if the strategy goes well without major damage. Monarchs had always agendas that common people were left out to reflect on: a sure cause for disasters most of the times.
The first week north went passably well but grumblings were crescendo. Artax sensed the danger of pushing his loyal troops to their edge. He thus gathered his troops and spoke frankly and openly of his medium-term strategy and his latest testing tactics. His speeches were delivered around bonfires for each company at a time. The next day, the soldiers expressed their attachment to Artax by calling him “Lance Corporal”, one among them and one of them. Artax sent a company further north that cherished self-autonomy at the risk of extra hardship; he ordered Boleyar Khosro, the scholar who figured the North Pole to be at reaching distance, to join the company and plant the Imperial Standard in honor for all the generations to come.
Posted by: adonis49 on: November 25, 2008
Turn of events for a New Spirit
Naturally, we have no further feedback on the prowess of the company venturing farther north and we failed to retrieve any manuscript or diary of Boleyar Khosro. The general direction of Artax army was south, discounting the many detours, natural dead ends, and re-direction to a potential stable, strategic, and fertile region. The clan of the run, running Iskandar got wind of the inevitable approach of the Persian army. The clan was tired of relocating and surviving on goat milk and milk based products. The clan beheaded Cyrus Iskandar and offered the severed head to Artax. The Son-God Incarnate sensibility was tried harshly and he reacted in kind. Artax beheaded the perpetrators of this ignominy. This clan and other clans in the neighborhood got the message that only the Son-God had the right and legitimacy to end human lives. The poorer clan members joined the army en mass.
Posted by: adonis49 on: November 25, 2008
Iskandaranian Mafias
Artax learned the whereabouts and business of the three Macedonian trained divisions. The divisions have taken hold of the strategic passages between Afghanistan and current Pakistan. They started on the business of brigandage, kidnapping, and all sorts of highway robberies. By and by, their business units stabilized on legitimate transactions. The natural process cut in half the number of shareholders through a series of inner civil wars. The two officers Seleucus and Ptolemy emerged winner and alive. Seleucus and his band took control of the entrances fro Pakistan and had the monopoly on silk, spices and incense imported from India and China. Ptolemy controlled the entrances from Afghanistan and monopolized opium, furs and the slaves’ trades.
Through costly trial and error procedures, Seleucus and Ptolemy learned to respect the spirit of free market and free passage to the Afghanis tribes. Thus, the Afghans were not charged any entrance or exit fees and their caravans not inspected or intercepted. The non-Afghanis caravans were taxed by adult heads over 10 year-old. The task time measurement science proved that inspecting the belongings and ballots and bags and sacs were discouraging the soldiers and the return on minute inspection was not beneficial. They opted for a straightforward head count and the appropriate rate to cover monthly expenses. Thus, the entrance charges fluctuated but were decided on both entrances at the beginning of every month. There were extra fees when caravans needed guides in the passages, and they learned to need it, for safety and security was within the business philosophy.
Posted by: adonis49 on: November 25, 2008
Reaching Eden
As Artax pursued his advances through Northern Pakistan and Kashmir, he discovered a variety of cultures, civilizations and religions that could take him a lifetime to comprehend and transfer their best aspects to his people. His new plan was to settle in these countries and investigate the extent of its spread and wealth. At long last the troops of Artax found their ideal urban center. Azarabad was a prosperous City-State with wide connections to the Iskandaranian mafias and the neighboring maharajas. It looked good and smelt good to Artax and he settled down.
During that whirlwind of a campaign, Artax had created two regiments of women soldiers. One regiment was engaged in real combats as mounted archers, on horses and chariots. They were also equipped with short light swords for emergency engagements such as to prevent any outflanking maneuvers by the enemy cavalry until reinforcement arrives. The other women regiment was on reserve and generally employed to supply the army. They furnished clothes, footwear, tents, equipments, food and unavoidably, for nursing the wounded.
This commercial City-State had already the rudiment of a new business unknown to Artax of what we call now banks. After learning the purpose and procedures for running banks Artax invested in just one bank to get a hand on training. Merchants were encouraged to leave their money at a safe institution when joining a caravan. They recuperated the same amount at the place of their destination. This facility discouraged organized thugs that harassed caravans. It also made the Monarch and his associates richer by three per cent on the total amount deposited in the safe castles. It goes without saying that Artax army was in charge of securing the forts and castles for salary.
Competition was encouraged and some financial institutions started educating the less fortunate travelers to the benefits of this commerce; a few even invented a credit system. Soon, people dared travel more frequently and the economy boomed.
Posted by: adonis49 on: November 25, 2008
Settling accounts
The fat wholesale merchants had a win-win situation financially and politically. The small retailers were hanging on since their job was to pass on the increase in prices to the consumers. Inflation kept climbing and the banks had to buy more gold at higher prices to keep liquidity circulating normally. The little people were feeling the crunch. One new factor emboldened the common people: a centralized authority was emerging due to natural processes. Frequent clashes with the Iskandaranian mafia flashed on a daily basis. The notions of order and security were heard and demanded.
Artax contracted State to State deals with the neighboring Maharajas. Once Artax regains his legitimate throne then the Maharajas would enjoy preferred trade status with Persia. Reluctantly, the fat merchant realized that they would have to take side and cover the expenses of military campaigns against their steady connections in the Iskandaranian mafias. The ever optimist fat merchants figured that once the mafias are weakened then the merchants will have higher leverage for setting prices.
Since Artax is a new comer to the region then the honor was bestowed to the maharajas to lead the military campaigns. It was as good an offer since the fat merchants are paying the bill even if it was for the duration of only three months. Two maharajah men of war dusted off their heavy arsenal of siege and destruction that were rotting and dilapidated and new forests were cut down to make ready for the war machine.
The Macedonian trained divisions and the Greek recruits have lost many of their effective in men due to business competition and were getting older; not so much in age as in fitness for sustained frontal assaults. They were still a magnificent war machine if combined under a central command and it would not be by any long shot a quick and dirty enterprise to dislodge them from these inaccessible rocky regions; not by the army of Artax anyway who had not engaged any enemy for long time but still it was a disciplined army that was kept on the march and is environmentally “battle tried”.
Seleucus understood that he was to negotiate a reasonable deal with Artax since he would have to take the brunt of the war in the Pakistani side. The other more important factor was that Seleucus got secret intelligence that Ptolemy was negotiating with “Khosro the Magnificent”. The piece of intelligence was wrong but persistent rumors are potent weapons because you end up believing them.
Artax was determined to control the Khyber Pass at any cost: didn’t he promise his troops up north “I shall return” when he received the infamous news of the take over?
Posted by: adonis49 on: November 26, 2008
Code name for the timing of the Wall Street crash: rule China (part 2, November 23, 2008)
The code name for the precise timing of the financial crisis was: artificial oil price increases or (AOPI); the messenger was the multinational financial brokerage firm Lehman Brothers. All the members in the cartel of the financial multinationals received the order to activate the countdown for the Wall Street crash; they sold out their shares to invest in anything that has real value. The little people who invested their life savings in stocks paid the price.
The FED, the Treasury and all the US multinational financial institutions knew the theory of Money Trade Cycle that when the trend of inflation is continuously on the rise then the outcome is a financial crisis. The theory established that businesses and economy follow a pattern of upswings and downturns, and if the government refrains from meddling with the normal interest rates of doing business then the market economy based on real value-added economy will adjust to the changes. The problem was that the USA was no longer producing any real value-added economy for decades; the US consumers were enjoying low priced items imported from China and the manufacturing bases were exported overseas to benefit from cheap manpower and limited legal constraints. The world had already experienced a vivid advance taste of financial crisis in 1989 in the south-east Asian markets, Japan and Latin America.
The fundamental problem was tackled by the Asian States and they worked harder to producing value-added economy. The successive US Administrations and politicians had no guts to tell the American people the hard facts, that a recession is as sure as the sun rises, and that getting back to work harder on producing what people need to buy is a must. Instead, the US multinationals resorted to creative embezzlement fiduciary schemes (secondary and tertiary worthless paper money gimmicks) to resume world financial market hegemony
The FED knowingly, through political pressures, kept lowering the interest rates below the healthy level of a normal market economy which overextended credits for a decade and thus generated inflation rates that could no longer be controlled or stabilized.
The US Bush Administration decided, unilaterally and without a UN resolution, for a pre-emptive war on Iraq. The US Administration invaded Iraq on the basis that the military expense will generate many folds in profit through the control of oil distribution and blackmailing the neighboring Arab rich sovereign funds of the potential threat of Iran. The Arab rich States were no fouls of that strategy but they went along. They are mere small States of oligarchies and monarchies with no national identity. If these States were nations then the citizens would have taken stands; any stand would have cost much less than the trillions of dollars injected for the US citizens to resume their lavish spending on consumerism, new gas guzzling cars, stocks, and overvalued Real Estates.
The FED, the Treasury and the cartel of multinational financial institutions knew that the normal scheme of siphoning in the sovereign funds of the oil rich States and the small stock investors had reached a plateau. It reached a plateau because the investors realized that a crisis is in the offing and the scheme could not function normally unless the same level of increase in junk paper investment is maintained.
Since the scheme reached a plateau then it was time to decide on the appropriate timing to activate the financial crisis: it was much better for the crash to take place at the very end of an administration and then to pressure the politicians to agree on a financial rescue package. The timing was perfect: since no more foreign financial rescue is coming in then the financial rescue will happen under duress from all rich States. The motto was: either you caught up under duress or you will all have to suffer a global economic recession.
The world lauded the US for its timely energetic reaction of rounding up 700 billion dollars to rescue the failing commercial banks. Wrong; the package was already decided upon before the crash and the bold figure of 700 billions dollars was psychologically marketed as covering the 60% of the unsolvable Real Estates: the US people would gladly preserve its homes and pay for it. The trick is this package is a first installment and other packages are waiting in the queue pending the appropriate political conditions.
Well, financial rescue came from everywhere but this didn’t stop recession anyway. How can you stop recession when the USA is not producing any value that people are ready to purchase? The worst part is that President Obama is not willing to challenge the US citizens with the hash facts, at least not for a long time to come.
The US people has preferred the lax attitude since the Reagan Administrations; most of the US citizens wanted to believe in an illusory wealth assuming that the worldwide acceptance of the dollars as the currency of choice is more than sufficient to keeping the illusion. The hard facts are in; tackling decades of myopia and dependence on the hard work of the other people has to be grabbed by the horns. The world recession is the making of the lazy, faint hearted US people who failed, in their cockiness, to recall what made them a great nation!
Only one giant Nation is winning: China. China got the USA by the throat. The US is totally dependent on China in cheap import products and the purchase of US treasury bonds for many decades to come. China can direct the US financial policies and foreign policies. It had done it already. The US had been doing it with the Latin American States and everywhere else for decades. Rule China, rule!
Posted by: adonis49 on: November 26, 2008
First baby step back home
The war techniques of the Maharajas’ armies and their war machines were somehow different from the Persian ones; not in purpose or outcome but in efficiency such as minimizing casualties and playing politics and posturing. When the Maharajas’ troops engaged they were ruthless and indomitable to the last man. What mattered was safeguarding the honor of the House since the soul was not perishable; the soul of the courageous would transfer to another generation of fiercer combatants.
Artax would have taken more time for negotiation and dialogue with the Iskandarans mafia if he knew about the ferocious onslaught of the Maharajas’ army spirit. He sincerely needed the cooperation of these mafias when crossing back the borders to his Empire. He needed every help he could get in manpower and in intelligence gathering. Fortunately, the mafias stood their grounds for three months. Artax was very reasonable with the fat merchants’ positions of discontinuing the financial aid. The maharajas had no purpose any more to resume fighting without financial support.
The mafias have been weakened, the fat merchants got better deals, the reduction in commodity prices satisfied the little people, and Artax got along with the mafias for serious intelligence gathering tasks and propaganda dissemination in the Old World of Persia. The Persian army in Pakistan could now travel into Afghanistan for reconnoitering missions.
Posted by: adonis49 on: November 26, 2008
Reforms in Azarabad
A significant climate of law and order took hold in the City-State of Azarabad. Many neighboring City-States got jealous and they requested city-twining programs to transfer the know-how of restoring calm and tranquility among their populations.
After lengthy consultations with the notable of Azarabad and meetings with the different active syndicates Artax ventured to propose a draft for social and political reforms. The Son-God Incarnate transcended his century old beliefs into revising the books on government rules and idioms. He decided on a small set of simple and rudimentary articles. They might sound familiar now but the original articles are centuries old and the scrolls have been dug out, almost intact, from a cave in Afghanistan. The articles are stated in a haphazard order. Artax instigated Seleucus to publish the artcles for a Constitution, as emanating from the mafia syndicate, which Seleucus used to be familiar with back in Greece but never adhered to their spirit. For example:
Article one: All citizens are born equal in the eyes of the Law, regardless of sex, color of the skin, ethnic origins or hierarchical levels in the society.
Article two: All tax paying citizens are entitled to representation in their community and toward the State Government. All adult citizens above the age of 18 are eligible to vote, including the female citizens whether married or still single.
Article three: All children, boys and girls, between the ages of 6 to 13 are entitled to learn to read and write in the Persian language. Learning their own dialect is also encouraged but at their parents and community expense.
Article Four: All able bodies, boys and girls, between the ages of 15 to 17 have to serve in the armed forces for 2 years. In the first six months of training, recruits will be trained 4 days as soldiers and work 2 days for their living expenses. The next 6 months, recruits will be trained 3 days and work 3 days. Their last year in the service will see that they get trained only 2 days in the techniques of killing enemies and the remaining 4 days of the week to learn the survival skills in a cruel world and acquire a practical profession.
Article five: There is separation between religion and State administrations. Every citizen has the right to choose between a religious wedding and a public one. Regardless of the choice, State Laws are to be applied for matters of marriage rights, heritage, and responsibilities.
Article six: Females are entitled to the same proportion in the division of heritage as males. If the elder son is still entitled to the land, he has the duty to distribute the profits from the land to all the legitimate heirs for the next five years.
Article seven: Freedom of expression is guaranteed by the constitution. Citizens can form political parties and gather in syndications after they register in due forms with the Ministry of the Interior, and their ideologies and by-law publicly declared in prints and disseminated in at least three public gatherings with 3 days notice for each assembly.
Article eight: All religious sects are entitled to be represented in the Parliament. The number of these religious members should not exceed the fifth of the total membership in the Parliament.
Article nine: Elections to the Parliament are calculated on a proportion basis, but on a majority basis for municipalities.
Posted by: adonis49 on: November 27, 2008
A difficult process for the ratification of the constitution
Artax political acumen had improved with experience and hardship. The draft for a Constitution went too far in reform and the number of articles was far too many to digest but that was a calculated risk to blunt reflection on matters too new and very complicated to ponder at on short notice. The main objective was to weaken the overwhelming power and authority of the religious hierarchy on the mind of the population which robbed this intelligent and hard working people from serious individual reflections that would use the rational mind into resolving fundamental problems of centuries old. “Khosro the Magnificent” was selected and appointed by the religious structure to circumvent any reforms no matter how insignificant it might be.
Most of the articles in the proposed Constitution were subject to alterations and modifications to suit the majority of the power base but Artax insisted on the first two articles that would educate the population on their legitimate rights as citizens. Anyway, democratic elections for municipalities were agreed upon and carried through undemocratically. The fat wholesale merchants and mafias have rigged the voting process. One good thing resulted from this election process: the fat merchants realized that they needed from now on to drop their blunt cockiness and resort to under the table deals, to invest time listening to the people demands and to invest some of their surplus profit for maintaining a few infrastructures and a lot for propaganda. Some kind of muted dialogue and communication were taking the shape of undercurrent popular energy.
Posted by: adonis49 on: November 27, 2008
In the heart of the Persian Empire
The newly installed “Eldest-Son of God Incarnate, “Khosro the Magnificent” was continuing to throw lavish parties and festivities in the vicinities of the two Capitals of Souze (the summer Capital) and Persepolis (the winter Capital). The tradition observed a whole year of lavish and generous gesture toward the population as excellent omen and good augur of the emplacement of the constellations as concurred by the Highest Priest.
Artax was forgotten as an impotent Monarch who did not behave as Monarchs should; Artax was expected to direct his troops immediately for a major, all out frontal battle. Since Artax failed to follow the customs of the time then he was considered unfit for the throne.
The army is trained for new jobs
The Monarch Artax wanted to rely first on his army to disseminate the new political philosophy: at that stage Artax had no other disciplined manpower to rely on in the first place. Consequently, an intensive re-orientation of the educated ranks and files was programmed. The army had to study, analyze and discuss new concepts and ideas that should secure a more solid structure for the society to grow and prosper for years to come. His officers and soldiers will have to learn new concepts; they had the task to indoctrinate and spread his new philosophy to the common people.
How his armies should go about different jobs that they were not trained for? Tasks of proselytizing the new Constitution and Bill of Rights, how to win over the minds and hearts of the new generation, boys and girls, how to secure the acceptance of the older generations, how to infiltrate towns and cities and spread the new rights and responsibilities, and how to help the peasants in their fields and to keep the economy growing were not accessible if the only structure remaining intact was not involved on a wide scale. Well, the trained army proselytizers had to memorize whole paragraphs suited for specific situations and then deliver the speech correctly and with no hesitation: projecting the impression of total conviction and mastery of the new philosophy was the crux of the endeavor.
Posted by: adonis49 on: November 27, 2008
Grand plan of Artax
The ultimate goal of Artax was to weaken the religious clergy and liberate the mind of the people of centuries old misgivings of total reliance on the good wisdom and knowledge of the clergy since they monopolized learning and writing. The medium-term strategy was to establish strong presence in the peripheries of the Empire and then fan in from many sides to the heart of the Empire. The short-term strategy was to secure his rear bases and re-organize his army and project the impression that his forces are the armies of the people, from the people (obviously), and to the benefit of the people. Deep in his guts, Artax knew that he had to fulfill a vow to making a sort of “pilgrimage” to China, a huge Empire, the center of all the mysterious tales and outlandish stories spread by travelers and merchants.
Short-term planning
The short-term strategy took off by establishing sort of a cartel in the trade business. The Silk Road was in its infancy and it was the cartel that played the catalyst into its future boom. The “Mogul” caravans used to bring silk, spices, fur, firework, and delicate Chinese products. A specialized division of Artax army endeavored to barter its products of incense, wheat, woodwork, utensils, jewelry and any consumer goods manufactured in India and Pakistan in mid way at the town of Kashgar. The difference in prices was paid in gold coins. On the return trip, the Artax caravans halted in Azarabad and from there caravans bifurcated in many directions. After satisfying the local needs and demands caravans crossed the Khyber Pass to serve the Persian Empire. Other caravans headed by land eastward; the remaining merchandize were shipped on the Indus River or roads alongside the river to the port of Deb, on the estuary. (It is recounted that four centuries later, St. Thomas, the twin brother of Jesus, founded the first Christian community in Deb and that the Kushan princes were very favorable). Commercial ships were loaded; some ships served the coast of Persia and the northern shores of the Arabia Peninsula for the ultimate port of Basra. Other ships served the port of Adan in Yemen, the southern shores of the Arabia Peninsula for their last destination in Akaba. Other ships crossed the Red Sea to serve the Egyptian market and the eastern colonies in Africa.
Pirate ships were hired for the dual job of protecting the commercial ships, such as confronting other pirates or other navies long enough to permit the commercial ships to escaping, and the other job was to confiscate the cartel products of the other commercial ships or charge them steep taxes. It goes without saying that representatives of the cartel boarded the pirate ships and they had the last words on the procedures. The cartel trade machine became well oiled and the details for accurate accounting were ironed out after many pitfalls, misunderstanding and conscious pilferage.
The fat merchants, maharajas, and the Iskandaranian mafias had the right for representation in every sector of the trade from being affected to caravans, in pirate ships, and at headquarter in Azarabad where decisions were made on a bi-weekly basis. Profit was split according to investment. The major portion of expenses was paying the special Artax division, an excellent source for retaining and maintaining an army. Other divisions were specialized in escorting caravans on demands, on land, river, or in seas.
Posted by: adonis49 on: November 28, 2008
Kandahar: Medium-term plan 3
At the city of Kandahar, in south central Afghanistan, Artax appointed a women officer to be General in Chief of all the armed forces in southern Afghanistan. This tactic secured two major benefits; first, the woman general would hold fast to the new system that secured and solidified women rights, and second she would allow the force the necessary time to strengthen its grip on the region: the enemy was assumed not to take that seriously a force headed by a woman and thus insure valuable time to taking hold on the mind of the population.
Slowly but surely, the vision and planning of Artax were materializing in flesh and bones around the perimeter of the Persian Empire. As for the “pilgrimage journey” to China Artax selected the famous chronicle Battoukha to discover the wonders of China and sent him his diary: if he could not experience in the flesh the discoveries then Artax would share the excitement by the mind. Marco Polo and before him Ibn Battouta (at least 8 centuries later) relied heavily on the manuscript of Battoukha to plan for their famous journeys to the Rising Sun China.
On the Southern Army
The adventure of the Southern Army of Artax, led by the vizier Khorsheed, was fantastic. This brave army made a series of successful landings in fishing villages and proceeded according to master plans. Soldiers would enter a town, plaster the scrolls of the Constitution and Bill of Rights on the walls of shrines and local institutions, read them in front of the public; install one judge accepted by the inhabitants then horde the other judges and clerics to a remote training camp for indoctrination. Educated and learned people in the community were encouraged to disseminate the new system. Young boys and girls were sent to schools. People bent on mischief and who took advantage of a confused central authority was apprehended to give evidence of who is the real authority in maintaining law and order.
Dangerous news arrived to Artax from his Southern Army which stopped his grandiose plans on their tracks: unless Artax assembles a strong naval force in the Persian Gulf his Southern Army might not hold its terrain against the onslaught of the usurping Monarch. This vast desert area along the coast requires constant supply of fresh water and food for his army that was dying of thirst and heat strokes. Artax had to advance along the Indus River which empties in the Indian Ocean. He had to hire and stock enough ships to rescue the Southern Army or eventually to evacuate it honorably in an orderly fashion.
The lousy desert parts of his Kingdom were of no concerns to Artax anymore, though he had to support his army there in order to divert the forces of the usurping Monarch from the more critical parts of his secured bases in the Kingdom.
The rear bases of Artax stretched from the fertile lands of current Karachi in Pakistan to Goa in India. Artax messengers were carrying orders and instructions to all armies and governors along secured routes. In every region that the King authority was entrenched, municipal elections were held and the spirit of the Constitution and Bill of Rights were disseminated, gradually but surely. Changes in societies need time, patience and genuine zeal in convictions to make any headway. Artax primary duties to his people was to keep close contacts, involvement, and interactions with the institutions and training camps for the reeducation of the newer generations as to the spirit of the articles in the Constitution and Bill of Rights.
The dissemination of information about the new cultures in remote lands was a most important ingredient in Artax educational system. Artax motto was: ignorance and isolation from other civilizations is the drug of choice exploited by the religious extremists who abhor civil supervision of any governing body.
Posted by: adonis49 on: November 29, 2008
Bi-weekly report (3) on Lebanon (November 29, 2008)
The frenzied drama of reconciliations among the various factions has been shelved in a freezer: Parliamentary election preparations for May have taken off. General Aoun and Suleiman Frangieh are claiming that Saudi Arabia is funding the election campaign for the March 14 alliance and that the funds meant for the reconstruction of homes demolished in the war of 2006 are being used to pave fresh roads in critical districts. It is predicted that any majority will not exceed a couple of deputies and that the main hot battles would be focused on four Christian districts at most because all the remaining districts are a done deal on confessional basis.
Samir Jahjah, not a minister and nor a deputy, has been welcomed officially in Egypt. Now that Deputy General Aoun is being officially invited in Syria then the March 14 alliance is raising all kinds of negative comments and complaining that only government sanctioned invitations should be permitted. The visit of Deputy Michel Aoun to Syria is being delayed so that the government recoups a few advantages before General Aoun proves to be as potent as a whole government. General Aoun has certainly gained much wisdom since the late nineties; although he has a secular mind he knows that the Christians in Lebanon have to regain equal standing among the caste system to get any reforms activated. Thus, he is slowly but surely being acknowledged as the leader of all the remaining Christians in the Middle East. I am glad that he was not selected President of the Republic; he can do much good in his current position of leadership of thinking clear and pressing for reforms
President Suleiman visited Iran and the US and now he can focus on internal affairs with all their serious headaches; he proclaimed that he will not constitute an independent electoral group for this election. Seniora PM visited Egypt; as the representative of the Hariri political/financial clan he was more interested in how to control the distribution of the gas and oil trademarked for Lebanon’s electrical power plants. An understanding had been agreed between Egypt and the Lebanese minister of energy Barsomian before Seniora’s tampered with the deal. Barsomian had to stop the negotiations pending better conditions. The Hariri clan wants to suck the Lebanese people dry. Lebanon is still undergoing severe electricity shortage, rationing, and outages.
There are strong rumors that Condoleezza Rice will visit Lebanon to thank her friends for agreeing to extend the 2006 War to 33 days that resulted in the complete destruction of Lebanon’s infrastructure and over 1,500 dead and three fold that number in permanent injuries! The State prosecutor should find it a golden opportunity to round up “Rice’s friends” at the next meeting and hang them for treason.
If the March 8 alliance wins the majority then Lebanon would be ruled by Syria. If the March 14 alliance wins then Lebanon would be ruled by Saudi Arabia and Egypt. In either case there would be no economic stability: if Saudi Arabia dominates our policies then Syria would make sure that Lebanon would not enjoy security, thus no economic development; if Syria dominates our policies then Saudi Arabia and the US would refrain from financial support but at least Lebanon would enjoy internal security which means hope.
At most, five ministers are working and the remaining 25 ministers claim that they have no offices or secretaries to study files and participate in the ministerial meetings. The serious ministers are of the interior (Baroud), telecommunication (Basil), energy (Barsomian), foreign affairs (Salloukh), health (Khalifeh), and the minister without portfolio (Shamseldine) for administrative reforms.
There is in Lebanon a nitwit of a Christian religious cast called Maronite. You give them arms and they will find any excuse to use them and initiate a civil war; if no other castes respond to their provocations then they will slaughter among themselves. This nasty behavior has been proven through centuries. It is like among all the laudable genes that the Maronites have two ugly resilient genes which develop much faster than the others. One gene is utter hatred and loathing for everyone among themselves, other castes, and other regional powers (read people). The other nasty gene is never to learn from past experiences, regardless of how hurtful these events were; it related to their fundamental superficial culture. One fact stands out; everytime Lebanon faces military confrontation with Syria then it is the Maronite who volunteers to be on the front lines; when peace returns then it is the other castes that advance to reap the benefits and the Maronites are relegated to lick their wounds and nurse their gene of hatred, frustration, and revenge.
Note: I am a born Maronite and I had to vent my frustration and displeasure with our state of affairs.
Posted by: adonis49 on: November 29, 2008
Khosro the Magnificent reacts
The Persian Empire was pleased that Artax took to business and exported products at reasonable prices. Trade and traffic to and from Afghanistan were heavy and very lucrative. The fat Persian merchants, at the sold of their respective High Priests, nobles, governors, and warlords were getting fatter in return for small favors to Artax.
The festivities having taken their regular course according to customs of the inauguration, Khosro the Magnificent had to act and show the illusion of serious activities beside perpetual fun loving behaviors. The Magnificent Khosro wanted to play the warrior and marched to the southern desert, just the ideal place to relax and be far away from the boring multitudes. As “Khosro the Magnificent” proceeded leisurely toward the Southern Desert his army intelligence killed his appetite: there was confirmed news that renegade soldiers of the defunct Emperor Artax were infesting the desert and that ambushes are to be expected along the way. No problems; the Magnificent ordered his naval forces stationed in Basra and Bahrain to get moving. The Magnificent decided to have a view of the battles from a comfortable seat on a comfortable and luxury ship. What was simply a desert diversion for the Magnificent turned a serious hardship for the Southern Army of Artax that never contemplated any frontal assault. Worse, the navy of the Magnificent had pirate blood and they were excited for real actions. The pirates never wasted an occasion to land and sack and loot.
Posted by: adonis49 on: November 29, 2008
The demise of an army
The Southern Army had no choice but to avoid the shores and crossed their worst nightmare for 60 days toward the small fishing village of Bandar Abbass. What was to be an army was no longer; it was decimated by thirst and anyone who reached Bandar Abbass was in a state of coma and total dehydration. There are no chronicles left on that adventure; the Greek would have done a thorough Iliad.
In order for the plan to evacuate the Southern Army to succeed it was necessary to lure the fleet of his enemy that his real intention was to land in Egypt from the Red Sea. Actually, one of the primary strategies of Artax was to recapture Egypt and press on to Babylon and thus cut trade route supplies to the usurping Monarch; but that plan was studied for future activities and the decoy plan came much too late.
As is the case in general, military defeats are turned into victory by appropriate propaganda. Since the small and insignificant navy of Artax was no match to the navy of the Persian Empire, and since Artax could not entice the neighboring States to join him on naval expeditions against the “legitimate” Persian Empire on account of ratified trade agreements and written documents, then Artax devised an ingenious promotion victory. The best way was to give the illusion that his intention is to discover the African continent by touring its coast and establishing commercial colonies. As part of Artax fleet advanced around the African seashore, tales of his glorious adventures to circumnavigate the African Continent spread like wild fire amid the Persian people who were getting depressed of an authority wielded by the nobility and the cast of strict priesthood.
Posted by: adonis49 on: November 30, 2008
Killing the Gold Goose
Now that the High Priests had firm proofs that Artax is very much intent on politics and had crossed the red line in military incursions and harassment tactics, then it was time to play hard balls. Two Persian army contingents were dispatched toward Balkh and Kandahar. The High Priests figured that more profit could be made if they monopolized the trade business; as if a well oiled machine would continue to lay Gold Eggs if tampered with. Afghanistan was turned into a battle field and military kind of curfew ordered in all that Estate. Caravans stopped going into the Persian Empire, from land and from seas.
Special spices, rare kinds of incense, and silk got scarce. It was not unusual for properties to be sold not in gold coins but in exchange of these most precious products. Girls’ dowries were bartered in these precious products.
The upper strata of the Persian society could no longer suffer the humiliation to their palate, sensible noses, and fashionable attires. They pressed upon “Khosro the Magnificent” to win the war very soon and thus more mistakes and errors in planning and logistics bogged down the progress of the war. Consequently, the malaise within the upper and medium upper strata of society turned into serious horror of the future state of affairs.
With central authority engaged far up east then the Western Estates in Turkey and Syria were disintegrating into smaller kingdoms of warlords, loosely linked to the central authority and supplying nominal recruits who made it a point of honor to desert along the long trail. Caravans heading west were loath taking that route because the taxes on their goods increased at each warlord principality and prices attained unprecedented height in the western Estates.
Tales of the riches of India gave wings to the adventurous spirits, the marginalized nobles, little merchants, and whoever could join caravans going east. It was a period of mass exodus from Persia that emptied the Empire from its youngest and most promising elements in education and commerce. Since that period, Persia or present Iran turned eastward toward India for commerce, culture, civilization, philosophy, and religious alternatives. The commerce with the western Estates of Turkey and Syria and their civilizations were forgotten for many centuries.
Posted by: adonis49 on: November 30, 2008
The peripheral uprising catching fire
For two years since the disaster of the Southern Army the bases of Artax authority in the North and East of the Kingdom were flourishing and disseminating the new spirit. The authority of “Khosro the Magnificent” was shrinking around his two Capitals. The Persian people were not excited of joining the army of the Eldest-Son of God. The economy inside Persia was in trouble because the trade routes were becoming dangerous.
As the usurping King was entrenching himself in his two Capitals of Souze and Persepolis, the two main cities close to the Persian Gulf, Artax armies were gaining grounds in their advances from the North and East of the Kingdom.
Posted by: adonis49 on: November 30, 2008
Babylon: where all start and end.
In order to relieve the pressure on the Northern and Easter bases within the periphery of the Empire Artax decided to open a third front westward. Many of the navy pirates had defected to Artax for higher returns but the Persian navy was still intact. Consequently, Artax avoided any maritime confrontation and his ships dispersed in the Indian Ocean met in Adan in Southern Yemen. The ships navigated around the Arab Peninsula and landed in the fishing town of Akaba in southern Jordan.
Instead of taking the long regular route to Babylon, the troops headed by Artax crossed a difficult desert to Basra. A mutiny in the inner circle of the Imperial guards assassinated “Khosro the Magnificent”. It was not that the Magnificent was more inept than his army commanders but the reaction of the guards was a traditional exit means to vent frustration on the leading scapegoat. The next day, the mutineers realized that they put an end to the only symbol that held the Empire still united. Chaos reigned in the Empire.
Artax army resumed its fast advance toward Babylon. The Persian Empire was as ripe as a rotten apple and the gates of Souze needed a light kick to disintegrate. The way to regaining the throne was open to Artax and post-war plans for reconciliation, reform, and reconstruction were being readied in Babylon.
Posted by: adonis49 on: November 30, 2008
Conclusion
The presumed impotent Artax the Monarch, who had gotten the throne by usurpation long before the usurping “Khosro the Magnificent” reigned, suddenly contracted malaria and regained partial consciousness six days later. Artax tried to walk and visit his favorite garden in order to recover from his ill health but was carried back to bed after each outing. His close assistants were worried to death about his health status and many army officers hurried to his side expecting some rewards in his death testimony.
Artax was in no shape to think clearly about the future of his kingdom or his successors. He stated on many previous circumstances to his close friends that succession should be for the most deserving leader who invested time, effort and good will to better his intellectual potentials, his moral values and learn to be tolerant of diversity in religion and customs. He used to insist that the best leader of people is the one who listened carefully to the news of change and worked on finding consensus before any decision, that war was the last recourse for intelligent leaders who should reach his objectives through all diplomatic and political channels before committing to the path of destructive wars.
Artax died within nine days without designating a successor.
Note: This end the draft of the general structure of the fiction story. If you appreciated the story, please contribute your opinions, ideas, additions, and possible alterations to the sequence and cohesion of the novel that I would like to publish with your generous aid. Surely, any publishing houses that are interested in finishing the novel are welcomed to come forward and contact me.
Posted by: adonis49 on: December 1, 2008
“Metaphysique des tubes” by Amelie Nothomb (Started November 30, 2008)
God needed exactly two years to express his wrath. During that time of gestation outside of the uterus God was a Plant, worse, God was a Tube; food was entered in a mouth and then excreted. The large green-gray eyes were focused on nothing; the eyes never expressed any sign of a desire to selecting a particular object, which means to refuse other objects for a specific one. The plant/tube was content of his total inertia. The “parents” tried once to raise it and made its tiny fingers grab the bar of the crib; the body fell unaffected and lay contented. Nothing would move that “thing” and shake the child out of her “pathological lethargy”.
One day, God got mad; anger, the magnitude of the universe, made God roar, shout and gesticulate 22 hours a day for six months. An accident might have disturbed his lethargic brain and the gates of hell got loose-opened. The serene large eyes developed pupils darker than volcanic ashes and more incandescent. The parents were nostalgic of these years of serenity and blessings in disguise. The mother gave up holding the angry God: God would box her like the devil. God is all powerful and capable of anything but he could not name things as the other “creatures” effortlessly and elegantly uttered them. God got angrier and angrier at his helplessness and barely could sleep or let others sleep.
The grand day came; grand mother finally decided to travel from Belgium to Japan to see her third grandkid. She entered the monster’s lair. God had decided to bite the finger of the new visitor as soon as she approaches any kinds of fingers; curiously, at the end of the fingers dangled a Belgian white chocolate. The God/Monster had a bite of the chocolate and discovered voluptuousness. God defined the new discovery as: Voluptuousness is “I”; I am “voluptuousness”. The grandmother carried victoriously the born-again God, happily cuddled in her arms; she would not divulge her demonizing secret. After two and a half years of gestation, God was alive, in motion, and out of her potent inertia. Amelie’s life long lasting love for any thing with heavy sugar content started.
This is the most hilarious book that I have read so far and the most intelligent. I would love to translate it in English word for word but I need money too.
Posted by: adonis49 on: December 1, 2008
For a sustainable growth: Gold-paper currencies? (October 28, 2008)
Note: I have this gut feeling that if one major superpower does not adopt, for a period, gold currency then confidence in paper money or investment gimmicks is not going to fly.
In these uncertain financial crisis and economical deflation I suggest a psychological incentive for people to recover some sense of value to their currencies. My idea is to issue hard currencies that are an alloy containing the quantity of gold commensurate to the large denominations. This currency would be almost as thin as paper money and could not be forged unless the amount of gold is the same as the officially issued currencies. It should be feasible because gold can be made as thin as needed; then if we find a cheap metal or plastic that can add resistance and flexibility to the currency to be folded and handled as paper money then everybody would be satisfied.
At first, the gold paper-like money could be distributed at a rate of say 1% increase over its real value to recover the upfront expenses in addition to the increase in market value of gold, averaged once a week; these extra expenses would not discourage the use of paper money for those who could not afford the extra cost of gold currencies. The higher denomination currencies would be larger to keep the same thinness as the other smaller denominations. As the value of gold would certainly keep increasing then the government would at interval retrieve the older currencies from the market and replace them with smaller size currencies containing the market value of the amount of gold in the alloy; this is logical because the gold-paper currencies would require less gold as its value increases. Travelers could then exchange their State own gold-paper money abroad and register them at any bank for Interpol investigations in case of thefts and get exactly the same money value of the respective States. Obviously, all governments that signed in to this system would have to submit to international control when issuing gold-paper money for credibility and quality reasons.
I believe that with real gold-paper money then the businesses of currency speculations and rate of exchanges should wane and quickly disappear. What might remain is currency trade or the accumulation of gold in rich sovereign funds. The governments would quickly learn to issue enough gold-paper currency to satisfy internal commerce. The superpowers and regional powers would exercise political and military “incentives” on weaker and unstable States to issue more gold-paper currency than needed for inner commerce but then they would have to deliver real gold and good value products to retrieve the surpluses. The US Administrations do not have real value money or real value economy to horde gold and will not be able to do so for many decades to come; only China, India and the rich oil producing States with small populations would be the major players in currency trade of gold-paper money.
There are several policies that governments would revisit to manage this new system. Governments might issues a composite weight of the amount of gold-paper and regular paper money that should satisfy internal commerce. Either the gold-paper money would concentrate in the hands of the rich and thus reducing commerce to regular money with industries specialized in high quality and luxury products for the rich and industries focusing on lower quality and basic products for the masses; or the little people would not desist from the gold-paper and use them as personal saving account in their homes and thus deflation would hit the economy due to the lack of currency circulation. Consequently, governments would have choices to either limit the amount of gold-paper in circulation to encourage circulation of money or eliminate regular paper currencies to force the masses into liberating their horded gold-paper.
The same pitfalls and recurrences of the present monetary system would be exhibited but the remedies would be more straightforward to comprehend by the common people. Furthermore, an interesting phenomenon will emerge: cultures where mostly little people horde the gold-papers and cultures where gold-papers are concentrated in the class of the rich. Well, if there is civilization clashes then this division between the two types of cultures would set the foundations for a new sociology science where the manipulation of hard money is the first principle.
This system would require many fine tuning but the advantages must far exceed the disadvantages for smaller and weaker States. Countries with real value-added economies would not be affected by any mischievous financial embezzlement schemes in destabilizing their financial status because the middle classes would have re-learned the value of hard money and desist from speculative schemes for some times. This re-learning process of the value of real hard money is the fundamental benefit of the new system so that financial history would repeat its cycle of development for the century. In any case a genuine International Monetary Control and Management Fund would be instituted to focus on the circulation of money within and among States and help in the synchronization of real commerce.
The crux of this gold-paper currency system is to stabilize growth to a sustainable level for human kind. Since gold is limited on Earth and its production has reached a limit then wild GNP rate of increases would slow down; redundant and irrelevant consumer products would make room for basic products essentials for the survival of mankind. The new economical strategies would focus on cutting cost, cutting waste, re-cycling and vigorously researching for substitute renewable energies for the benefit of all States.
Posted by: adonis49 on: December 2, 2008
Are Free-Trade Zones in the Middle East being worked out? (December 1, 2008)
I like to envision the creations of eleven free-trade zones in the Middle East among the States of Turkey, Iran, Syria, Iraq, Lebanon, Jordan, and Cyprus. Why free-trade zones? Most of the recognized States by the United Nations in the Middle East were not naturally and normally constituted; they were divided by the mandatory European nations of Britain, France and the active participation of the USA after the Ottoman (Turkish) Empire lost the war in the WWI by siding with Germany. Consequently, there are many ethnic, emotional, economic, linguistic, and historical rivalries among these States. Since military confrontations are out of the question and since daily trade and social relations are binding certain bordering zones then creative alternatives should be studied to forming viable trade zones that otherwise would be left unmanaged and precariously volatile.
First, between the States of Turkey and Syria there are many legitimate claims that should be resolved on their borders. There is the possibility of several free-trade zones such as (KiliKia, Iskandaron, and Lazkieh) and the Kurdish common zone of Hassakeh and Diar Baker and Van.
Second, between Turkey and Iraq there is an ideal free-trade zone in their common Kurdish region around Mossoul.
Third, between Iraq and Iran two zones can be contemplated (the common Kurdish region, and the region around the Persian/Arabic Gulf).
Fourth, between Iraq, Iran, and Kuwait the Basra region could alleviate recurring conflicts.
Fifth, between Iraq, Syria, and Jordan, where their frontiers intersect artificially, a free-trade zone would encourage commerce in that desolate area.
Sixth, between Syria, Jordan, and Lebanon there are shared bordered around the Golan Heights.
Seventh, between Syria and Lebanon there are potential two zones (the northern Lebanese frontiers of Akkar, and the south eastern Bekaa Valley with Shebaa Farms).
Eight, between Turkey, Syria, Lebanon, and Cyprus a free-trade zone in Cyprus would iron out differences and encourage maritime commerce.
What are the processes for initiating these free-trade zones? After a period of three years of ironing out details and instituting regulations with special passports or identity cards for the inhabitants of the zones then all the zones between two states can be merged. It is only normal that contiguous zones common to three States could eventually be merged and a belt of uninterrupted contiguous zones would form the natural borders of the Middle East. As was done in Europe, let commerce and industry form the basis for these zones which should generate rational cooperative decisions for our future.
Posted by: adonis49 on: December 2, 2008
What socio-political reforms for Lebanon? (Part 1, November 31, 2008)
Note: This essay is of three parts. The first part would investigate the facts and current realities of Lebanon’s socio-political structure (without delving into the details), then part 2 on my version of the Republic and Democracy. The third part should develop on programs, processes and resolutions. Reforms have not taken place in Lebanon after 65 years of independence and these essays are screams for action.
Let us state the facts and realities of Lebanon’s socio-political structure. Socially, Lebanon is an amalgam of castes enjoying self-autonomous structure tightly related to religious sects. Many would label these castes as tribes, feudal clans, oligarchy and so on but caste is the correct name because it satisfies all the criteria for our communities. The successive Lebanese governments recognized 19 political castes so far with legal civil status laws and the right to administer their respective members from birth, to marriage, to inheritance and then death; they are to be represented in the Parliament and the higher State’s administration jobs according to what the latest civil war engendered in the power struggle among the castes.
It is obvious that this caste system has never appreciated a strong central government and the successive governments never tried hard to impose any serious reforms to unite a people under central civil laws. The “ideal” copy of our Constitution has never been applied since Lebanon’s “independence” of France in 1943. The gross picture was that for the Christian sects (as a pool) and the Moslem sects to split the numbers of Deputies in the Parliament fifty-fifty, as well as their representations in the State administration offices.
Since the independence, demographic changes favored the Moslem sects which outnumbered the Christian citizens by a ratio of 70/30. A civil war that started in 1975 till 1991 lead to the Taef “Constitution”, supposedly giving the Moslem sects firmer and wider executive powers; a constitution that was not actually applied as the original Constitution was not also applied. The Dawha agreement in 2008 brought us back to the 1963 legislative election laws which legally consecrated our socio-political caste system; up till now, the political process relied on a verbal agreement or consensus by the Maronite and Sunni caste leaders in 1943.
Many would like to embellish our political system by attributing to it a European notion of “conconferedracy or something of that kind” where several communities speak different languages such as in Switzerland, Belgium, or Canada. These communities in the developed States are open groups and communicate liberally and have no trade or social barriers and they obey to central government laws and have a unified civil status laws and have developed into modern States. This is not the case in Lebanon: we have closed communities with self-autonomous civil status laws that still refuse to have civil marriages, not even an optional one under a unifying civil law; Lebanon belongs to the under-developed States where juntas of theocratic castes dominate the political and economical spectrum.
Posted by: adonis49 on: December 4, 2008
“Farewell Beirut”, by Mai Ghoussoub (Part 3, November 16, 2008)
Note: Paragraphs in parentheses are my own interjections.
The third part of my review was hard and I delayed it too long because the demons that Mai is battling with are spread throughout the book. I decided not to try to have a coherent or logical links among the different emotions that were troubling Mai and I will leave it to the readers to do their own homework and reflections.
The main theme in “Farewell Beirut” is “revenge” and the associated concepts of honor, genocides, nationalism, heroes, traitors, denouncers, martyrdom, punishment, hate, love and the fundamental human emotions that might be interpreted differently through the ages, and civilizations but where the moral values of wrong and right should not be left to personal matters of point of views.
There are cases of transient insanity such as degraded human values, mocked tradition, and disobedience of State laws and rules. For example, why we tend to be more lenient toward the rotten moral values of officials simply because they didn’t show rigidity in the mind? If we admit that “traitors” are the product of dictatorship and wars and that this breed of people are present in locations fraught with danger (then most of us might have played the role of trait